ALGORITHMIC DESIRE
Series Editors
Slavoj Žižek
Adrian Johnston
Todd McGowan
diaeresis
ALGORITHMIC
DESIRE
Toward a New Structuralist Theory
of Social Media
Matthew Flisfeder
Northwestern University Press
Evanston, Illinois
Northwestern University Press
www.nupress.northwestern.edu
Copyright © 2021 by Northwestern University. Published 2021 by Northwestern
University Press. All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Flisfeder, Matthew, 1980– author.
Title: Algorithmic desire : toward a new structuralist theory of social
media / Matthew Flisfeder.
Other titles: Diaeresis.
Description: Evanston, Illinois : Northwestern University Press, 2021. | Series:
Diaeresis | Includes index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2020040286 | ISBN 9780810143333 (paperback) |
ISBN 9780810143340 (cloth) | ISBN 9780810143357 (ebook)
Subjects: LCSH: Social media— Philosophy. | Online social networks—
Philosophy. | Capitalism and mass media. | Structuralism.
Classification: LCC HM742 .F56 2021 | DDC 302.23/1 2 23— dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2020040286
For Robyn—
The algorithm of my desire
The first thing that power imposes is a rhythm.
— Roland Barthes
Everything moves to the rhythm of one and the same desire.
— Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari
We’re all chained to the rhythm.
— Katy Perry
Contents
Acknowledgments xi
Introduction: Metaphor as Totality, or, Social Media as Our Metaphor 3
1 Periodizing Social Media, or, “Social Media” Does Not Exist! 37
2 Enjoying Social Media 65
3 Subjection before Enslavement 88
4 Input/Output 113
5 Appearances That Matter, and the Reified Subjects of Social Media 139
6 The Swiping Logic of the Signifier 161
Conclusion: The End of Social Media, or, Accelerate the Metaphor? 178
Notes 195
Index 219
Acknowledgments
Mark Fisher writes, at the end of “Exiting the Vampire Castle,” that “we
need to learn, or re-learn how to build comradeship and solidarity in-
stead of doing capital’s work for it by condemning and abusing each
other. . . . We need to think strategically about how to use social media.”
I have been very lucky to have built strong bonds, friendships, and a feel-
ing of comradery with many fellow travellers who have inspired me, and
who have generously supported my work in recent years. I have main-
tained correspondence with many of my friends, have debated, and have
been able to use social media to better develop the emancipatory goals
that I hope to have expressed in this book. Just as the working class devel-
ops a proletarian class consciousness on the shop floor, in the spaces con-
trolled by the ruling class, so too can we produce an allied emancipatory
consciousness in digital spaces that might otherwise aspire toward our
“digitization,” that is, our separation and our individualization. We can
and must use digital spaces to fight this kind of digitization, and build a
collective agency that makes our media social— as I say in the conclusion
of this book, we must accelerate the social media metaphor.
First off, I want to thank the LACK community for their ongoing
support, friendship, and collaboration. Sheila Kunkle, thank you for
enhancing this book by reading the earlier draft of chapter 6 and giv-
ing me very helpful comments and feedback. Clint Burnham and Louis-
Paul Willis, the other two thirds of the “Canadian Troika,” thank you
for the ongoing dialogue and constructive criticism about my ideas and
projects. Russell Sbriglia, you are a true comrade. Todd McGowan and
Anna Kornbluh, thank you for your important advice and support. Fi-
nally, Slavoj Žižek, you continue to be an inspiration to me, and I want to
thank you for your ongoing support and for giving me the opportunity
of a lifetime to organize the “debate of the century.”
At The University of Winnipeg, I have been fortunate to become
part of a welcoming community of scholars. I am grateful to my dear
friends and departmental colleagues, Jason Hannan and Jaqueline
McLeod Rogers, who have gone above and beyond for me, and who never
cease to be supportive and encouraging. I also want to thank many of my
xi
xii
AC K NO W LE DGME NT S
colleagues throughout the university, with whom I have had very produc-
tive and interesting conversations while working together: Adina Balint,
Jane Barter, Andrew Burke, Brandon Christopher, James Currie, Rory
Dickson, Michael Dudley, Angela Failler, Fiona Green, Peter Ives, Serena
Keshavjee, Paul Lawrie, Helen Lepp-Friesen, Helmut-Harry Loewen, An-
drew McGillivray, Allen Mills, Heather Milne, Rose Moretti-Lawrie, Glenn
Moulaison, Tari Muvingi, Kathryn Ready, Ray Silvius, Heather Snell, Cath-
erine Taylor, Kevin Walby, and Doris Wolf.
Thank you to my amazing undergraduate Research Assistants, Luc
Moulaison and Thomas Dickson, my Graduate Research Assistants, Dylan
Armitage and Allison Norris, and to the wonderful students in my courses
on Critical Studies of Social Media, for allowing me to work out some of
these ideas in my teaching.
Thank you to my editors, Trevor Perri and Anne E. Gendler, and to
the team at Northwestern University Press. I am also grateful to the very
helpful comments and feedback on earlier drafts of the manuscript from
the anonymous peer reviewers.
To Colin Mooers, thank you for continuing to be a most cherished
mentor. Thanks also to Andy Mlinarski and Joanne Silver, Marnie Flem-
ing, Tanner Mirrlees, Imre Szeman, and Stuart Murray, and to all of my
loving friends and family back home in Toronto and Thornhill.
Thank you to all of my wonderful Winnipeg friends for being a truly
IRL (in real life) community! Thank you to my mother-in-law, Rochelle
Freedland, and to my parents, Janice and Avrum Flisfeder. Your love and
support mean the world to me.
Lilah and Zane, in my role as your father, I have grown in ways
I never thought possible, and I have gained so much perspective. Not
only are you the sweetest and most authentic human beings I have ever
known, but also you always amaze me with your brilliance and creativity,
and you manage to inspire me on a daily basis. I hope to help to make a
better world so that both of you have bright futures ahead.
Robyn— you are my world! I cherish all of our time together, as it is
always meaningful and special. Through our daily conversations (do we
ever stop talking?), you have helped me to hone many of the ideas con-
tained in this book. Thank you for doing the hard work of challenging
me, even when I may not be prepared for it. I appreciate everything you
do for me and I would be lost without you.
This book is the sum of my writing since roughly 2013. I have been able to
present some of the material in this book at a series of academic confer-
ences and invited talks. Thank you to Tanner Mirrlees for inviting me to
xiii
AC K NO W L EDGME NT S
speak at The Capitalism Workshop series in Toronto in July, 2018. Thank you
to Scott Kryzch for inviting me to give a talk in the Department of Film
and Media Studies at Colorado College, Colorado Springs, in November
2019. I was invited to speak at the West Awake conference at the Uni-
versity of Winnipeg in September 2018; thank you to Jaqueline McLeod
Rogers for inviting me to participate in this event. I also spoke on some
topics related to this book as a speaker for the Skywalk Lecture Series at
the Millennium Library in Winnipeg— thank you to the organizers of this
series for inviting me to present my research. I was able to present an early
version of some material from chapter 1 at the Union for Democratic
Communication conference in Toronto in May 2015. An early version
of chapter 5 was presented at the Labour Pains, Labour Gains conference
in Toronto in May 2015 and at the Social Media and Society Conference in
Toronto in July 2015.
An earlier version of chapter 2 appeared in Matthew Flisfeder and Louis-
Paul Willis, eds, Žižek and Media Studies: A Reader (New York: Palgrave
Macmillan, 2018); chapter 3 appeared as “The Ideological Algorithmic
Apparatus: Subjection before Enslavement,” in Theory and Event 21, no. 2:
457–84, copyright © 2018 John Hopkins University Press; and an earlier
version of chapter 5 was originally published as “The Entrepreneurial
Subject and the Objectivization of the Self in Social Media,” in South
Atlantic Quarterly 114, no. 3: 553– 70, copyright © 2015 Duke University
Press. All republished with permission.
ALGORITHMIC DESIRE
Introduction
Metaphor as Totality, or,
Social Media as Our Metaphor
For many, the concept of social media is itself contradictory— what is so
“social” about “social media,” after all?— doesn’t it disrupt democracy
through surveillance?— doesn’t it displace enjoyment with domination?
Despite such protestations, the overarching ethic of Algorithmic Desire is
not to abandon the metaphor (“social media”), but to push it forward.
Social media remains the correct concept for reconciling ourselves with
the structural contradictions of our media, our culture, and our society.
Here, we need to adapt the Lacanian motto: do not abandon the algorithm
of your desire. Do not give up on the social media metaphor.
The difficulty, today, is that too often our media are blamed for the
antisocial dimensions of our culture. Instead, what we should say is just
this: social media does not make us antisocial; capitalism does! To realize
a truly social media, we must use the concept to bring to the surface the
lack in the realm of the social itself. This means that “social media,” as a
concept— as a metaphor— must not be abandoned. We must continue to
refer to the social media metaphor as a measuring stick against which we
can assess the antisocial dimensions of our media in twenty-first-century
capitalism. My (modest) proposal is that we should strive and continue to
aspire toward and build an authentically social media. This is the political
goal of Algorithmic Desire. Its analytical goal is to use the social media
metaphor to read the form and structure of the reigning ideology and
consciousness, and the reigning forms of enjoyment, their contexts, and
their settings within the culture of twenty-first-century capitalism. So, to
begin, let’s turn toward a bit of periodization through popular culture.
Algorithmic Desire
Tom Hooper’s The King’s Speech (2010) is a story about power, ide-
ology, . . . and new media— not, of course, on the surface! The film,
however, does make clear— at least from the perspective of a sympathetic
gaze— the significant ties between political communication and the rise
3
4
I N T R O D UCT I O N
of new media. The story centers on King George VI (“Bertie”) who has
a terrible stutter, making it increasingly difficult for him to lead a life in
public. Near the beginning of the film, Bertie’s father, King George V,
makes his wireless Christmas address and explains to Bertie, that the ma-
chine will have a tremendous impact upon the future perception of the
Royal Family, allowing them to come right into the homes of the people
and to speak to them directly. However, his ongoing failure to correct
his speech impediment leads Bertie (played by Colin Firth) to seek the
expertise of Australian speech pathologist, Lionel Logue (played by Geof-
frey Rush). In the course of his treatment, it becomes somewhat clear
that Lionel is more than just a speech therapist. In many ways, he ends
up acting much more like a Freudian analyst, identifying Bertie’s speech
problem as a symptom of some of his deeper repressed and unconscious
feelings and memories. He eventually comes to terms with his inner tur-
moil and becomes capable of making use of the new radio medium to
address the people with his war declaration in 1939, announcing Britain’s
entry into war with Germany. Lionel accompanies Bertie into the broad-
casting booth while he makes his speech, providing instruction as Bertie
speaks. But by the end, we see that Bertie is fully capable of conduct-
ing his speech on his own. Afterward, Lionel quips that Bertie still had
trouble pronouncing his “w” sounds. Bertie replies by saying: “I had to
throw in a few extra ones so they knew it was me.”
The King’s Speech portrays a few different themes that are relevant to
the discussion that follows about social media and ideology today. In fact,
the film depicts what is central to any lasting form of ideological hege-
mony: a strong media presence. Political rhetoric must constantly and
consistently be updated to conform to the specifications of ever changing
new and emergent media. This, of course, has been true for millennia, as
we see in the work of Harold Innis, for example, whose “bias of commu-
nication” suggests that any lasting political power must bear an alignment
with the dominant medium of the era.1 According to him, it is only when
new media emerge that we begin to witness shifts in the political order.
A second point to note about the film is the way it depicts the ther-
apeutic relationship between Bertie and Lionel. The film intriguingly
portrays Bertie’s speech therapy as an exercise in psychoanalysis. What
troubles his speech, mostly, is the awkward relationship he holds toward
his own repressed trauma, and the fantasy coordinates around which he
stages his desire. The film therefore expresses a parallel between our abil-
ity to communicate through new media and our own personal relation-
ship to our desire and enjoyment.
Finally, with the closing line of the film, Bertie expresses what is
particularly important about the relationship of new media, its form,
5
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
and ideology. While it is essential for political rhetoric to conform to the
formal criteria of every new dominant medium, the speaker must also
maintain some distance from this; there must still be a tie back to the
residual to soften the blow of the new and emergent. Dominant media
therefore suture the relationship between the old and the new; between
the residual and the emergent, to use Raymond Williams’s historical
paradigm.2 By slurring his speech, Bertie recognizes the fact that being
convincing— even ideologically convincing and persuasive— means still
identifying and manipulating some of the existing flaws of the speaker
that might condition the relationship between the speaker and the me-
dium. In other words, if his address were perfectly clear and adequate
for the medium, conforming to its finest elements (if it came through in
“high definition,” let’s say), then the audience might be less inclined to
take it as authentic. Every representation must therefore maintain some
distance from itself as part of its interpellative strategy— that is, as part
of its invocatory and scopic dimensions. Every successful and persuasive
form of communication must, in other words, take into consideration
the form in which the medium organizes and structures our desire. If it
is too direct then it misses its mark. The only way for it to succeed is by
anamorphically curbing the space through which we are lured by our
desire. It must activate our desire so that we come to search out its object
ourselves. In other words, every medium of communication bears witness
to the “algorithm” of our desire: this is the claim that I defend here by
examining the form of social media.
The medium is thus, in this sense, too, the message— this is true.
But what the medium indicates also concerns the feedback of our re-
lationship to our desire and to our enjoyment . . . and isn’t this point
demonstrated most poignantly in the case of President Donald Trump?
Isn’t Trump’s direct contact with the people via social media not unlike
the way that Bertie used the radio to bring the Royal Family directly into
the home? Trump, not Obama, we might say, is the first “social media
president.” When liberal critics gaze with wonder and amazement at the
effectiveness of Trump’s blatant disregard for truth and rectitude, they
miss something essential about his rhetorical clout.3 Social media, Twitter
in particular— Trump’s preferred platform for communicating directly
with his audience— caught as it is within the matrix of contemporary neo-
liberal capitalism, is first and foremost a “selfie machine.” It exacerbates
the neoliberal ethic of the individual, in which everyone is allowed their
voice (and nothing more), but nowhere do we find anything resembling
democratic consensus. Far from the digital public sphere that we were
promised, it is a platform that works better as a swarm magnet. It has be-
come what the CCRU (Cybernetic Culture Research Unit) describes as
6
I N T R O D UCT I O N
“schizophrenic capitalism:” a culture without society, “a mutant topology
of unanticipated connections.” It has become defined by the “space-time
of hypercommoditisation;” it is a “nomoid zone of made clusters where
the polis disintegrates into unintelligible webs of swarmachinery.”4 How-
ever, the latter, envisioned as a kind of emerging situationist and schizo-
analytic practice of resistance, now has come much closer to the domi-
nant ideology. What matters on the side of the mainstream, on the one
hand, is the “like” or the “follow” or the “share and retweet;” on the side
of schizoanalytic subversion, it is all done for “lulz”— more so than the ac-
curacy or “truthiness” of the statement, or the decorum that one is sup-
posed to show. The louder the better. Like Bertie, Trump shows that
identification with the algorithmic logic of the medium— the algorithm
of our desire— is the only and the best way to use it; it is the only way to
allow the medium to capture the desire of the Other. In this sense, the
medium truly is the message (or massage).
Some of these insights have been developed in another way, of course, in
the work of Marshall McLuhan in his distinction, for instance, between
hot and cool media. McLuhan, we know, was particularly interested in the
way that audiences participate with new media corporeally and aestheti-
cally through the sensorium. His distinction between hot and cool media
was designed to show the degree to which the formal features or criteria
of a medium speak to the range of sensory participation on the part of
the audience. A hot medium, he says, “extends one single sense in ‘high
definition’.”5 By high definition he means “the state of being well filled
with data”— or, the state in which the audience is less required to fill in
the bits of less data. The telephone, he says, is a cool medium because it
transmits less information, requiring the listener to participate more in
filling out the gaps that are not fully present. Cool media are thus higher
in participation. This is how McLuhan then famously read the differ-
ences between the televised and radio broadcasts of the 1960 Presidential
Debate between John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon. Research on the
debate has shown that television viewers found Kennedy to be the winner
of the debate; however, radio listeners claimed the opposite, that Nixon
won the debate. According to McLuhan, the difference has to do with the
different ways that the candidates, Kennedy and Nixon, are themselves
amenable to the different forms of radio and TV. Kennedy— his appear-
ance, manners of expression— was much cooler and therefore more ar-
ticulate through the medium of television. Nixon, however, was much
hotter and therefore more suitable to radio. It is perhaps no accident,
if we think of the debate and the election in these terms, that Kennedy
7
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
would go forward to win the election. It is perhaps an indication at this
moment of the rising centrality of the television algorithm over that of
radio as the dominant medium of the period.
The hegemony of the TV lasted for several more decades, through
the Reagan period in the 1980s. The latter is pronounced most vocally
by the humorous line from Robert Zemeckis’s Back to the Future, in which
Doc Brown (played by Christopher Lloyd) exclaims to Marty (Michael J.
Fox): “No wonder your president has to be an actor, he’s got to look good
on television!” Doc Brown had earlier asked Marty who the President of
the United States would be in 1985, as Marty had travelled back in time
thirty years to 1955, just a few years prior to the 1960 debate between
Kennedy and Nixon. At one point in the film, Marty even asks his future
grandfather for directions, and upon receiving them he remarks that the
name of the street he knows is John F. Kennedy Drive— after which his
grandfather asks: “Who the hell is John F. Kennedy?” The scene is made
all the more relevant in that in this scenario the family is sitting down to
have dinner for the first time watching their very first television set. Later,
when Doc asks Marty who is the President in 1985, Marty responds that
it is Reagan, who was a B-rate movie actor in the 1950s. Doc is surprised,
yelling: “Ronald Reagan? The actor?!” But of course, the fact that Rea-
gan’s prior career was in acting almost makes sense when we consider
the influence that new media have in maintaining ideological hegemony.
Just like Trump— a reality television star before he became President—
Reagan was a persona appropriate to the dominant medium of the time,
which bears upon the dominant form of discourse marking a historical
period. This is one of the main theses of Neil Postman’s canonical book,
Amusing Ourselves to Death.6
Postman’s argument in Amusing is that television, as the dominant
medium at the time, is largely responsible for organizing the form of the
various other discourses that regulate society, from political and religious
discourse, to news, advertising, and even children’s programming. Tele-
vision, he says, is in its essence geared toward entertainment and amuse-
ment. While disagreeing somewhat with this claim and approach, I find
his conclusion nonetheless quite compelling. Drawing on McLuhan’s
well-known aphorism, that “the medium is the message,” Postman claims
instead that the medium is rather the metaphor. The dominant communi-
cations medium in any period, he says, relates to and opens up an avenue
for understanding a great many aspects of the broader culture and
society. This is a claim that I wish to explore. However, my disagreement
with Postman relates to the following: although I don’t find anything dis-
agreeable with the argument that entertainment and amusement color
much of our public discourse today, I would argue instead that this is so,
8
I N T R O D UCT I O N
not because of something inherent to the dominant medium, but rather
because of the way in which the medium is caught up within the already
existing relations of power, domination, and exploitation within culture
and the broader society. The impact of the medium, in other words, bears
less upon its own inherent devices or “affordances” and more so on the
way that it is used or deployed within the existing culture, which is bound
to the existing relations of power and resistance— or, to use the Marxist
perspective, how it is implicated within the class struggle. Therefore, the
medium, I agree, is the metaphor; however, my argument here is that
the medium stands as metaphor for the existing form that ideology takes
in the context of the present relations of production. That is, it helps to
represent the dominant form of consciousness. The dominant medium of a
particular historical period thus opens up for us a window to understand
and examine the form taken by ideology.
The Medium Is Our Metaphor
How might the medium become a metaphor for ideology? Technology
writer James Bridle addresses the way that we use metaphors to make
sense of new media.7 “Cloud” for instance is one of the primary meta-
phors we use today to make the internet more comprehensible. But the
internet is anything but a soft or light cloud. It is, in fact, “a physical infra-
structure consisting of phone lines, fibre optics, satellites, cables on the
ocean floor, and vast warehouses filled with computers, which consume
huge amounts of water and energy and reside within national and legal
jurisdictions.”8 Such physical details are, however, obscured by the meta-
phor of the cloud. Nevertheless, the cloud metaphor creates a practical
model for shaping our relationships to the internet as a technology that
is both everywhere and nowhere at the same time (not unlike Foucault’s
understanding of power).
“Cloud” has today replaced the older internet metaphor of the
network or the web.9 But these are terms that Bridle also uses to look at
the internet with regard to what Timothy Morton calls a “hyperobject.”10
Morton uses the concept of the hyperobject to explain the phenomena of
global warming and climate change. A hyperobject is a thing that bears an
influence on the action or behavior of another thing, but is itself not nec-
essarily tangible. We feel its effects, but it exists nowhere for us to point
to. As Bridle explains, because hyperobjects “are so close and yet so hard
to see, they defy our ability to describe them rationally, and to master or
overcome them in any traditional sense.”11 We can perceive hyperobjects
9
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
through their impact or imprints on other things, and because of this
we are able at the very least to model and to map them. Just like climate
change, the internet or the network is according to Bridle a hyperobject.
The internet weaves together our ways of living and being in the
world at the same time that it organizes our ways of thinking about and
contemplating the world. The “network,” for Bridle, “is an emergent
cultural form, generated from our conscious and unconscious desires in
dialogue with mathematics and electrons and silicon and glass fibre.”12
The network is a metaphor for the physicality of the technology, but it is
also a metaphor for our current understanding, conceptualization, and
representation of reality.
Wendy Hui Kyong Chun similarly writes that “software has become a
metaphor for the mind, for culture, for ideology, for biology, and for the
economy.”13 Both software and computers, like all media, she argues, are
“metaphor machines: they both depend on and perpetuate metaphors.”14
Chun, like Bridle, proposes the network as the metaphor that ideally rep-
resents the present reality.15 She introduces this claim by drawing on Fred-
ric Jameson’s postmodern Marxist conception of “cognitive mapping,”
wherein he proposes that technological metaphors enable a “privileged
representational shorthand for grasping a network of power and control
even more difficult for our minds and imaginations to grasp— namely the
whole new decentered global network of the third stage of capital itself.”16
Viewed from this perspective, networks, software, the computer— all op-
erate like hyperobjects . . . but we should pause here. Upon further re-
flection I’m motivated to ask if we might conceptualize this relationship
differently, in a way that is somewhat familiar: Isn’t what Morton calls a
“hyperobject”— what Bridle, Chun, and even Postman refer to in terms
of metaphor— isn’t this reminiscent of what an older Hegelian-Marxist
discourse conceived as the totality?
From Metaphor to Totality, and Back
Recently, Slavoj Žižek has compared the older Marxist notion of totality to
another contemporary metaphor used to address the human-nonhuman
relationship— relationships that tie the human both to nature and to
technology: the assemblage.17 Assemblage, like the network, is a meta-
phor commonly in use today to reflect upon the horizontal relationships
between human and nonhuman actors. Some theorists today, according
to the Deleuze scholar, Andrew Culp, see the world as made up entirely
of assemblages, which are also conceived as subjects: “In no time, people,
10
I N T R O D UCT I O N
hurricanes, and battles all get addressed in the same register (all sub-
jects should be afforded proper names)!”18 Such assemblage thinking, he
writes, misses the mark by reducing subjectivity “to the name we use to
pin down the sum of a body’s capacities.” Instead, he says, we need to
recognize that assemblage thinking is the product of a world where capi-
talism produces subjectivities in humans in the way that it produces other
branded commodities, so that by subjectivizing the nonhuman, we end
up objectifying ourselves— this, of course, is not too distant from neo-
liberal rhetorics of entrepreneurialism wherein we must “invest” in our
“human capital.”
The aim of the assemblage metaphor, it seems, is to evade an older
hierarchical language that deems humans as exceptional, as in some ways
dominant over the nonhuman. Assemblage theory, instead, sees human
actors as something like the conscious operators of machines, who also
in their own way bear upon the impact or flow of outcomes. Both human
and nonhuman components apply their own inputs to the overall system,
in which neither of them, from this perspective, is more or less superior
than the other. The same applies to nature. What we get instead of the
hierarchical relationship between human and nonhuman is a kind of
“flat ontology” that aims to democratize in the name of an equality of
objects— if objects are subjects, then subjects are objects, and we are all
one and the same (or nothing at all). No hierarchy and no exploita-
tion . . . but is this in fact the case?
Assemblage theory is often tied to contemporary New Materialism,
which, according to Žižek, takes aim less (or not only) at transcendental
humanism than at the “specter of Marxism.”19 It is with this in mind that
he compares Assemblage theory to the Marxist category of the totality. To-
tality is distinguished from assemblage, not due to some kind of “higher
organic unity of the assembled elements” in the latter, but because of
“the antagonism that cuts across every assemblage.”20 An assemblage is
“totalized,” according to Žižek, not because of some “all-encompassing
universality,” but because of the fact that every assemblage “is traversed
by the same antagonism,” which for him (and for me as well) consists
of the class struggle.21 Class struggle, as he puts it elsewhere, “is ultimately
the struggle for the meaning of society ‘as such’, the struggle for which
of the two classes will impose itself as the stand-in for society ‘as such’,
thereby degrading its other into the stand-in for the non-Social (the de-
struction of, the threat to, society).”22 Totality, then, is precisely what the
ruling class is unable to bear: it is a view of society that includes what re-
mains excluded from its own self-understanding.
Totality, as Georg Lukács has explained, is a way of knowing about
the world. “From systemic doubt and the Cogito ergo sum of Descartes, to
11
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
Hobbes, Spinoza and Leibniz there is a direct line of development whose
central strand, rich in variations, is the idea that the object of cognition
can be known by us for the reason that, and to the degree in which, it
has been created by ourselves. And with this, the methods of mathematics
and geometry . . . and, later, the methods of mathematical physics be-
come the guide and the touchstone of philosophy, the knowledge of the
world as a totality.”23 This way of thinking the totality is also not unlike
what Jameson meant when he described “cognitive mapping” as a return
to the Symbolic, missing in the Althusserian formula of ideology as “an
imaginary relationship of the subject to its real conditions of existence.”24
The Althusserian formula, as Jameson points out, contains only a
reference to the Lacanian dimensions of the Imaginary and the Real,
missing entirely the Symbolic. The Symbolic, we can read in its deploy-
ment by Jameson, functions like the Marxist category of the totality, or
of “class consciousness,” which Jameson later on admitted to being very
close to what he has in mind with his conception of cognitive mapping.25
The Symbolic in this sense, rather than referring to the Lacanian big
Other, has a function in the analytic discourse— cognitive mapping is the
practice of intervening in the Real. As Žižek puts it, historical materialism
and psychoanalysis are similar in the way that their interpretive strategies
“constitute a direct intervention of the Symbolic in the Real” of how “the
word can affect the Real of the symptom.”26
Conceiving the world as a totality requires thinking it in its associ-
ated relationships— not only the social, but also the actual, the natural,
and the technological, all of which still are impacted by the social and the
human ethical relationship to the nonhuman. But thinking in terms of
totality also means that we take into consideration the complete picture
of existing antagonisms. As Lukács describes, we tend to view the world
primarily according to the formal terms of the ruling class. Its practice of
rational thought is one that tends to support, not necessarily the direct
interests of individuals or the ruling class itself, as much as it supports
the preconditions for the dominance of the ruling class. As Jameson puts
it, “in the realm of thought, he [the individual] is willing to venture
only to the point at which those preconditions begin to be called into
question.”27 Dialectical thought, in contrast, is “in its very structure self-
consciousness;” it is the process of reckoning with “the position of the
observer into the experiment itself.”28 Rational thought, in other words,
posits the presuppositions of the ruling class and the ruling ideology;
and, that which tends to contradict the dominant form of the rational
cannot but appear as irrational. Therefore, a totality, as Žižek puts it, is
not merely a whole. It is a whole plus its surpluses that distort it.29 A total-
ity is like a hyperobject in the sense that it allows us to contemplate the
12
I N T R O D UCT I O N
entire scenario of the present, but insofar as it is split and traversed by
human social antagonisms. Again, as Lukács explains, objective reality is
in its immediacy the same for both the proletariat and the bourgeoisie;
however, objective reality remains split by the antagonism that gives rise
to their diverging consciousness and experiences.30 “Class struggle” is the
name for this political split in objective reality, and the materialist dia-
lectic allows the thinker to gain awareness of the fact that consciousness
is limited by the subject’s position in society and history. But to make a
totality comprehensible it requires formalization through the Symbolic,
through metaphor. It is through metaphor that it comes to make sense.
We must recall that metaphor, according to Jacques Lacan, is the
effect of substituting one signifier for another within the signifying
chain.31 Metaphor, like the Lacanian Master-Signifier, even allows us to
mark the presence of an absence, to include the non-entity that over-
determines the whole to become concrete. The Lacanian metaphor in
the form of the Master-Signifier is a hyperobject avant la lettre. It helps
to solidify and to make sense of a number of related phenomena that,
without the metaphor, lack body and contextualization. The metaphor
helps to formalize the totality, to make it comprehensible. In doing so,
it provides a platform upon which we may act within the coordinates of
the dominant consciousness.
My claim in Algorithmic Desire is that social media, the digital plat-
form, and its algorithmic logic, serve as central metaphors for the pres-
ent totality. That’s not to say that they are the only metaphors we have
for coming to understand our present conditions of existence and possi-
bility. But just as Postman claims that the dominant medium of any his-
torical period allows us to conceptualize the dominant form of discourse,
I argue that social media teaches us about the dominant form of ideology
(and thus the dominant consciousness) in contemporary, twenty-first-
century neoliberal capitalism. Social media is our metaphor— it is our
ideology. Although I make no claim to speak in totality to the various
ways that social media operate our totality, the chapters that follow at-
tempt to create and build insights into some of the ways that forms of
social media have served as metaphors for the present. I here look at the
way that social media figures our understandings of such rudimentary
concepts as democracy and enjoyment, but also at the way that social
media enacts instrumental forms of consciousness as in the turn toward
algorithmic logic. I examine the ways that forms of social media incor-
porate and build upon neoliberal rhetorics of entrepreneurialism and
curation as the economic and aesthetic modes of subjecthood. But what
truly interests me is the way that social media as ideology— as the form
of ideology— treats our relationship to our desire and our enjoyment.
13
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
How, in other words, are we chained to the (algo)rithm (algo-rhythm) of
social media desire? To begin to answer this question, I want to return to
Postman’s thesis about amusement and entertainment in order to give it
a kind of détournement for the post-Fordist age.
Our Brave New (Digital) World
(of Enjoyment)
Desire and enjoyment are of particular interest in my own Lacanian-
Marxist reading or rendering of the social media ideology, as I will call
it. Postman, too, was interested in enjoyment— or more appropriately
amusement and entertainment, in his book. He begins Amusing Ourselves
to Death by comparing the two dystopian narratives of George Orwell’s
1984 and Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World. Both novels approach the
possibility of a future dystopian society; however, they do so from two op-
posed perspectives. While the future world depicted in 1984 shows mass
surveillance as the chief mechanism for maintaining order, obedience,
and control— through the figure of Big Brother, who is always watching—
Brave New World, instead, shows that order can be kept, not through the
fear and paranoia of constant surveillance, but through constant, never-
ending entertainment. Through an order, that is, in which no one can,
or is allowed, to do anything but enjoy. As the character, Mustapha Mond,
puts it in Brave New World: “The world’s stable now. People are happy; they
get what they want, and they never want what they can’t get. They’re well
off; they’re safe; they’re never ill; they’re not afraid of death; they’re bliss-
fully ignorant of passion and old age; they’re plagued with no mothers or
fathers; they’ve got no wives, or children, or lovers to feel strongly about;
they’re so conditioned that they practically can’t help behaving as they
ought to behave. And if anything should go wrong, there’s soma.”32
Brave New World is a story that is largely based on Huxley’s rendering
of the Fordist consumer society, and as such it is a depiction that reflects
much of the postwar mass culture. According to Postman, it is Huxley’s
book, more than Orwell’s, that had in the mid-1980s come to fruition.
For him, television (or electronic media more generally) is inherently a
technology of entertainment, in contrast to the contemplative dimen-
sions of print media. The logic and the sequential dimensions of print
allow for a more reflective practice of reading, according to Postman,
and thus a more rational form of consciousness. Electronic media are,
however, much more holistic, and do not fracture the human sensory,
compartmentalizing it into distinguished sensations. Print privileges the
14
I N T R O D UCT I O N
visual; electronic media aims to recombine the sensorium, and in doing
so, according to Postman, to make amusement the primary force of the
medium. This, he says, then translates into the other various discourses
that make up society: from news and politics, to religion and education—
everything must be inscribed with entertainment value in order to be ef-
fective. This is still a convincing account of our postmodern society of the
spectacle. But what I find missing in Postman’s account is a deeper reflec-
tion on the relationship between the medium and its political-economic
context, caught as it is both in tension with the capitalist relations of pro-
duction and in the class struggle.
There are (at least) two ways to approach this context. We might
look at the political economy of the media to understand how it is that
structures of ownership, and interests from advertisers, for instance, in-
form the type of content that we see across our media. There have been
some very important studies from this perspective, most notably books
like Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky’s Manufacturing Consent, and
Robert McChesney’s Rich Media/Poor Democracy.33 In addition, there is a
tremendous amount of research about social media that is being con-
ducted in this tradition.34 As much as I value this approach, I find it in
some ways still limited— for it simply views the content of a medium as
directly tied to the interests of its producers. This is suggestive of mecha-
nistic determinism. This analysis is truthful, of course, in the sense that
organizational structures of ownership do tend to filter out information
that contradicts the preconditional interests of the ruling class. But this,
view, I believe, is too limiting. Something still seems to be missing.
Another way to approach this context stems from what I have al-
ready proposed, in concert with Postman, that we can read our media
formally as a metaphor for the existing structure of society, or at least as
the structure of the dominant consciousness. But unlike Postman, for
me this means reading social media as a metaphor for the form of ide-
ology. If we understand media as ideological metaphors, we can see just
how much the consciousness they represent is a product of the overall
structure and form of society. Read in this way, we can also see a kind of
determinism present in Postman’s own reading of the inherent qualities
of media that differs from the political economic account. Amusing con-
sumer content, on the political-economic account, is a result of the struc-
tures of ownership and the interests of advertising and consumerism; on
Postman’s account, it is the result of something inherent in the medium.
My position, in contrast, suggests that the medium reflects the dominant
form of consciousness in society. That is to say that, as a metaphor for the
form of ideology, it is less a result of something inherent in the medium,
or it is (only) the product of the interests of those who have created it.
15
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
Certainly, every medium has an inherent bias, since it is limited by its
technological components as well as by its conditions of having been pro-
duced by people with a particular set of interests and goals. But it is also
a manner of coming to terms with the way that a society thinks overall.
If we begin, neither from the position of the technology, nor from that
of the political economy, but from the position of ideology, then we can
detect in what sense both the uses of technology and the structure of the
political economy— including the existing dominant relations of produc-
tion and inequality— are themselves justified and legitimized. By looking
at social media as a metaphor of ideology— that is, of the dominant form
of consciousness or the total worldview of the existing dominant form of
culture— then we can, I claim, come to understand, firstly, how the exist-
ing society self-legitimizes or self-authorizes, and secondly, how it reflects
and reproduces itself materially. However, as a metaphor for ideology,
we need to understand, as well, in what sense contesting points of view
are expressed in its terms— in terms of the dominant ideology and the
dominant medium— and how the new arises as a result of the contra-
dictions in the existing consciousness. For this reason, unlike Postman,
I prefer to examine social media, not at the level of mere amusement or
entertainment, but at the level of jouissance, or enjoyment. This, we will
see, is a feature of our ideology that comes to fruition in the context of
the post-Fordist culture.
Fordism, the basis for Huxley’s dystopian depiction of the future, de-
scribes a culture learning about and coming to terms with the rising
consumer society. It is tied to the Keynesian welfare state model and to
a later industrial capitalism, where workers are paid enough to afford
to buy the mass, assembly-line produced goods that they participate in
producing. Fordism and the welfare state, while helping to grow the size
and quality of life for the middle classes, were also codified in Eurocen-
tric and patriarchal values of the “father-knows-best” variety— that is, the
metaphor of the Father or the paternal metaphor (as it is dubbed by
Lacan). The twin phenomena of the later postwar period of the 1960s,
of the shifting technological basis of capitalism from Fordism to post-
Fordism and the rise in New (non-class-based) Social Movements, help
us to make sense of the culture that now dominates. With post-Fordism,
we see a shift away from industrial production in the developed world as
dominant, and a movement toward the electronic and the digital. This
also signals a movement toward new managerial prescriptions, away from
the idea of the full-time job for life (until retirement) and toward lean
production models of increased precarity, part-time and contract labor,
16
I N T R O D UCT I O N
just-in-time production instead of the stockpiling of goods, and with the
arrival of neoliberalism, new regimes of austerity that shift the burden of
welfare onto the family and the individual. Post-Fordism coincides with
the “new spirit of capitalism” that sees horizontal and rhizomatic manage-
ment, sparked by the spirit of ’68 culture, that enables the dispersion of
managerial authority.35 If Brave New World was a dystopian picture appro-
priate to the Fordist society, then more recent representations that hit
much closer to home for the post-Fordist culture include postmodern
gems like Blade Runner and Blade Runner 2049, The Matrix trilogy, and the
television series Black Mirror and Mr. Robot. These dystopian depictions
of the future show a society and a culture of precarious life, combined
human and nonhuman assemblages, structures and inevitabilities of the
digital and cyber economy, cyberwar, and artificial intelligence, that blur
the lines between human and nonhuman identity and subjectivity, and
show a deeper integration of new mechanisms of control through the
intensification of living and uninhibited jouissance.
In fact, one way that we can distinguish between the earlier Fordist
culture and the post-Fordist one centers on the different relationships
to enjoyment prescribed by each. If the phallocentrism and patriarchal
family structure were dominant in the Fordist culture, then the post-
Fordist or postmodern culture is one in which the power and authority of
the phallus and the paternal metaphor are (if not destroyed, then at least)
troubled and questioned. In a sense, we see in post-Fordist and post-
modern culture a contradiction between the cultural decline of phallo-
centrism and patriarchy, and an institutional and political arrangement
and structure that still favors the masculine. At the same time, the de-
clining authority of the paternal metaphor and phallocentrism signal a
shift in the postmodern consumer culture with regard to our structures
of enjoyment. If modernism organized our relationship to enjoyment
based around its prohibitions, then postmodern culture— the culture of
post-Fordism and the declining agency of the Father— represents one
based on the constant obligation to enjoy, so much so that we are made
to feel guilty when we are not enjoying. This is a condition that Mark
Fisher has described as “depressive hedonia.”36 Depression is typically
conceived as a state of anhedonia, in which we are unable to obtain plea-
sure or enjoyment or satisfaction. In depressive hedonia, according to
Fisher, we become depressed from the constant and unending injunction
and obligation to enjoy. The culture is signalled by constant enjoinders
to enjoy and consume, but our consumption is never satisfying. There
always seems to be a new product, gizmo, or gadget (what Lacan called
lathouses) to replace the previous one that is now well past its due date.
17
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
One of the problems with this model, as I see it, is that unlimited enjoy-
ment and consumption begins to call forth and demand a limit. I mean
this in two different ways.
On the one hand, we demand a limit because enjoyment only seems
possible when it is prohibited. An object of desire only becomes such
when we find that it is somehow prohibited or unobtainable. When the
limit disappears, it does not change our orientation toward it with regard
to our enjoyment, and the result is a combination of depressive hedonia
and increased control. Here, I am using control in the sense described
by Gilles Deleuze in his short essay on the societies of control, where he
describes how we become tethered to the (digital) machinations of con-
trol through its combination of surveillance and enjoyment.37 In other
words, Deleuze marks a scenario that combines both the unceasing en-
joyment of Brave New World and the constant surveillance of 1984. The
end of the prohibiting agency, then, appears not to have brought about
more freedom, but rather a constant nightmarish schizoid-paranoia of
debt and addiction.
On the other hand, we have witnessed in the post–Cold War era,
and especially in the post-2008 crisis period, a demand for new forms of
hierarchical authority and paternal metaphors, a Fascism 2.0, that de-
mands a return to older chauvinisms (which produce an artificial limit
to enjoyment by claiming its theft by figures such as feminists, “Islami-
cists,” and other examples of racialized Others), materialized in a wave of
international political phenomena, that features the rise of new extremist
fundamentalisms, including the so-called Alt-Right movement, the Brexit
vote in the UK, and the election of Donald Trump as President of the
United States. We might see these demands as coming from popular de-
spair with regard to the unlimited societies of control. In conditions such
as these, it is difficult to imagine a dystopian fiction that departs from the
present reality, which is itself already coming close to early postmodern
depictions of the twenty-first century in the cyberpunk fiction of the 1980s
and 1990s. In fact, combined with emerging technologies based on algo-
rithmic logic, like social media and digital automation, these end-of-the-
world scenarios, resulting from climate change, form the front and back
of the two predominant fantasies giving content to the dystopian visions
of “the end.” If, as Fredric Jameson claims, every ideology must have a
utopian dimension, we might also add that each one, too, is set against
the background of its dystopian fantasy, which I mean in the Lacanian
sense.38 Fantasy is a structure that narrativizes our relationship to our de-
sire. On the Left now, we find two versions of this scenario that seem to
offer emancipatory cognitive mapping. These are New Materialism and
18
I N T R O D UCT I O N
Accelerationism. But as I claim, they miss the mark: both are now embed-
ded in the dominant ideology. They are, more or less, cynical versions of
what I will refer to as a “do less” ethics.39
Looking Back at Nature, Looking Forward
to Technology
In his book, Four Futures, Peter Frase suggests that today there are two
“specters” haunting the twenty-first century: climate change and auto-
mation.40 For Frase, climate change and automated production signal
two looming, yet contradictory threats— a threat of scarcity and a threat
of abundance. Noting that the mitigation of these threats is at its core
political, along the lines of the class struggle— the struggle for equality,
or the struggle against it— he devises four potential postcapitalist forms
of society. Communism, he says, would be a society of equality and abun-
dance, whereas Socialism would be a society of equality and scarcity; a
society of inequality and abundance he calls Rentism, and one of in-
equality and scarcity would fall into Exterminism. Frase’s permutations of
postcapitalism pose an interesting thought experiment of how we might
imagine the movement beyond the present. They are visions of where
we are currently heading, and they are the potential directions that the
world can take depending on the way that political forces are mobilized
and how we might respond collectively to existing contradictions. What
I find equally intriguing, though, about Frase’s matrix and his proposi-
tion regarding the twin specters of the twenty-first century is how similarly
these haunt contemporary theory. In fact, the specters of climate change
and ecological catastrophe, in addition to that of automation, inform two
relevant critical theories that are growing in popularity: the so-called New
Materialisms and Accelerationism.
The basic premise of New Materialisms (including Object-Oriented
Ontology— OOO, Speculative Realism— SR, Vitalist Materialism— VR,
Actor-Network Theory— ANT, and some versions of Assemblage theory)
is the need to dissolve the hierarchical relationship between human and
nonhuman agents. New Materialism is thus a school of posthumanist
theory whose aim is the study of nonhuman ontology and agency. It is
this latter point that distinguishes New Materialism from Old Materialism
(that is, historical and dialectical materialism): it assigns agency to mat-
ter. The view is thus that “agency has been wrongly conceived as the pre-
rogative of humans and must now promptly be recognized in the things
themselves.”41 Given the deleterious impact of human agents upon the
19
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
nonhuman, a strategic anthropomorphism of the nonhuman is deemed
to be necessary in order to avoid too much anthropocentrism.42 The way
to encourage human agents, so it is deemed, is to decenter the human
subject within the field of all actors, in order to create a “democracy
of objects,” so to speak. Rather than a vertical relationship between the
human and the nonhuman, New Materialisms endeavour to make pro-
gress toward a horizontal relationship with nonhuman actors, creating
a “flat ontology.” This kind of posthumanist moralism is certainly un-
derstandable given the naïve and perhaps ignorant fashion with which
humans have acted upon the nonhuman, which includes nature, the en-
vironment, and nonhuman animals. But going forward, I would add to
this list machines, technologies, and new media, which also occupy posi-
tions of the nonhuman. This, we might imagine, becomes pertinent, not
necessarily for conceiving the agency of machines and robots. Instead,
when we begin to consider the agency of nonhuman actors, this should
give us pause and help us to reconceive how, in fact, we might define the
human subject.
Rising concerns about climate change do, indeed, give us reason
to think about some of the ways that human civilization has mistreated
and abused the nonhuman, so much so that it now bears upon our own
species survival (or perhaps even our “species-being,” to put this in Marx-
ist terms). However, in contrast to theorists like Steven Shaviro, who ad-
vocates an ethics of anthropomorphism as a means of overcoming anthro-
pocentrism, I would argue instead for the reverse. What is needed is still
an anthropocentrism as a way of centering human survival and human
epistemology as an ethical strategy for taking care of the nonhuman. In
other words, what matters to me is not merely our moral awareness of
how human agency and culture have harmed the nonhuman. What mat-
ters is how our treatment of the nonhuman ultimately comes to bite us
back in the ass.
As Jodi Dean puts it, “Climate change tethers us to a perspective
that oscillates between the impossible and the inevitable, already and not
yet, everywhere but not here, not quite.”43 This is a state not so unlike that
of jouissance in the Lacanian sense: both too much and too little enjoy-
ment. Once we get what we want, we start to feel as though it wasn’t really
what we wanted in the first place. Some on the Left, according to Dean,
see climate change as a vehicle for this kind of jouissance: a vehicle for en-
joying punishment, destruction, and knowing. Posthumanist theorists of
the Anthropocene, she writes, “embrace extinction, focus on deep time,
and displace a politics of the people onto the agency of things.”44 For her,
the knowing moralism of this current of the Left is a form of disavowal: it
lets us off the hook. It is, in a sense, an ethics of “do less.” It is, if I can put
20
I N T R O D UCT I O N
it this way, a view of human agency that is somewhat backward-looking.
Human agents are interpreted as those who became overly anthropo-
centric. Anthropocentrism is interpreted as the cause of environmental
degradation; human impact as the detrimental source of the crisis. Even
the very term, “Anthropocene,” according to Dean, provides a kind of
compensatory charge. So often, she notes, in contemporary discussions
of the Anthropocene, “the organization of people— our institutions,
systems, and arrangements of power, production, and reproduction—
appears only as a distortion. Everything is active except for us, with no
role other than that of observers, victims, or lone survivors.”45 I cannot
help but agree, then, with Dean when she writes that the goal of the Left
shouldn’t be to “undermine collective political power in the name of a
moralistic horizontalism of humans and nonhumans.”46 By this, I do not
mean to suggest that we should eschew the suggestion that nonhuman
matter possesses agency. Rather, the perspective I insist upon here is still
one of (to reverse the trajectory employed by Shaviro) strategic anthro-
pocentrism that may still include a degree of anthropomorphism. It is a
view that is oriented toward building an ethics of postcapitalism and of
universal emancipation.
Prioritizing the centrality of human agency, for me, only makes
good sense when it comes to questions of ethics. In noting the historical
impact of humanity upon the world, I still find that a forward-looking
ethical dimension (in the sense of “what is to be done?”) is currently lack-
ing in some contemporary New Materialisms, the result of which is a kind
of cynicism, not unlike the reigning forms of capitalist realism, that ends
up ultimately resigning into frantic and subtractive despair. As Andreas
Malm puts it, the only way forward, ethically, is “to put a stop to the exten-
sion of agency. In this warming world, that honour belongs exclusively to
those humans who extract, buy, sell and combust fossil fuels, and to those
who uphold this circuit, and to those who have committed acts over the
past two centuries: causing the climate system to spin out of control, they
and they alone instigate the paradox of historicised nature.”47 Our point
here must be against flat horizontalism and in favor of a return to the
exceptionality of humanity— not because humanity is in any way greater
than or more important than the nonhuman; here I imagine an equity of
objects rather than an equality of objects that recognizes the differences
among actors— but because the only ethics we can deploy— that we are
capable of deploying— is a human ethics, caught as it is within the realm
of the social, the political, and the cultural. This means that bearing in
mind human responsibility or accountability for the impact we have had
upon the nonhuman, moving forward we need to take responsibility to
act according to an ethics that insists upon our mutual and sustainable
21
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
future. But, again, as Malm reminds us, “any call for a more environmen-
tally beneficial practice by necessity puts humans front and centre.”48
What now bears upon a strictly human ethics, though, with hindsight,
accountability, and responsibility, and with New Materialist critical theory
in mind, is the question of what precisely is the human?
To begin to answer this question, it is worth considering the historicity of
New Materialism and questioning why, along with the looming threat of
ecological catastrophe brought on by climate change, does posthuman-
ism and the nonhuman factor so heavily in contemporary critical theory.
We might consider, in other words, the rising interest in posthumanism
and nonhumanism as symptomatic of neoliberal dehumanization. Writ-
ing critically about posthumanism, New Materialism, and the represen-
tation of Indigenous populations, W. Oliver Baker suggests that these
theories should be read “as an ideological response to the perceived ero-
sion of the liberal social contract in the era of late capitalist and deindus-
trialization when more and more groups of people experience structural
exclusion from wage labor as well as fall victim to neoliberal forms of what
David Harvey calls ‘accumulation by dispossession’.”49 We might read this
to indicate that the increasing forms of precarity through austerity, de-
regulation, structural adjustment, financialization, and entrepreneurial-
ism have impacted our very sense of self in relation to the nonhuman. In
other words, the more that the traditional middle classes are feeling the
stress of the deeper commodification of all of life— in a sense, what Fou-
cault refers to as biopolitics, or the work on the Self— so much so that our
lives are transformed away from subjecthood and into objecthood, the more
that only now do we begin to show signs of real care for the nonhuman.
That is to say that concern for the object world— object-oriented ontolo-
gies, for instance— enters the field the more that the middle classes expe-
rience their own degradation into objecthood, into reification. As Baker
points out, those who have “historically enjoyed protections from such
forms of exclusion and dispossession, but who today [have] come to expe-
rience late capitalism as a process that erodes the liberal social contract,
[are] the working- and middle- class white settler.”50 The category of the
“human,” in other words, has historically been reserved for the subject of
the white settler. The colonized other was not even considered human.
Feeling the dehumanizing effects of neoliberalism now has positioned
the dominating culture to give more sympathies to that which has histori-
cally been excluded from the category of the human. Neoliberalism and
the class struggle, along with climate change, therefore factor as means of
coming to terms with the rising interest in the nonhuman. But as I have
22
I N T R O D UCT I O N
alluded to already, another factor that is shifting the gears of our sense of
human subjecthood is the rapidly increasing degree of technologization,
from digital automation and new urban infrastructures, to the growth in
algorithmic logic, deep learning, and artificial intelligence.
New Materialisms, as Diana Coole and Samantha Frost explain, ex-
plore a range of very contemporary complex issues that include climate
change, global capital, and population flows, in addition to biotechnol-
ogy and the bioengineering of genetically modified organisms; but these
theories also touch upon “the saturation of our intimate and physical
lives by digital, wireless, and virtual technologies.”51 Perhaps the most
common metaphor used in responding to these new saturations of digital
technologies into our everyday lives is that of the assemblage. Aside from
the New Materialist reading of the human and nonhuman relationship to
nature, we can also interrogate the assemblage of humans and machines
from the opposite end, on the side of Accelerationism.
There have been, according to Benjamin Noys, two central tendencies
in all post-Kantian philosophy, of which Accelerationism seems to follow
one: that of immanence and that of transcendence.52 Noys dubs Deleuze
and Guattari’s immanentist position “affirmationist.” As both carry an
influence from Deleuze, New Materialism and Accelerationism each falls
into the camp of immanentist and affirmationist thought, itself a response
to the events of May 1968. As Noys notes, texts that followed this line of
thought, particularly Anti-Oedipus, respond somewhat to Marx’s assertion
that the limit to capital is capital itself. In arguing that it is necessary to
“crash through the barrier by turning capitalism against itself,” these
texts represent a politics of “ou pire” (or worse): “If capitalism generates
its own forces of dissolution then the necessity is to radicalize capitalism
itself: the worse the better.”53 This tendency is what Noys has dubbed “Ac-
celerationism.”
Shaviro describes Accelerationism as a political, aesthetic, and
philosophical movement that proposes pushing capitalism to its limits as
the only way through capitalism. The hope of Accelerationists, he writes,
“is that, by exacerbating our current conditions of existence, we will fi-
nally be able to make them explode, and thereby move beyond them.”54
Accelerationism is rooted in a particular version of classical Marxism that
sees the forces of production outgrowing the relations of production:
“Marx argues that capitalism tends toward a point where its very form—
the property form— becomes an obstacle to the further development of
the productive forces that it has unleashed.”55 One of the chief figures
of the Accelerationist movement is Nick Land, whose neoreactionary
23
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
writing has sparked a movement called the Dark Enlightenment, which
advocates a mixture of “cognitive elitism, racist social Darwinism, and
autocratic Austrian economics.”56 Land draws on Deleuze and Guattari’s
insistence in Anti-Oedipus to “accelerate the process” of capitalist de-
territorialization as a modicum of revolution. As Shaviro puts it, Acceler-
ationists like Land celebrate “absolute deterritorialization as liberation—
even (or above all) to the point of total disintegration and death.”57 With
a view toward total deterritorialization brought about by capitalism’s own
inherent limits, Land “extols capitalism precisely for its inhuman, violent,
and destructive power.”58
The problem with Accelerationism, Shaviro notes, is that, “like it
or not— we are all Accelerationists now. It has become increasingly clear
that crises and contradictions do not lead to the demise of capitalism.
Rather, they actually work to promote and advance capitalism, by pro-
viding it with its fuel.”59 Accelerationism, then, “is a new response to the
specific conditions of today’s neoliberal, globalized and networked capi-
talism.”60 But as capitalism works to break down cultural barriers in order
to overcome the limits of production for profit, it also acts upon its sub-
jects, demystifying and disenchanting us in a way that distances us from
our older worldviews. In this way, it unhinges the paternal metaphor, leav-
ing open a space for revolution— or else, it creates a space for its much
more violent and unrelenting imposition of new forms of Authority.
One of the inherent limits to exponential growth in capitalism is
its constant and continued movement toward contradiction and crisis;
or, as seen from the immanentist position of the Accelerationists, there
is a need to create and erect barriers— new limits— that it can overcome
to thrust it into new areas of profit creation. As most political economists
will tell us, crises of capitalism always result from overproduction or over-
accumulation. This is why, when faced with abundance, “capitalism needs
to generate an imposed scarcity, simply in order to keep itself going.”61
This is perhaps why Deleuze and Guattari claim, against Lacan (for in-
stance), that in capitalism, lack is something imposed, it is something
created. Lack, they write, “is created, planned, and organized in and
through social production. It is counterproduced as a result of the pres-
sure of antiproduction.”62 Lack, in other words, is, according to them, an
artificial attribute of capitalism. This, at least, is according to Deleuze and
Guattari’s immanentist reading.
Apart from Land, though, there is another Accelerationist ten-
dency worth addressing— the tendency that is put forth by Nick Srnicek
and Alex Williams, both in their Manifesto for an Accelerationist Politics
(MAP) and in their book, Inventing the Future.63 Whereas the Landian
project of Accelerationism is one of heightening the contradictions of
24
I N T R O D UCT I O N
capitalism to its very limit, Srnicek and Williams imagine a postcapitalist
future brought on by the deeper integration of technology into society.
As Noys puts it, Accelerationists like Srnicek and Williams attempt to
solve the suffering of labor by further integrating it into the machine.64
Again, going back to Marx, one of the problems we find in its own in-
herent contradictions is that capital “depends on labor-power to gener-
ate surplus value, but on the other hand, it constantly tends to replace
labor power with machinery” leading to crisis.65 Srnicek and Williams
argue, therefore, for an acceleration of the process of further integrat-
ing humans and machines; or, more specifically, they argue in favor of
a society built around full automation, solving the fundamentals of our
needs in the face of neoliberalism and climate change, and building-in,
therefore, a system of basic income that would allow us to continue to live
in a world without work. “The Left,” they write in the MAP, “must develop
sociotechnical hegemony.”66 Platforms, they correctly acknowledge, al-
ready form the basic technological infrastructure of global society: “They
establish the basic parameters of what is possible, both behaviorally and
ideologically. In this sense, they embody the material transcendental basis
of society: they are what make possible particular sets of actions, relation-
ships, and powers.”67 Although, they say, “much of the current global plat-
form is biased towards capitalist social relations, this is not an inevitable
necessity. These material platforms of production, finance, logistics, and
consumption can and will be reprogrammed and reformatted towards
post-capitalist ends.”68 It is with regard to the latter claim and perspective
that their Accelerationism differs from that of Land. Theirs is a vision of
an emancipatory egalitarianism, contrary to the Landian neoreactionary
Dark Enlightenment.
However, in the current context of neoliberal capitalism, “the re-
lief that technology was supposed to bring from labor merely leaves less
labor doing more work. No longer, as in Marx’s day, are we all chained
to factory machines, but now some of us carry our chains around with
us, in the form of laptops and phones.”69 As Noys puts the matter, “the
fact that history advances by the bad side does not mean that we should
celebrate the ‘bad side’ [as Land does], but rather recognize this is the
ground on which we struggle, which must be negated to constitute a
new and just social order.”70 Noys is one, however, who emphasizes the
persistence of the negative. Negativity, he claims, is “the condition for
re-articulating a thinking of agency.”71 In contrast to the claim of the
thinkers of Anti-Oedipus, in which the lack or the negative is something
imposed artificially, negativity is in fact the basic condition of all reality.
Reality is incomplete, marked by a lack or a gap. Reality is contradictory.
The latter claim is the one that I defend against the New Materialists and
25
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
the Accelerationists, by now turning toward what Noys calls the “transcen-
dental” position implicit in what I call a “New Structuralism.” My con-
ception of New Structuralism is inspired primarily by Lacanian scholars,
like Slavoj Žižek, Alenka Zupančič, Mladen Dolar, Todd McGowan, Jodi
Dean, Anna Kornbluh, the later work of Mark Fisher, and others currently
writing in this area, whose work, although influential in several other key
areas of humanities scholarship, has not yet attained the kind of profile it
deserves in communications and media studies, and in social media stud-
ies in particular. New Structuralism is how I prefer to figure the totality of
the social media metaphor in Algorithmic Desire.
Toward a New Structuralism?
My starting point for conceptualizing a “New Structuralism” bears upon
what I believe to be the most significant point for the Marxist critique of
capitalism— a point that shows where the Marxist critique departs from
radical or social liberal critiques that tend to dissolve into moralistic sig-
nals of virtue. What matters most significantly about the Marxist critique
is its identification of the structural limits, the inherent (material) con-
tradictions of capitalism. Marxism is not merely a moral criticism of capi-
talism. Its clout rests primarily in its ability to show what is structurally
contradictory about the capitalist mode of production, and its constant
and consistent tendency toward crisis. Wolfgang Streeck provides an apt
description of what I have in mind here:
While labour has gradually been replaced by technology for the past
two hundred years, with the rise of information technology and, in the
very near future, artificial intelligence, that process is currently reach-
ing its apogee, in at least two respects: first, it has vastly accelerated, and
second, having in the second half of the twentieth century destroyed
the manual working class, it is now attacking and about to destroy the
middle class as well— in other words, the new petty bourgeoisie that
is the very carrier of the neocapitalist and neoliberal lifestyle of ‘hard
work and hard play’, of careerism-cum-consumerism, which . . . may in-
deed be considered the indispensable cultural foundation of contempo-
rary capitalism’s society.72
What this new shift from human to artificial labor indicates is the eventual
replacement of humans with machinery. Electronization, according to
Streeck, “will do to the middle class what mechanization has done to the
26
I N T R O D UCT I O N
working class, and it will do it much faster.”73 While this potentially poses
a moral dilemma in that it will lead to vast unemployment, not only of
the working class, but also (and more so) for the middle classes, it is the
structural impact of this employment that needs to be considered as well.
As human labor is replaced with machinery and automation, the result
is of course a rising deficit in effective consumer demand. If people do
not earn enough in wages, then it makes no difference whether humans
or robots are producing our goods. If no one can pay for them, then no
profits can result, and we fall back into crisis. Without diving into sugges-
tions about Universal Basic Income, as Srnicek and Williams have done,
I want to build from this structural understanding— that is of the struc-
tural limits to capitalism, crisis and contradiction as its normal state of
affairs— in order to move beyond the New Materialist and Accelerationist
positions. Instead of the immanent flow, what interests me is the position
of the subject within the terrain of the structural limit— of the negative
that grounds subjectivity: from the (Deleuzian) flux, as Žižek puts it, to
the (Hegelian-Lacanian) gap.74 In contrast to an older Althusserian struc-
tural Marxism, the latter is best expressed in terms of what Bruno Bosteels
has called “the new doctrine of structural causality.”75
Dialectical materialism, according to Bosteels, can be understood
as a theory of “contradictory breaks.” Applied, then, to historical phe-
nomena, such as the material transition from one mode of production
to the next arising out of contradictions in each previous one, historical
materialism helps to define the object of dialectical materialist investiga-
tion, that is, through the production and deployment of a series of ana-
lytical concepts. Two of the concepts central to the Althusserian project
are “structural causality” and its “absent cause.” Structural causality, as
Bosteels explains, rests on the fact that “a society always possesses the
complex unity of a structure dominated by one of its instances, or articu-
lated practices. Depending on the conjuncture at a given moment in the
history of society, the dominant can be economical, political, scientific,
religious, and so on.”76 Depending, then, upon the historical conjunc-
ture, a certain tendency will have dominance upon the characterization
of the social totality.
Tangentially, we can perhaps come to understand this through the
prism of Raymond Williams’s distinctions between dominant, emergent,
and residual elements of a culture. Whereas it is difficult to claim that any
one particular cultural formation totalizes the entire field, it is more so
the case that the dominant tendency sutures the entire field of the social,
while still running in parallel with new emergent cultural elements, as
well as residual elements from older or more traditional culture. Simi-
larly, although we might talk about the dominance, today, of finance
27
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
capital, it is not as though we have witnessed the disappearance of agrar-
ian capital, or industrial capital, or merchant capital. The dominance
of finance capital speaks merely to its historically contingent position
in organizing the entirety of the system within this particular stage or
moment of the class struggle. Likewise, as Jameson argues, postmodern-
ism is not the only cultural force— it is merely the “cultural logic of late
capitalism,” which is to say that it is the culture that dominates alongside
residual elements of traditional, national or ethnic culture, modern cul-
ture, as well as likely emergent elements of a wholly new and not yet fully
formed culture, perhaps reflective of the ideological tendency that Mark
Fisher has called “capitalist realism,” or of what Streeck now refers to
as the “interregnum.” This way of reading the relationship between the
dominant, residual, and emergent is what makes the logic of the signifier
or the metaphor, as a point of meaningful fixation, culturally and ideo-
logically significant. It does not totalize in the way that Foucault, or De-
leuze, or even Laclau and Mouffe describe; but it does articulate a point
of closure that is not disconnected from the historical state of power and
the class struggle.
What then gives cause to the structural emplacement of this or that
dominant and overdetermining force is what Althusser, drawing on Spi-
noza, calls the “absent cause,” or the ultimately determining instance of
the mode of production. As Jameson explains in The Political Unconscious,
Althusser identifies the entirety of the structure itself with the mode of
production.77 Therefore, he writes, if we wish to characterize Althusser’s
as a structural Marxism, “one must complete the characterization with
the essential proviso that it is a structuralism for which only one structure
exists: namely the mode of production itself, or the synchronic system
of social relations as a whole.”78 For Jameson, this is the sense “in which
this ‘structure’ is an absent cause, since it is nowhere empirically present
as an element, it is not part of the whole or one of the [topographical]
levels, but rather the entire system of relationships among those levels.”79
(We should note how closely this description resembles that of the hyper-
object.) This means, then, according to Jameson, that history figures as
the very absent cause of the entire structure— history, that is, as the move-
ment from one mode of production to the next and the class struggle as
the antagonistic relationship that colors the dominant cultural and social
character of the historical conjuncture; but also, history figures as the
sets of relationships between subject positions differently articulated ac-
cording to the topography: base and superstructure. For what is the base
if not the expression of a particular social relationship between agents,
that is, the relations of production, which in the case of the capitalist
mode of production is a relationship of exploitation? The superstructure
28
I N T R O D UCT I O N
similarly articulates the social relationship between agents, but it does so
according to a different set of practices that are not unrelated to those
of production.
Jameson writes, “history is not a text, not a narrative, master or
otherwise, but that, as an absent cause, it is inaccessible to us except in
textual form, and that our approach to it and to the [Lacanian] Real itself
[as that which resists symbolization] necessarily passes through its prior
textualization, its narrativization in the political unconscious.”80 Jame-
son’s claim provides an important rejoinder to the Foucauldian critique
of the apparent search for historical origins in Marxism, since historical
materialism shows, according to Jameson’s reading of structural causality
and its absent cause, that each new expression of the class struggle in the
present— each new historical conjuncture, marked by the ever changing
conditions of the class struggle— retroactively determines the subjective
reading of the historical. Marxism and historical materialism, upon this
reading, are truly a “history of the present”— it is the signifier or the
metaphor that gives history its dominant retroactive figurability. We can
then read the development of what Bosteels calls the “new doctrine of
structural causality” in the following manner.
Beginning with Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe, Bosteels iden-
tifies three points that can be made regarding the relationship between
the Lacanian Real, the subject, and ideology. First, as Laclau and Mouffe
point out in Hegemony and Socialist Strategy, the social field, just like the
Lacanian Symbolic order (the field of the big Other), is “structured
around the traumatic kernel of the real.”81 The traumatic kernel of the
social field is identified by Laclau and Mouffe as (political) antagonism.
In Lacanian terms, we could say that the social field is not-all, and in
order for it to have some ultimate fixity, it requires the addition of the
Master-Signifier— that is, of a structuring metaphor. For Laclau and
Mouffe, as Bosteels explains, politics only emerges because society is
lacking— it does not exist as a unified whole. There is, in other words, a
gap or void in the structure, which they identify with the Lacanian Real,
and which Jameson identifies with the absent cause of history.
But in a second move that veers toward Žižek and other so-called
neo-Lacanians, such as Mladen Dolar and Alenka Zupančič, Bosteels
notes that for them the subject, in fact, is this gap in the structure. If the
Real is signalled by the very limits of the Symbolic, if antagonism posits
the impossibility of society, then the subject is what overlaps with this
very position; or, as Žižek puts it, just as the Real emerges as the limit of
society, “the subject is strictly correlative to its own impossibility; its limit is
its positive position.”82 The subject, in other words, “is nothing but the im-
possibility of its own signifying representation— the empty place opened
29
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
up in the big Other by the failure of this representation.”83 Better still,
as Dolar explains the difference between the truly Lacanian category of
the subject and the Althusserian one, is that for Althusser “the subject is
what makes ideology work; for [Lacanian] psychoanalysis, the subject
emerges where ideology fails.”84 Subject— the political or revolutionary
subject, the “proletariat”— is correlative with the impossibility of society.
Not some positive or affirmative character of society— not yet, anyway—
but the symptomatic point at which the deadlocks of the social emerge.
This is one reason why, for Žižek, the antagonism identified by Laclau and
Mouffe that forever prevents the full closure of the social has a precise
name: class struggle.85
Class struggle, for Žižek, names the social Real— the antagonism
at the heart of the social, its limit point— at the same time that it posits
the emergence of the subject of psychoanalysis: the hysteric. The hysteric
comes to figure and overlap with history as an absent cause in the way
that Jameson describes history as the absent cause of the structure. His-
tory, according to Žižek, is “nothing but a succession of failed attempts to
grasp, conceive, specify this strange kernel [of the Real].”86 It is this point
that allows us, he writes, to reject the common reproach that psycho-
analysis is nonhistorical and to transform it from a critique into a posi-
tive identification of the historical. Put differently, in his own defense of
the Hegelian dialectic (this is a point that asserts his own commitment to
dialectical materialism), Žižek argues that dialectics offers the most co-
gent articulation of what Laclau and Mouffe conceive as antagonism: “far
from being a story of progressive overcoming, dialectics is for Hegel a sys-
temic notation of the failure of all such attempts— ‘absolute knowledge’
denotes a subjective position which finally accepts ‘contradiction’ as an
internal condition of every identity.”87 The Lacanian subject therefore
exists, according to Žižek, on two levels: both as the neurotic or hysteri-
cal subject and as the subject who emerges at the ends of analysis, when
the subject has traversed the fantasy and has gone beyond the deadlock
of subjective destitution— that is, when the subject herself occupies the
position of the analyst— this subject is for him the subject of history:
“hysteria is the subject’s way of resisting the prevailing, historically speci-
fied form of interpellation or symbolic identification. . . . Hysteria means
failed interpellation.”88
But, now, there is a third movement in Bosteels’s description of
the new doctrine that moves us back from the revolutionary character
of the subject and into the subject caught in ideology; this movement is
where finally we can claim the originality of Žižek’s theory of ideology,
which departs from the Althusserian one, but also which allows us to
understand more fully what remains ideological within the historical
30
I N T R O D UCT I O N
context of the postmodern culture and society. That is to say, when we
have reached the limits of the social, when we have reached the limits
of the Symbolic— or, when we have begun to acknowledge first-hand the
nonexistence of the big Other— what is there left to keep us within the
terrain of the ideological? Žižek’s response, of course, is jouissance: enjoy-
ment! We can finally see in what sense Postman was wrong: rather than
“amusing ourselves to death,” we are instead “enjoying our media.”
Enjoyment as a Political Factor
Žižek posits the problem of enjoyment at the beginning of For They Know
Not What They Do; and, here, we should note the specific historicization
and periodization of his writing, which took place precisely at the mo-
ment of the Fukuyamist pronouncement of the “end of History,” at the
moment of the apparent triumph of liberal democracy and of what it
truly stands for within the coordinates of capitalism: the equation of con-
sumerism with freedom. He poses the question: “How do we account
for this paradox that the absence of Law universalizes Prohibition?” The
answer, he says, is that “enjoyment itself, which we experience as ‘transgres-
sion’, is in its innermost status something imposed, ordered— when we enjoy,
we never do it ‘spontaneously’, we always follow a certain injunction. The
psychoanalytic name for this obscene injunction, for this obscene call,
‘Enjoy!’, is superego.”89 To understand this claim we need to return to
the problem of the signifier— of the metaphor— and what it stands for,
both as a marker of the postmodern, but also as a marker of prohibiting
agency or authority.
What makes Deleuze and Guattari’s reading of capitalism so intrigu-
ing is that they consider the relationship between capitalism, the struc-
ture of the modern family, and the impact upon each as they are reflected
in the formation of the subject. As Marx states in volume three of Capital:
“Capitalist production constantly strives to overcome [its own] immanent
barriers, but it overcomes them only by means that set up the barriers
afresh and on a more powerful scale.”90 In other words, as Deleuze and
Guattari put it, capitalism constantly enforces processes of “deterritori-
alization,” which implies that to overcome its own self-imposed barriers
to accumulation, capital must become unhinged from its own processes
and seek new ones as a means of survival. Such a practice implies, for
them, the waning of the signifier that assigns meaning to the subjective
dimensions of experience. The neurotic subject, for them, appears in the
form of the bourgeois subject who is troubled by the changing conditions
31
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
enforced by capital flight. However, rather than applying— as they see
it— the re-Oedipalization of the subject (back into the mommy-daddy-me
triad), they prefer an anti-interpretivist practice that seeks to maintain
the barring of the signifier, restricting its (re)territorialization, keeping
open the range of freedom for the subject to accelerate the decline of
the capitalist mode of production. This is why the schizo figures as their
ideal hero: he is the one who forecloses the (tyranny of) the signifier. But
there is a problem here that Žižek rightly identifies, and it addresses pre-
cisely what is problematic about both the Deleuzian and the Foucauldian
approaches.
On the one hand, the Deleuzian-Guattarian approach seems cor-
rect in demonstrating that internal revolutions to the capitalist mode of
production end up producing new forms of subjectivity. But it is by posit-
ing desire as a positive, rather than a negative force— that is, a lack— that
they miss the ideological dimensions of postmodern (consumer) capi-
talism. The dilemma, in other words, is not one with neurosis or Oedi-
palization, but with generalized perversion in the strictest Lacanian sense.
Žižek points out at the end of The Ticklish Subject the historical waning of
the Oedipus complex, which he says is somewhat tied to the postmodern
fading of authority— more precisely for my purposes, the waning of the
signifier, of the metaphor. But if the modern authority is on the wane, this
creates a strange scenario for the subject. If, as Bruce Fink puts it, “neuro-
sis can be understood as a set of strategies by which people protest against
a ‘definitive’ sacrifice of jouissance— castration— imposed upon them by
their parents . . . and come to desire in relation to the law, perversion in-
volves the attempt to prop up the law so that limits can be set to jouissance.”91 In
perversion, the subject wishes to bring the law into existence— to make
the Other exist— since it is the very existence of the Other that provides
a space for transgression as a means of obtaining “obscene enjoyment,”
as Žižek calls it. This is the sense in which Žižek identifies the form of
postmodern ideology as cynical. Drawing upon the Lacanian description
of the perverse mechanism— of disavowal— and relying on the phrase
used by Octave Mannoni, Žižek describes the cynical attitude as one of “Je
sais bien, mais quand même . . .”— “I know very well, but nevertheless . . .”92
It is even, in this way, that Žižek amends the Marxist logic of commodity
fetishism with the Lacanian theory of the fetish.
The predominant Marxist approach to commodity fetishism is one
in which the commodity masks or hides or conceals the positive— that
is, existing— social relationship between people or, more specifically, the
social relations of production and exploitation. But the psychoanalytic
conception of the fetish, instead, refers to it as that which “conceals the
lack (‘castration’) around which the symbolic network is articulated.”93
32
I N T R O D UCT I O N
Fetish, in other words, mirrors the operation of the signifier and the
metaphor. It is that which allows the subject to disavow the lack or gap
which it is within the Symbolic order; however, what fills the lack that is
the subject in the field of the Symbolic is the fantasy structure that allows
her to relate to her enjoyment. Fantasy, not as some dream of successfully
obtaining the lost object of desire (the object a), but as that which regu-
lates for the subject, teaches her about what she desires. Fantasy, in this
way, becomes a support of ideology, especially when we appear to inhabit
a post-ideological era. But that is not all.
As Lacan had claimed, desire is the desire of the big Other— of the
Symbolic order. The Symbolic order, in other words, comes to figure for
the subject her relationship to her desire and to her enjoyment. As the
gap within the Symbolic order, fantasy supports the subject’s approach
to this position, filling in for her what is lacking; but she simultaneously
attributes this position to the signifier that defines her. Žižek therefore
describes how “a signifier (S1) represents for another signifier (S2) its ab-
sence, its lack $, which is the subject;” “the Master-Signifier, the One, is
the signifier for which all the others represent the subject.”94 Simply mark-
ing the signifier as that which represents the subject would, however, also
miss the relationship between the subject and the ideological implication
of propping up a power that makes the subject ideological.
In contrast to the Althusserian claim that ideology interpellates in-
dividuals as subjects— which seems to imply that ideology is somehow
zapped into the mind— Žižek adds that “ideology is the exact opposite of
internalization of the external contingency: it resides in externalization
of the result of an inner necessity, and the task of the critique of ideology
here is precisely to discern the hidden necessity in what appears as a
mere contingency.”95 This implies that, at the same time that the subject
assumes a defining signifier that gives her substance within the spaces of
the Symbolic, the task for the subject is to have recognized, by the au-
thority of the big Other, the signifier that she confers upon herself, the
signifier that has been conferred upon her by the big Other. Or, to be
more precise, “it is never the individual which is interpellated as subject,
into subject; it is on the contrary the subject itself who is interpellated as
x (some specific subject-position, symbolic identity or mandate), thereby
eluding the abyss of $.”96 The ambiguity as to the desire of the Other—
Che vuoi?— “What do you want from me?” What am I to you?”— forces
the subject into a precipitous identification, anticipating what the Other
demands. But with the apparent loss of the Other in the postmodern,
post-ideological condition of the loss of the signifier, it appears as though
the Other is nowhere— nowhere, that is, to confer meaning. As I intend to
argue, social media now figures for the form of the Symbolic big Other.
It is the form of social media, both as a central metaphor and as the
33
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
character of the Other, that creates and establishes the lure of our desire
and positions us vis-à-vis our relationship to our enjoyment.
It appears in postmodern times that we enjoy so much freedom.
There is a loss of authority (in the form of the big Other, in the form of
political oppression, and so on). But what if what appears as a prohibition
of enjoyment is in fact its very condition of possibility? This is the trick of
the postmodern superego injunction: “Enjoy!” It becomes all the more
difficult to enjoy the more that we are increasingly and directly enjoined
to do so. There is, as Žižek describes, a transgressive dimension to enjoy-
ment in which it is the transgression, itself— breaking the rules— that gar-
ners for us our enjoyment. This concerns the dialectical tension between
desire and drive. If I can be somewhat reductive for the sake of brevity,
we might see desire as “enjoying what we don’t have” (to cite the title of a
book by Todd McGowan). We desire insofar as we are lacking. But if that’s
the case, then drive has to do, in a way, with hating what we enjoy— that is,
the pain involved in not obtaining the apparent lost object of desire (that
only exists insofar as it remains lost), which actually procures enjoyment.
Jouissance, enjoyment, is thus caught up in an odd mixture of pleasure
and pain— we both enjoy what we don’t have, but we still hate (insofar as
it is experienced as painful) what we enjoy. What separates the two, on
the one hand, is the fantasy that screens the experience of the drive— this
is why in working toward the analytical cure, the subject must “traverse”
the fantasy to arrive at the recognition that jouissance is firstly a treatment
of the relationship between desire and drive, and secondly that what we
desire is the obstacle.97 The latter is the position arrived at, at the ends
of analysis. But in ideology, which also knows that the obstacle is a condi-
tion of enjoyment— the obstacle that we seek to transgress as the source
of our enjoyment— the subjective position becomes one of perversion.
In the conditions of postmodern culture, “perversion is not subver-
sion.”98 This is Žižek’s reproach to Judith Butler (and to Foucault), who
provides perhaps what is the most cogent explanation of this relationship
between ideology and enjoyment. Referring to what she calls “passion-
ate attachment,” Butler proposes (like Foucault) that power constitutes
the subject. Power, she says, “is not simply what we oppose but also, in a
strong sense, what we depend on for our existence and what we harbor
and preserve in the beings that we are.”99 How does it do so? Butler, on
the one hand, notes that this has to do with the discursive terms set out
by power and that we depend upon for our existence. But if we read
Foucault in The History of Sexuality, Volume 1, we also see that we come to
depend upon power for our existence because it is only by resisting power
that we become subjects. This is Foucault’s critique of the “repressive hy-
pothesis,” in which, among other things, he claims that desire is not some-
thing that is repressed— through a power that says “No!”— power, in fact,
34
I N T R O D UCT I O N
becomes the very raison d’être of desire in the sense that “where there
is power, there is resistance.”100 Where there is power, there is, in other
(Žižek’s) words, an inherent transgression. What the pervert knows, then,
is that without the obstacle, without power, there is no transgression—
there is no jouissance. It is the perverse subject, then, whose goal it is to
prop up power, to impose an authority that says “No!” so as to be able
to transgress. This is why, I claim, that the pervert, and not the schizo, is
the typical subject of postmodern capitalism— the subject whose arrival
is marked by the generalized acceptance of subversion, when subversion
becomes the dominant ideology. This is how social media comes to figure
as the dominant form of thought, understanding, and subjectivity today.
Cognitive Mapping with Social Media
The basic thesis of Algorithmic Desire is that social media is one of the
central metaphors for coming to understand the totality of early twenty-
first-century capitalism. However, my claim, too, is that social media has
come to figure for us a central virtual agency against which we come to
know the forms of the reigning contemporary consciousness, our subjec-
tivity, and our relationship to enjoyment and our desire. Chun has argued
that digital new media, or networks, end postmodernism or dissolve post-
modern disorientation.101 I am sympathetic to this argument, since the
claim I defend in this book is that social media marks a new version of
the agency of the Symbolic big Other. Social media resolves the kind of
disorientation that Chun writes about. That is to say that social media
provides ideological cognitive mapping for the postmodern subject inca-
pable of locating or making sense of herself and her context. But it does
so, as she points out, in spatial terms. The network, in other words, is a
spatial metaphor. In this regard, like the typical postmodern aesthetic,
the network continues to spatialize time. Although networks contain a
temporal dimension, what they are missing is a historical one, by which
I mean history in the Marxist sense. We might be able to say, then, that
social media in some ways resolves some of the ontological problems of
schizophrenic postmodernism; but we have not yet departed fully from
the cultural logic of postmodern capitalism. Postmodern culture— and
postmodern practices of subversion— still form the background against
which we today try to find an adequate resistance to the historical form
of the neoliberal and finance-dominated capitalist mode of production.102
I take into account Chun and Jameson’s objectives to map the current
configuration through the dominant technological metaphor; therefore,
35
M E TA P H O R A S T O TA L I T Y, OR, S O CI AL MEDIA AS
O U R ME TAP HOR
this book uses social media as a model for coming to terms with the total-
ity of the present ideology. I am now in a position to map the trajectory
of what follows.
To start, the first chapter returns to the beginning of the second
decade of the twenty-first century. In First as Tragedy, Then as Farce, Žižek
notes that the first decade of this century was marked— bracketed— by
the two events: the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the
Pentagon on September 11, 2001 and the financial crisis of 2008.103 The
second decade, I claim, became fully pronounced with the so-called “year
of dreaming dangerously”: the years 2010– 2011 when we started to see
the first wave of protest movements, first with the Tunisian and Egyptian
uprisings dubbed the “Arab Spring,” then with the rise of the Occupy
Wall Street Movement (#OWS), and other variations, such as the “Maple
Spring” and the #IdleNoMore movements in Canada. These social and
political movements, organized largely through social media, came to be
known as “social media revolutions.” However, in recent years, we have
seen that, far from leading further toward utopian liberal democracy,
the rise of the Alt-Right and the election of Donald Trump as president
represents a force perhaps inherent to the form of social media and con-
temporary neoliberal capitalism. Chapter 1 begins by ascertaining the
rhetoric of the “social” in “social media” and “social media revolutions,”
by referring back to Laclau and Mouffe’s thesis in Hegemony and Socialist
Strategy, that “society is not a valid object of discourse.” Referring to this
thesis, I take the rhetoric of “social media revolutions” as an indication
of the rise of social media as a metaphor for the contemporary ideology,
signalling a kind of reconstitution of the ideological big Other. If the
Lacanian program is one of coming to terms with the nonexistence of
the big Other, then perhaps the correct response to the assertion of social
media as the new big Other, the new Symbolic order of our culture, is
that “social media does not exist.” But if everyone already, in postmodern
culture, knows that the big Other does not exist, what then is the strategic
impact of this claim?
This question is taken up in chapter 2, where I engage with Jodi
Dean’s conception of “communicative capitalism.” Drawing on Lacan
and Žižek, Dean claims that in the context of a demise of symbolic
efficiency— of the postmodern “breakdown of the signifying chain”—
ideology is more a matter of drive than desire. In contrast, I argue that
with the reconstitution of the Symbolic through social media we must still
understand ideology through the logic of desire. I elaborate further on
this point in chapter 3 by discussing the role of social media algorithms
and automation in the constitution of subjectivity today. Here, though,
I engage with the distinction made by Maurizio Lazzarato— drawing on
36
I N T R O D UCT I O N
Deleuze and Guattari— between social subjection and machinic enslave-
ment. Lazzarato argues in a sense for the priority of machinic enslavement
as the criterion for conceiving the relationship between subjects and ma-
chines, in which our subjectivity is more a matter of being interpellated
away from our existence within the assemblage. I argue against this view
and propose seeing subjectivity as prior, since it is through our forma-
tion as subjects that we come to desire, which is the basis for any and all
integration into machinic processes.
In chapter 4, I move on to the concept of “curation.” Returning to
Stuart Hall’s Encoding/Decoding model used for analyzing the relation-
ship between content producers and consumers in the media, I show
how social media programmers help to curate the big Other for each
individual user. While my claim is that social media helps to reconsti-
tute the Symbolic big Other, social media shows that the way to interpel-
late the user is by curating a particular image of the big Other, one that
more forcefully and powerfully fuels our desire. Chapter 5, then, turns
to the way that neoliberal subjects curate their own identities through
the construction of the public profile. Here, neoliberal subjects are ad-
dressed as “entrepreneurs” or as “entrepreneurs of the Self,” in which out
of necessity, people are driven to curate their identities for the imagined
big Other: the network of other uses who bear an influence upon our very
social existence. Appearances, I claim, do matter, and it is by producing
and reifying one’s Self in the form of the signifier that we can understand
the relationship, not only between the subject and her desire, but also in
the form of the Self that she constructs for the other’s gaze.
Chapter 6 turns to an interpretation of love and romance on social
media dating apps. Considering the way that algorithms now model the
instrumental rationality of the present, I take up the curation of love on
social media as a manner of understanding the neoliberal entrepreneur-
ial ethic as it applies to love and sex. The question I ask is whether or
not this is enough to turn us on sexually, or does the rationalism of the
algorithm deny sex to us.
In the final, concluding chapter, I return to some of the questions
I have posed above about how New Materialism and Accelerationism envi-
sion a postcapitalist future. While many theorists of media and democracy
posit the digital as a way forward toward emancipation and a postcapitalist
future, I claim instead that the media offers us, analytically, a way to under-
stand the contradictions and the gaps in the dominant consciousness.
Rather than trying to build a postcapitalist emancipated future through the
media or the technology, what we need instead is a movement to change
and transform the institutional, legal, and political structures of society.
This book concludes with an attempt to make the case for doing so.
1
Periodizing Social Media, or,
“Social Media” Does Not Exist!
Žižek writes, in First as Tragedy, Then as Farce, that the first decade of the
twenty-first century was bookended by two defining moments: first, the Al-
Qaeda attacks on the World Trade Center in New York City and the Pen-
tagon on September 11, 2001; and second, the global financial crisis that
began with the crisis in the housing market that started in late 2007 and
culminated in the credit crisis in the fall of 2008.1 This latter event, of
course, initiated in many ways the second decade of the twenty-first cen-
tury, which arguably concluded with the election of Donald Trump as
president in the fall of 2016. We are apparently talking about “decades”
as eight-year periods, but the periodizing operation here is one that
I use to identify points of historical consciousness in the moments being
addressed. In the period between these last two events we have witnessed
a much deeper integration of social media platforms into our everyday
ways of living. We have seen, even, the concentration of power in the tech
industry around only a handful of major players within this period: the
so-called “FAANG” companies (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and
Google). But the significance of social media has also played out to the
degree that it has become not only a major source of information, but
also a central site of communication and advocacy.
In the period between the financial crisis and the US 2016 election,
we have also seen a proliferation of global social movements that have, in
one way or another, organized around and through social media, includ-
ing: the Arab Spring (in a number of sites, such as Iran, Tunisia, Egypt, and
Turkey), Occupy Wall Street and the various other Occupy movements
elsewhere in the United States, Canada, and Europe, #BlackLivesMatter
(or #BLM), and #MeToo; in addition, there are the Maple Spring in
Quebec (a student-led movement to fight increasing tuition costs
caused by new regimes of austerity), the Indigenous-led #IdleNoMore,
and the #MMIWG (the campaign for an inquiry into Murdered and Miss-
ing Indigenous Women and Girls) movements in Canada.2 The prolifera-
tion of these movements has been signalled in the mainstream media as
“social media revolutions,” which have provided a lot of attention for
social media, and less attention for the core demands of the movements
37
38
C H AP TE R 1
themselves, and less attention to the forces that create limits for these
movements in realizing their goals, namely the interests of capital, private
property ownership, and a neoliberal regulatory regime more gener-
ally, to name but a few.3 Despite the enthusiasm generated around these
“social media revolutions,” we have also seen how, beginning around
2013, a new force, self-dubbed the “Alt-Right,” began to show up more
often in the spaces of mainstream social media, including sites like Twit-
ter and YouTube, advocating against social justice movements and using
the derogatory term “SJW” (or, Social Justice Warriors), to attempt to
discredit and challenge the forces of the Left, particularly Feminist, and
Antiracist, Trans, and LGBTQ+ movements. The #GamerGate fiasco in
2013, led by figures such as Milo Yiannopoulos, formerly of Breitbart
News, began to draw popular attention to these swarming forces, and
have ultimately been represented as major sources of influence for the
popularity of candidate Donald Trump in 2015 and 2016.4
Surprised, or blindsided, by Trump’s electoral victory, attention be-
gan to turn toward the role of social media in generating misinformation,
“fake news,” and toxic communities in the construction of online group
clusters where feedback enabled a kind of “bubble” think where echo
chambers and informational silos created built-in limits to the dialogue
promised to us by the advocates of the digital public sphere. Ever since,
we have been hearing more and more about the fact that we now live in
a post-Truth or post-fact society.
These most recent proclamations, I argue, have resulted from a
now decades long transition whereby the very articulation of Truths or
essences have been challenged by forces on both the Left and the Right,
caught in a political conflict that has increasingly taken on a discursive
form. All the while, although the surface level of debate may have shifted
toward an apparent conflict of sliding signifiers, capital still remains the
material basis underlying existing conflicts. The arrival, not only of social
media as a platform communications technology, but also of the rhetoric
of “social media,” implies that the term itself seems now to occupy the
space of a Master-Signifier, a referent against which we are able to some-
how articulate the hegemony of the social order against the context of
a “demise of symbolic efficiency,” to employ a term used by Žižek and
popularized by Jodi Dean as the “decline of symbolic efficiency.”5 As I will
argue in the following chapter, social media appears to reconstitute the
form of the Symbolic order at the moment when both the Left and the
Right have made claims regarding the nonexistence of society.
Margaret Thatcher famously proclaimed in the early 1980s that
there is no such thing as society, there are only individuals and families.
Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe, on the Left, similarly also proclaimed
39
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
that “society” is not a valid object of discourse, extending a logic that be-
gan with the structuralist rejection of humanism, and subsequently the
poststructuralist reaction against structures themselves, which are held
together by centers of power.6 This, I will argue, may be true, but it is im-
portant to see and come to understand the historical trajectory of every
new assertion of a norm, which arises out of its own reaction to the pre-
vious one. For me, the very term, “social media,” represents the articu-
lation of a new communicational norm that, even as deployed rhetori-
cally, as a Master-Signifier, has become a referent against which all of the
other signifiers determine the subject, as Lacan would have put it. “Social
media,” therefore, brings structure to the seemingly unstructured space
of the internet, and in so doing helps us to identify precisely just how it
represents a willing back into existence of the agency of the big Other
(a topic that I will take up more directly in the next chapter). For now,
let us develop a bit further this line of thinking about the relationship
between social media and the internet architecture itself.
Contradictions of the Media Spectacle
The dilemma of the “fake news” or “post-Truth” society is not unrelated
to the contradiction between the democratic and commercial logics of
the media. One of the by-products of commodification has been a de-
mocratization of sorts. In art and culture this has meant widening ac-
cess to those spaces previously open only to the elite— spaces of cultural
consumption, like the art gallery. Oddly, though, commodification has
the effect of veiling class antagonism when it now comes to accessing art,
culture, and information. No one is barred from access, so long as one
can pay the price of admission. For conservative cultural critics, like Mat-
thew Arnold and F. R. Leavis, and especially for cultural critics of the Left,
like Max Horkheimer and Theodor W. Adorno, the commodification of
culture, however democratizing to a certain extent, still played a role in
removing what was uniquely valuable about works of art— that is, their
aura, or their uniqueness in time and space, and their ability to speak to
the sublime essence of the human condition.7 For Adorno, to a greater
degree, modern art has the ability to truly challenge the reigning order,
in contrast to the products of the culture industry, which simply help to
reproduce capitalism.
The technological reproducibility of art, too, according to Walter
Benjamin, is a factor in the democratization of art and culture.8 Just as
paying the price of admission grants access to the unique work, so too
40
C H AP TE R 1
does new media make possible the widespread dissemination of the work
so that it can be accessed far and wide, beyond the gallery’s limited reach.
In fact, this aspect of new media, its ability to share information widely,
is part and parcel of democratization in a political sense. The term media
has become synonymous with the practice of journalism. As journalism,
the media serve an important function in democracy by providing the
people with the information that they need to make critical rational deci-
sions about how to participate democratically. However, this democratic
(fourth estate) function of the media in the public sphere is contradicted
by the commercial (that is, commodified) logic of the media.
As media scholars have long demonstrated, private media com-
panies are principally driven, as businesses, by the profit motive. This
includes contemporary new media and social media websites, such as
Google, Facebook, and Twitter. As Edward Herman and Noam Chom-
sky demonstrated thirty years ago, the commercial logic of the media,
particularly insofar as it is influenced by the role of owners and advertis-
ers, works toward filtering out information that is either detrimental to
the political status quo or at the very least to its bottom line.9 This in-
cludes sifting out content that potentially offends advertisers or special
interest groups. Nevertheless, the media interpellates viewers through
the spectacularization and sensationalization of news and information.
Since media revenues are still drawn by maximizing viewer attention, the
“work” of which involves the so-called audience commodity, or online
as the “prosumer commodity,” building a sizable audience is still one of
the primary motivating factors of media production.10 In this regard, we
can also see to some degree the “liberalization” of the media in the same
sense, as has been already discussed in terms of the diffusion and brand-
ing of diversity. This gives some credence to criticisms of the mainstream
mass media from both the Left and the Right.
On the Left, the political economic critique of the media demon-
strates the existence of a right-wing, procapitalist bias. On the Right, how-
ever, the mainstream mass media is believed to contain an underlying
liberal bias, which has become a favorite target for right-wing radio talk
show hosts, like Rush Limbaugh, who see the push for political correct-
ness and the positive representation of women and racialized minorities
as a threat sparked by the “cultural Marxism” of the liberal university
campuses of the 1960s and their culture wars. The rise of the right-wing
website Breitbart News is also indicative of this trend, as the site was ini-
tially conceived as a locus for uncovering liberal falsehoods, cover-ups,
and conspiracies. Regardless of which side is more correct— the critique
of the Left is based more in terms of an organizational analysis, while
the critique of the Right is based more on selective content analysis of
41
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
the supposedly “liberal” media— both the Left and the Right apparently
have cause for not trusting the mainstream media, which also makes pop
protest songs, like Green Day’s “American Idiot” (2004) and Katy Perry’s
“Chained to the Rhythm” (2017), both of which take media as their
political targets, politically ambiguous. Evidently, everyone— whether on
the Left or Right— is critical of the “fake news.” This is one reason for un-
derstanding the techno-utopianism about the digital public sphere of the
internet, first in the 1990s, with the development of the World Wide Web,
and then again in recent times with the rise of the so-called social media
revolutions, as a culture of not trusting the mainstream media. As Angela
Nagle notes, “Just a few years ago the Left-cyberutopians claimed that ‘the
disgust had become a network’ and that establishment old media no lon-
ger control politics, that the new public sphere was going to be based on
leaderless, user-generated social media.” This network, she says, “has in-
deed arrived, but it has helped to take the Right, not the Left, to power.”11
If the protest movements that arose in the wake of the 2008 finan-
cial crisis, such as the Arab Spring and Occupy Wall Street, organized
in part by using social media sites like Facebook and Twitter, energizing
the techno-utopians on the liberal Left, this positive image of the new
internet and social media culture was crushed by the election of Trump
in November 2016. Not surprisingly, the enthusiasm for the social media
revolutions that we saw in the mainstream media quickly dissipated in the
election’s aftermath. How could we have all been so blindsided? Social
media became vilified with ensuing reports about online information
“bubbles” or silos and the problem of “fake news.”12
The “bubble” problem is exacerbated by for-profit social media
websites, and if the prosumer commodity model is accurate— in which
social media sites are capable of monetizing user-generated content and
data— then there is an incentive to maximize user participation as much
as possible. Instead of serving democratic interests, as profit-generating
platforms, social media turns participation and communication into
means of monetization and revenue building. Maximizing participation
is key, and part of the algorithmic logic of sites like Facebook includes in-
dividuating user experience in the sense that the feedback loop becomes
part of the normalized regimen of site activity.13 Unlike an older concep-
tion of ideological passivity, social media use is paradoxical in that the
more we participate, the more we are plugged into the feedback loop of
the ideological choir club, so to speak, however lacking in any real en-
counter with the ideological other. In ideal terms, the liberal bourgeois
conception of the democratic public sphere has meant more or less—
and not without significant flaws— an encounter with the other.14 The
notion of critical rational public discourse is premised on the idea that
42
C H AP TE R 1
people in civil society must come together to politely and openly debate
opposing views. Not only do the feedback loops and information silos on
social media prevent such an encounter; the new digital society of the
spectacle is driven by maximizing the number of hits, clicks, likes, and
shares that a post receives. The digital attention economy is very much
an effect of the neoliberal entrepreneurial ethic of reputation manage-
ment. In the cluttered spaces of the digital sea of abundance, attention
is valuable currency, and getting noticed sometimes means being loud
and obnoxious.
For the neoliberal ideology, it is primarily the entrepreneur as iden-
tity curator who is most publicly valorized by the reigning sensibility. How-
ever, it is the figure of the troll— an agent who builds a reputation by
tarnishing the reputation of others— who has become one of the primary
antagonists of the present, championed heroically by the racist and mi-
sogynistic meme culture of the Alt-Right. For a culture that privileges the
troll as its antihero, Trump, then, appears as a godsend. Trolls, as Richard
Seymour puts it, “are the self-styled pranksters of the internet. A sub-
culture of wind-up merchants who will say anything they can to provoke
unwary victims, then delight in the outrage that follows.”15 What drives
the troll is the pursuit of “lulz”— a cynical form of enjoyment “that de-
rives from someone else’s anguish.” And as an agent of the Alt-Right, the
troll delights particularly in the harassment of feminists, cultural Marx-
ists, PC liberals, and SJWs. In view of this use of the most advanced com-
munications system and technology ever to exist, it is worth asking if the
concerns of conservative elitist critics like Arnold and Leavis, or left-wing
critics like Horkheimer and Adorno, were in fact correct about the com-
modification of culture, especially if digital democracy has been reduced
to the anything goes, free speech fundamentalism of the masculinist
Alt-Right troll. My own inclination is that social media can and does still
fulfill a democratic function, but as with all forces of production, must be
contextualized within the existing relations of production, exploitation,
and the class struggle.
Finally, what makes the emergence of the Alt-Right troll— and
Trump as a figurehead— so hard to bear for the traditional liberal Left
is that the regular appeals to truth seem to have flown out the window
entirely. Even the kind of political economic criticism of the mainstream
media’s propaganda model that is expounded by Herman and Chomsky
still relies on an older notion of ideology as false consciousness. Part of
the problem that they see with the mass media is that its system of filtra-
tion creates a barrier of access for people to the truth. They— and Chom-
sky in much of his political commentary in particular— seem to rely on
the idea that “if only the people knew the truth,” then they would revolt
43
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
and demand back their democracy. The problem is that followers of the
Alt-Right, and Trump in particular, already seem to know the truth, but
continue to act as if this were not the case. In their cynical enjoyment of
“lulz,” truth simply does not factor in. As Seymour points out, “This is
what the critique of ‘post-truth politics’ misses. Even when he lies egre-
giously, Trump’s fans think he is demonstrating an important truth in
exposing media fakery.”16
Infoglut?
Let us be clear: today, we are, in a large sense, living in a “post-fact”
society or era. We shouldn’t misconstrue this problem. This situation has
emerged, not merely because of a lack of facts, or due to a lack informa-
tion, or simply because of misinformation. We are not, in other words,
faced with a deficit of information. Quite the contrary. We are, in our
current times, as a product of the “information age,” plagued by the op-
posite problem of what the media theorist, Mark Andrejevic, refers to as
an infoglut— we are now faced with the paradoxical problem of informa-
tion overload.17 How has it come to be that our problem is today one of
too much information?
The problem, according to Andrejevic, has to do with the fact that
our thinking about information and knowledge in democratic societies
is based upon the media regimes of previous eras. Prior to our current
times we relied upon and were dependent on newspapers and media
companies, uncensored history books and encyclopaedias, as well as ex-
perts and opinion leaders, to help us to make sense of information and
new knowledge. We had access to regimes of what Fredric Jameson refers
to as “cognitive mapping”— that is, even if our access to information was
limited, we still had maps of meaning that provided a narrative frame-
work that allowed us to make sense of the world and our position within
it.18 We developed much closer and personal ties with media stations and
personalities; and, in fact, in the past century, many of the struggles over
information had to do with a problem of scarcity and restrictions on ac-
cess to information. From this standpoint, it is easy to understand— in
part, at least— why the arrival of the internet was greeted with so much
democratic enthusiasm. More information, we believe, provides the
building blocks to our liberation. From the perspective of a society ini-
tially founded in information scarcity, controlled access to information,
and censorship, “technologies that make information more readily avail-
able and sharable carry with them a potential challenge to entrenched
44
C H AP TE R 1
forms of power.”19 Knowledge, after all, is power, don’t you know! Or,
maybe we can amend this to claim to suggest that information leads to
empowerment. Or does it?
A particular kind of informational utopianism certainly resonates
in the discourses about the internet. In the early days of the World Wide
Web, the internet came to be seen as a decentralized, horizontal, “rhi-
zomatic,” and nonhierarchical avenue of information production and
exchange. The architecture of the internet was championed by critical
theorists because it seemed to replicate the formulation of some theo-
rists of ideology, railing against its top-down structure of authority and
control.20 For a utopianism of the Left, the internet came to be seen
not merely as the actualization of the public sphere— the “digital public
sphere”— it also came to represent the realization, or at the very least a
representation of anarchy in practice; oddly— or maybe not so oddly—
such an anarchistic utopianism would come to overlap with a variant of
informational libertarianism championed by hackers of both the Left
and the Right. The internet was decentralization, deconstruction, or de-
structure (“destruction”) realized. A flat, nonhierarchical space; a lev-
elled playing field.
There is a kind of postmodern jubilation around the apparent
decentralization of power on the internet. Thinking about its rhizom-
atic structure— the horizontality of the “network,” or the “information
superhighway”— we cannot but help to think it in terms set out by post-
modern media theorists like Jean Baudrillard, Gilles Deleuze, or even
Marshall McLuhan. The apparently deconstructed dimensions of the
internet, its apparent decentering of some kind of “Master-Signifier”
holding together the flow of meaning would seem to chide the role of
any central point of reference (or “referent”): it appears to embody the
society of simulation, or the hyperreality, theorized by Baudrillard. The
form of the network seems to rail against the “tyranny of the signifier,”
in Deleuzian terms, and even reflects the sensorial “global village” de-
scribed by McLuhan.21 From these perspectives, the internet as an un-
structured network seems to be the most appropriate forum for conceiv-
ing a radical democratic (should we even still talk about “democracy”)
politics. But what if, Andrejevic asks, models of power can incorporate the
very horizontalism and decentering that radicals in previous eras saw as a
complement to the liberation and deconstruction of knowledge? What if
“that which was once challenged by the deconstructive arsenal now feeds
upon it?”22 Such a possibility, I claim, raises the potential for a post-fact
or “post-Truth” politics, which of course makes sense in the context of a
postmodern culture that challenges the very idea of a (capital “T”) Truth.
Allow me to explain.
45
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
The postmodern approach doesn’t necessarily lead to the establish-
ment of new norms or truths; but the attempt to “deconstruct certainty”
itself— the deconstruction of all narratives, even counter-narratives that
reposition our relationship to knowledge and truth— casts a complete
doubt on any narrative’s ability to even explain information and to put it
into context. As Terry Eagleton puts it, postmodernism challenges univer-
sal Truths as a universal in its own right.23 The postmodern “incredulity
toward metanarratives,” as Lyotard has it, puts into question some of the
practices we might use— that might enable us— to place the newfound
abundance of information into a particular (historical, geographical) ra-
tionale. No longer is there any single narrative, dominating over others—
that would be too hierarchical; too tyrannical. Instead, various different
(subjective, local, and particular) narratives are allowed to thrive in par-
allel with each other, each one given its legitimacy, in a new kind of net-
worked relativity and democratic authenticity. Whereas in the past we
contended with a dilemma of informational scarcity, in which the gate-
keepers held onto so much power and control that we sometimes felt like
we were sitting in the dark (lit only by the apocalyptic glow of the living
room television set, positioned against the background of cultural para-
noia of Cold War– era MAD— mutually assured destruction— fears; but
“Make America Great Again,” right?); now, in the information age, we are
faced with the opposite problem: the problem of too much information,
or “infoglut.” The postmodern and poststructuralist delegitimization of
authority and structure presents us with the problem of too much infor-
mation that we are not even capable of ordering and organizing; that is,
it is a problem of making sense. We are lacking a framework into which
we can discern the meanings and ethical implications of what we know.
We have become plagued by an overabundance of information. How do
we process this?
Crisis of Hegemony?
The problem of the internet age is not (only) one of misinformation. It
is a problem of how do we decide? How do we choose or select the most
suitable, or the most significant information? What is the most useful?
What is the most necessary? What is the most important? We are, after
all, caught in a “risk society,” in which “safety nets” have been removed,
and in which we are constantly forced toward a self-reflexivity that goes
all the way down. Without any guarantees (of meaning, of answers), any
choice we make is like a roll of the dice. Try as we might, to choose the
46
C H AP TE R 1
right information, the correct options, we cannot be sure of anything
until the proof (as they say) is in the pudding, and it is only retroactively
that we can come to know the correctness of our decisions. Freedom is,
in this way, quite radical! But it is also incredibly productive of anxiety.
These types of questions add another dimension of infoglut that needs to
be brought to the surface insofar as the latter contemplates the relation-
ship between information, power, and ideology— that is: Which informa-
tion gives us the most support for our position and place in the world?
What information, in other words, helps us in our endeavor toward the
“cognitive mapping” of our situation, our place in the world, and (more
importantly) how to act in a way that supports our very being in the world.
We are discovering more and more the contradiction between freedom
and security, and we want both. As the singer Father John Misty puts it
in his song, “Pure Comedy”— a perfect example of Hegelian lyricism—
“Their idea of being free/Is a prison of beliefs/That they never ever have
to leave . . . The only thing that makes them feel alive/Is the struggle to
survive/But the only thing that they request/Is something to numb the
pain with/Until there’s nothing human left.” We demand more freedom,
but at the same time we search out forms of protection and forms of the
guarantee. Is it only under the rubric of a guarantee that we can feel
the most free? When we challenge power, what in fact do we want? Does
power give us meaning? This is a problem that Nancy Fraser has recently
described as one of hegemony.
According to Fraser our current moment of crisis— a crisis of mean-
ing as well as economic and environmental crises, and of course political
crises— can be viewed according to two overlapping levels: one of struc-
ture and one of hegemony. At a structural level, the crisis of capitalism
(the credit crisis that began in 2007– 2008) is due largely to capitalism’s
own inherent contradictions. Specifically, in our current moment we are
dealing with a capitalism dominated by the financial sector; capitalism
is dominated by the role of finance in organizing the circuits of produc-
tion, distribution and exchange, consumption, and reproduction. But
this crisis at the structural level has opened up another important struc-
tural fissure, which is that of hegemony. As Fraser puts it, hegemonic
crisis is lived “as a restless search for answers to the following sorts of
questions: who are my allies, and who are my enemies? What should I be-
lieve? What can I hope for? Who am I/ what is my community? Who are
my fellows?”24 This crisis of hegemony, in other words, is one in which the
openness of the infoglut creates a dilemma whereby we are constantly in
search of stabilization of some sort— of the kind that can answer what is
perhaps the most difficult question: what is to be done? Or what should
I do? Fraser concludes by asking whose narrative wins when the narratives
47
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
of the Left are missing? We are here, in other words, caught, not between
competing truths, but between competing narratives.
This, again, is the sense in which we might begin to think of our
own period as one that is “post-Truth.” I mean this, to repeat myself, not
merely in the sense of misinformation or a lack of facts. No: “post-Truth”
must be conceived as the disavowal of truth and fact; why? My claim here
is that in a world so plagued by precarity and chaos, cognitive mapping
provides for us the only means by which we can maintain our stability. If
the material objective Truth is potentially damaging or harmful to that
established sense of self and selfhood, then there is an incentive to dis-
avow our knowledge. The problem for us, then, is not a scarcity of knowl-
edge, but a return to the question of how do we give structure to our
knowledge in a way that benefits us as subjects. Or, to be more precise,
what structure, we might ask, is adequate to the task of Symbolically me-
diating the position of the subject who emerges at the limit points of the
existing structure? This question forces us, I claim, to return to the aban-
doned nexus— abandoned, that is, in the movement from humanism,
through structuralism, to poststructuralism and postmodernism— of the
“structure-subject” paradigm in critical theory.
Structure and Subject
It is worth recalling that the passage from Marxism to structuralism, to
poststructuralism, and even to postmodernism in theory and criticism,
revolved around questions about the relationship between structure and
subject in human history. The dilemma has partly to do with the oscil-
lation in Marx’s writings between the critique of political economy, the
objective structural analysis of the contradictions in capitalism and all
previous modes of production, and the subjective aspects of the class
struggle. This is one reason why Fredric Jameson has claimed, “Marx-
ism, owing to the peculiar reality of its object of study, has at its disposal
two alternate languages (or codes, to use the structuralist term) in which
any given phenomenon can be described. Thus history can be written
either subjectively, as the history of class struggle, or objectively, as the
development of the economic modes of production and their evolution
from their own internal contradictions.”25 He goes on to say, “these two
formulae are the same, and any statement in one can without loss of
meaning be translated into the other.”26 Whereas the objective code con-
cerns the structural dimensions of reality, society, history, and culture,
the subjective code refers to the agency involved in registering and thus
48
C H AP TE R 1
transforming or creating or constituting reality. Here, we are referring
to the subject who either registers the structural contradictions of reality,
society, and history or contributes to the evasion or disavowal of such
contradictions, and contributes to the reproduction of the existing condi-
tions and remakes things as they are. The goal, we might say, of historical
materialism is thus to register the intersection of these two dynamics
and to locate the points at which they overlap and make possible their
mutual negation— a negation of the existing structural coordinates is at
the same time the negation of the subject as constitutive of or constituted
by these coordinates. Insofar as the subject negates the existing structure,
it strikes at the heart of the hegemonic button tie keeping society intact.
But history also shows us that every negation of a previously established
hegemonic quilting point, or button tie, at the same time imposes a new
one. Every negation of a norm imposes a new one. This is why, I claim, we
cannot ever escape a governing structure, but we can still negate previous
ones and create the new one: the negation of every Master-Signifier is at
the same time the creation of a new one.
The movement away from Marxism, and eventually the movement
toward poststructuralism and postmodernism in critical theory, began
with a registering of this nexus between structure and subject in post-
war French theory. The first advanced attempt to think this relationship
between structure and subject in postwar France, according to Perry An-
derson, came from the existential Marxism of figures like Jean-Paul Sartre
and Simone de Beauvoir. In Critique of Dialectical Reason, for instance,
Sartre set himself the project of uniting Marxist, psychoanalytic, and so-
ciological concepts into a unitary method to account for the elementary
formal structures of human history. The Critique was thus, according to
Anderson, an attempt to understand the truth of humanity as a whole.27
It was Claude Lévi-Strauss who, in The Savage Mind, responded to Sartre’s
humanism and historicism, now pitting humanism against an advancing
Structuralism. According to Lévi-Strauss, the goal of the humanities is
precisely not to constitute the human, but to dissolve it— that is, to de-
substantialize the essence of the human subject— to prove that there is no
essential core to human subjectivity. It was then Louis Althusser who, be-
ginning with books like For Marx and Reading Capital, took up the mantle
of a Structuralist Marxism, that later, with his essay on ideology and in-
terpellation, addressed the very illusory question of the subject, claiming
that subjectivity is merely a product of ideology. For Althusser, the subject
is a construct produced by the bourgeois law, which makes possible in
practice the ruling ideology.28 By accepting Lévi-Strauss’s claim, while in-
corporating an antihumanist dimension into Marxism, Althusser was also
49
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
able to challenge a Marxist historicism, which comes across in his well-
known statement that “history is a process without a subject or goal.”29
As Anderson explains, “Lévi-Strauss had peremptorily sought to cut
the Gordian knot of the relation between structure and subject, by sus-
pending the latter from any field of scientific knowledge. Rather than
resisting this move, Althusser radicalized it, with a version of Marxism
in which subjects were abolished altogether, save as the illusory effects
of ideological structures.”30 But in what way did the dissolution of the
subject, beginning with Lévi-Strauss, and moving toward Althusser, pave
the way for a more radical rejection of and turn away from structuralism?
The arrival of poststructuralism, with figures like Foucault and Derrida,
for instance, signals perhaps the effects that structuralism had, not in re-
viving Marxism, but in accelerating the theoretical critique of Marxism,
which is itself a structuralism; in doing so, it came to develop an ethics
of structure smashing. Along with declaring the death of man, Foucault
was able to declare Marxism an outdated knowledge, and to demonstrate
the limitations of a structuralism that ignored the historical dimensions
of power. Derrida, likewise, was able to claim that the supposition of any
stable structure is dependent upon the covert postulation of a center.
The destabilization of the subject at the center of discursive structures
of knowledge aided in the unhinging of the structures and interpretive
frameworks. There is, after all, no metanarrative. This is how structural-
ism transforms into poststructuralism. If structure and subject have always
been interdependent— subjects, after all, are the product of structured
discourse— then declaring the death of the subject eventually means
overriding the structure. Death of the subject = death of the structure.
Taking a step back, now, we see that the problem that Fraser has
identified as an overlapping crisis of structure and hegemony is there-
fore the present account of a project that has some roots (but of course,
not all) in twentieth century critical theory. The crisis of hegemony, in
other words, I claim, is not merely the result of a structural crisis in capi-
talism and neoliberalism— which of course it still is; it is also a crisis that
is in part produced by the trajectory of radical and critical theory that
has sought to dismantle, to tear down dominant structures and norms
as such. For another view on the side of radical politics, it is also worth
looking at the radical democratic politics of Ernesto Laclau and Chantal
Mouffe, who have previously sought to develop a theory about the rela-
tionship between structure and hegemony— a poststructuralist or post-
Marxist account of the role that hegemony plays, both in organizing the
social structure as well as in articulating a democratic politics against
the ruling order. Their concept of hegemony, in fact, is one that I find
50
C H AP TE R 1
useful for thinking through the rhetorical implications of the term “social
media.”
“Society Does Not Exist”
Laclau and Mouffe’s Hegemony and Socialist Strategy follows the trajectory
of the structuralist reaction to a Marxist humanism, as well as a subse-
quent poststructuralist reaction to Structural Marxism. For me, one of
the key claims of their book is the fact that society “is not a valid object
of discourse.”31 In their assertion that society does not exist, they are
more or less following in the footsteps of Foucault, who came to regard
the Marxist conception of structured totality in terms of the topograph-
ical base-superstructure model. For them, the problem with the base-
superstructure model, particularly as it was described by Althusser, is that
it appears to represent the existence of a fully enclosed social totality. For
Laclau and Mouffe, “totality” seems to imply a sort of closed loop: a pe-
destrian conception of the social whereby the base is said to determine
the superstructure in a kind of unidirectional formation. Likewise, for
them, as well as for Foucault whom they draw upon, the problem with
the concept of ideology (especially in the Althusserian sense of the ide-
ology interpellating individuals as subjects) is that it seems to be based
too heavily on a notion of the false, of “false consciousness.” As the Fou-
cauldian conception would have it, the problem with ideology as “false
consciousness” is that it always at the same time presumes an alternative
position that is supposed to count as “truth.” As Derrida, we have already
noticed, has argued, the implications of this is that there always appears
to be a central position of power-agency that would seem to order and ar-
range the structure. The assertion of a “false consciousness” is therefore
itself fallacious insofar as it disavows its own relative position of power.
For Laclau and Mouffe, then, as well as for Foucault, the category of dis-
course seems more appropriate for conceiving the way that power orders
itself within the social. For Foucault, truth is an effect of discourse; but
for Laclau and Mouffe, what remains central is the fact of antagonism
between different discursive constructs.
Antagonism is for Laclau and Mouffe precisely where we come to
locate the political at the heart of the social and is for them the very rea-
son why society cannot be a valid object of discourse. “Society” assumes a
position of totalization, of suturing or closing, creating the appearance of
a fully defined totality. Society is never fixed completely; it is only partially
and temporarily fixed through the operation of some hegemonic nodal
51
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
point, which they align with the Lacanian point de capiton (the “button
tie”). Laclau, in a piece that is closely related to the project of HSS, relies
upon the Lacanian discourse of the psychotic to assert that “meaning
cannot possibly be fixed,” without the operation or mechanism of fixa-
tion, or without the operation of “domestication,” which requires the
operation of a nodal point, or what Lacan referred to as the “Master-
Signifier.”32 In this way, he is not so dissimilar to the Derridean critique
of the transcendental signified, or to the Deleuzian-Guattarian railing
against the “tyranny of the signifier.” In this sense, too, Laclau shares with
Fredric Jameson the idea that the historicizing operation occurs accord-
ing to the logic of the signifier, and it is in this sense that Jameson claims
that postmodern culture identifies with the “breakdown of the signifying
chain.” The loss of the signifier that is constitutive of the structures and
the subject of modernity, which, even here, Althusser credits Marx and
Freud for troubling— Marx with his conception of history as the history
of class struggle and Freud with his decentering of the liberal bourgeois
subject through the category of the unconscious, is one of the ways that
we might understand the arrival of the postmodern. But for Laclau and
Mouffe, it is the articulation of a nodal point, or of an empty Master-
Signifier that both creates a partial and temporary fixing and arresting
of the social, and at the same time articulates a particularly hegemonic
logic, a point Laclau articulates, too, in his essay, “Why do empty signi-
fiers matter to politics?”33 For Laclau and Mouffe, the radical democratic
project requires the articulation of a particular signifier that may bring
together the various relative discourses of the Left against some shared
enemy— a point articulated more precisely in Laclau and Mouffe’s later
writings on the populism of the Left, in which they claim that a radical
politics assumes the character of a populism when it is formed accord-
ing to an identifiable and articulable point of signification produced in
response to some enemy.34
Society, for Laclau and Mouffe, is impossible because it is always
fissured by irreconcilable antagonisms. However, society may be par-
tially fixed through the articulation of a hegemonic signifier that links
together the political antagonism. What if the “social” itself is just such
a hegemonic signifier? What if the assertion, even, of a “social media”
is a hegemonic signifier holding together the field of the social that is
cleft by antagonisms? My claim, going forward, is that the rhetoric of the
“social” in “social media,” and more precisely in the conception of “social
media revolutions,” is a signifier meant to articulate the hegemonic ide-
ology of post-crisis capitalism. It is the conception of “social media” that
creates the illusion of a totalized space linking together the apparent har-
mony of the neoliberal capitalist system. The assertion of the existence of
52
C H AP TE R 1
“social media revolutions” helps to create the image of a thriving digital
and democratic public sphere, which lends legitimacy to this system. At
the same time, it is worth pointing out in this way that the term “social
media” serves rhetorically as a hegemonic signifier of twenty-first-century
capitalism. The term helps to establish the very universalizing claim of
a coherent social totality in post-crisis capitalism.
Social Media as Structured and
Structuring Space
We have expected, since the dawning of the internet age, that the result
of increased access to information in abundance would lend itself toward
a new “Enlightenment” of sorts: a renewal of progress and democracy,
perhaps, that “the truth shall set us free,” so to speak. Or, perhaps, if
not necessarily a new Enlightenment— the idea, seen from the perspec-
tive of the “dialectic of Enlightenment,” being closer to the direction of
tyranny— then maybe at least a greater and more horizontal freedom.35
What we have here is, more or less, the libertarian, or maybe even a
libertarian-anarchist fantasy of freedom: a kind of Chomskyan dream
about the free flow of information leading toward greater freedom. What
I’m calling the Chomskyan theory— mainly with reference to his collab-
orative work with Edward S. Herman on their “propaganda model” of
communication— is the idea that barring any interference, barring any
institutional censorship, a free media cannot but act in the collective in-
terests of the society.36 Chomsky’s questioning of media institutions per-
tains less to their particular ideological predispositions (as is sometimes
assumed) than to the question of whether or not the media are “free.”
Organized institutionally within the context of the capitalist system, the
media according to Chomsky is absolutely not free; instead, the biased
views of owners, shareholders, advertisers, and special interest groups
prevail over those of the common people. The dream of the internet was
that it would return to the people their open and free voice, uninhibited
by the forces of domination. But what if the channels of information do
become free only in the sense of a proliferation of competing (parallel)
narratives, as we have seen?
We should be clear, though, that the internet is, of course, struc-
tured by the for-profit logics of the market, and therefore— and this is a
point I still believe is missed by Laclau and Mouffe— the capitalist mode
of production remains the underlying point of articulation of the over-
all field of antagonisms and the relative field of interaction of “floating
53
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
signifiers.” Nevertheless, it is worth questioning whether the proliferation
of voices, rather than their restriction, is somehow conducive to the shap-
ing and centralization of power. In some ways, perhaps it is the limitless
freedom of articulation of competing narratives that now facilitates “com-
municative capitalism.”
We could argue that in the internet age we are still seeing strong im-
pulses that are not necessarily against fact, information, or truth; instead,
we are witnessing a deeper relativization of truth, and we are witnessing a
turn toward those facts that support our being and our identities. We are
finding that, as Fraser puts it, the question of hegemony (or of ideology)
is still central to a media system in which a proliferation (rather than a
restriction) of voices prevails. The proliferation of voices helps the hege-
monic goal of demonstrating that our society is still very much demo-
cratic in the sense that everyone is permitted one’s own voice or opinion.
But at the same time, where voice and opinion are privileged, we are wit-
nessing increasing disdain for information, knowledge, and truth, which
remains widely available and accessible, but which potentially threatens
the subjective position of increasingly precarious subjects. One needs
only consider the role of climate change deniers or antivaxxers to under-
stand this point. Here, I would like to propose, we need to take into con-
sideration two other elements leading to this situation: beyond the ques-
tion of mere fact and truth, we should consider the role of rhetoric and
the role of enjoyment. We should consider the way that ideology works
both by way of rhetorical, discursive, and Symbolic dimensions, as well
as the manner in which the latter is curbed by the logic of our desires.
Here we can see clearly the limitations of Chomsky’s libertarian
perspective, which still seems to cling to a more traditional conception of
false consciousness, in the sense that “if only the people knew then they
would revolt.” Today, we seem to have access to the knowledge (it remains
a liberal fantasy that only imposed ignorance is the cause of our dilem-
mas), but we continue to act as if this were not the case. In the precise psy-
choanalytic sense, the problem is more one of fetishistic disavowal than it
is of ignorance; or, rather, we learn that where we are ignorant (where we
disavow our knowledge) we are safe to enjoy. But this is one reason why
rhetoric (along with interpretation and analysis) matters more, poten-
tially, than all of the other fact-finding disciplines in the sciences (social
or physical). Here, I do not mean to suggest that facts, science, and truth
are no longer important. Of course they are! What matters, however, is
how facts are deployed in a narrative context (as Fredric Jameson points
out, the narrative context is socially symbolic). This last point reflects the
ideological-discursive dimension. Our political future relies more on the
combination of persuasion and enjoyment than it does upon fact and
54
C H AP TE R 1
truth. Conflict, today, I claim, is related much more than in the past to
the struggle over which narrative can best explain our circumstances and
hegemonize the people to act toward a particular goal. The objective of
analysis and interpretation is thus to identify the contradictions and falla-
cies in competing narratives. The implication is that we need to ask how
best to think the actually existing structures that put information into
context by giving order to truth, and how best to conceive a discursive
and rhetorical response adequate enough to impact the material condi-
tions of existence. In other words, it is necessary to think how best to
deploy the Symbolic in order to have an effect in the Real.
Social media is distinguished from the internet by the fact that it
gives structure to the latter, both through the platform interface and
design and through the design of the algorithm. Tools, such as cookies
and databases, also help to build and formalize the social media struc-
ture of the internet. As Claire Birchall notes, the basic architecture of
the internet is one based simply upon sharing information. When we
send information on the internet, we send all of the necessary coding
commands and protocols needed for shipping, circulating, and receiv-
ing information, but the structure itself is not necessarily designed to
store that shared information. It is only by adding a secondary layer of
cookie codes, allowing platforms to track and store information and data
about what is being shared, that social media builds more organized struc-
ture into the technology of the internet. This, of course— as it currently
stands— is in the interests of capital, which is now the primary agent of
power in this operation.37 Although it is still correct to say that capitalist
institutions and the political economy of capital (including state regu-
latory regimes that support the interests of capital) are central to the
power dynamics of social media, it is difficult to say that censorship oper-
ates in quite the same way that it did pre-internet. Our dilemma is how
to conceive the structures of power, given that people are increasingly
encouraged and enjoined to participate, to contribute, to circulate, and
to share information— in other words, to share information freely. Social
media is very much a postmodern phenomenon in the sense described by
Lacanian scholars, such as Slavoj Žižek and Todd McGowan, in which the
problem is not the one of modern culture— a prohibition of enjoyment;
in postmodern culture, we are less frequently prohibited from enjoying
and more frequently enjoined to enjoy (and we are even made to feel
guilty when we are not enjoying). But the point remains, however, that
social media is, as such, at a formal level, a structuring mechanism of the
internet, and we shouldn’t dismiss the fact that as a communications and
entertainment tool, a tool of representation and interpellation, it is very
much involved in our daily (ideological) cognitive mapping. But does this
55
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
mean that we need simply to deconstruct it? Should we merely attempt to
return to the foundational architecture of sharing online and should we
aim to eliminate the databases and archives of Big Data? In other words,
is the problem here the structure that social media gives to the internet,
or is it perhaps instead a question of who is in control?
At a formal level, social media remains ideological in the way that it
structures, organizes, and formalizes— gives shape to— the information
that we consume and distribute. It therefore embodies a digital rhetoric
and aesthetic that interpellates users on an equal basis at the level of their
desire. But the narrative of “social media”— that is, the way that it is itself
represented as a technology, as a set of (corporate) platforms— is, at the
same time, structured by other mainstream mass media that assign to it
a particular meaning. This is worth noting, since the way that the latter
builds a narrative around social media sets the agenda for how we are in-
vited to think about it. Books such as Why Social Media is Ruining Your Life
or Anti-Social Media certainly contribute to this narrative on the side of
paranoia and negativity that is often present in the dawning days of every
new medium, including cinema, radio, and television.38 But on the posi-
tive side, the narrative around social media has also been shaped by the
discourse of the so-called “social media revolutions” that took place, be-
ginning in 2009 with the “Arab Spring” that struck first in Iran, and then
in Tunisia, and then in Egypt, followed shortly afterward by the rise of the
Occupy Wall Street movement in September 2011, and then the “Maple
Spring” in Quebec, and then the #IdleNoMore movement, and then the
#MMIWG movement (Murdered and Missing Indigenous Women and
Girls) across Canada beginning in 2012, and later the rise of the #BLM or
#BlackLivesMatter and #MeToo movements in the United States. These
movements have all been evidence of the positive, democratic potential
of social media as a tool for radical and progressive campaigns, helping
to build worldwide solidarity, and helping to push issues of political and
economic authoritarianism, corruption, contradiction, austerity, racism,
colonialism, and sexism into the spotlight. Manuel Castells’s book, Net-
works of Outrage and Hope: Social Movements in the Internet Age, is one ex-
ample of the utopian sentiments about the radical possibilities of social
media.39 At the same time, though, these movements have lent themselves
to the narrative and rhetoric of the “social” in “social media.” That is,
the narrative and rhetoric of the very discursive construction of “social
media” as a hegemonic-discursive object. They lend credence, in other
words, to the idea of the social in “social media” by helping to engage the
utopian ideal of the digital public sphere, a corollary to the suggestion
that the free flow of information will set us free.
What gets ignored here is the ideological-hegemonic dimension
56
C H AP TE R 1
giving structure to the circulation of information. But also, when we
ignore the ideological and rhetorical dimensions of the Symbolic, we
are likely more easily blindsided by that other side of the internet— the
one that also champions the free flow narrative, but not necessarily on the
side of (what the mainstream refers to as) progressive politics. I am speak-
ing, of course, of the new swarm mentality of the reactionary Right, or
the “Alt-Right,” themselves champions of a certain variety of internet “de-
mocracy,” where anything goes. Trolling, in fact, has become one of the
primary modes of interaction for the Alt-Right, which seeks to be as rude
and crass as possible in order to prove the hypocrisy of liberal defenders
of free speech and the free internet.40 Oddly, in this formation, it is the
reactionary Right that has, unlike the liberalism of the 1960s, become the
primary champions of free speech and free expression. Oddly, as well,
the Alt-Right and versions of a libertarian-anarchist Left share a common
utopianism about the internet and social media, and (more importantly)
what they both perceive as the structural-institutional limits to that vision.
Many have already highlighted the way that the media-capital nexus
in social media has devolved into problems of surveillance and control.41
Therefore, they pit against each other the democratic and social aspects
of social media (that is, the digital public sphere) versus the antisocial
and antidemocratic dimensions of surveillance and control. But what
about the ideological element that cuts across these poles? On the one
hand, there is certainly a rhetorical and discursive dimension to the ide-
ology of the “social” in “social media”— who is the social? What does it
mean to be “social”? What, after all, is so “social” about “social media”?
Doesn’t it in fact impede our actual ability to be social, plugged into our
devices as we are? Social media, as the above reference suggests, is ruin-
ing our lives and is making us antisocial. However, on the other hand,
the problem with corporate social media is not merely surveillance and
control as such. It has much more to do with the ties between surveillance
and the mechanisms of information programming and curation— that
is, with how platforms give structure to the information that interpellates
users at the level of their desire, in what Deleuze refers to as the “control
society.” Furthermore, when we consider the political-economic dimen-
sions of corporate platforms, we must think, not merely about how smash-
ing the structures— the cookies, the databases— will liberate us from the
tyranny of the corporation, in other words, how we might achieve the
return to an unstructured internet. We should go further by asking how
the tools for collecting big data might, under differently organized and
more democratic legal and social structures, actually help to facilitate
a more open society in a different way. What we should say, instead, is
that capitalism is ruining our lives, not social media; capitalism is making us
57
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
antisocial. The latter is a topic to which I will return in the final chapter.
So the question I now turn to is how we might conceive the form and
structure of social media, discursively and rhetorically, set against the
background of structural crisis.
Mediating the Crisis
Our current moment is surely one of a structural crisis of capital, and
a crisis of hegemony. I want to move on to explore the relationship
between social media and the hegemonic crisis, but it is pertinent first
to look at the background of the social media-hegemony dimension in
the context of structural crisis of capital. In fact, to fully grasp the his-
torical context that we are talking about here with respect to the rise of
social media and the hegemonic crisis, it is necessary to place these fac-
tors in the light of the 2008 credit crisis that began in the US housing
market in 2007. Social media, or Web 2.0, arose partly as a response to
the previous crisis of the dot.com bust in the early twenty-first century.
As Christian Fuchs explains, “In 2000, a crisis of the Internet economy
emerged. The inflow of capital had driven up the market values of many
Internet companies, but profits could not hold up with the promises
of high market values. The result was a financial bubble (the so-called
dot-com bubble) that burst in 2000, resulting in many start-up Internet
companies going bankrupt. They were mainly based on venture capital
financial investments and the hope of delivering profits in the future,
and this resulted in a gap between share values and accumulated prof-
its.”42 When investments in internet start-ups failed to yield realizable
returns, a crisis broke out in the tech sector leading toward a new orien-
tation of the internet around business and entrepreneurial incentives.
The rhetoric and ideology of “Web 2.0”— the term was coined by media
entrepreneur Tim O’Reilly— became more or less a marketing strategy
to bring confidence back to investments in internet platforms.43 As Alice
Marwick notes, “Web 2.0” announced the coincidence between the new
investment regime of platforms and an entrepreneurial ethic that in-
scribed social media fully into the neoliberal worldview.44
The story of Facebook, for instance, is usually told as the result of
the creative genius of its founder Mark Zuckerberg. But as David Finch-
er’s The Social Network (2010), for example, narrativizes, the foundation
of Facebook was equally made possible by a series of social networking
interactions (as the film’s title suggests) between developers and investors
seeking to find the next big venture in the tech world. The terms “social
58
C H AP TE R 1
media” and “Web 2.0” were invented to give new life and new meaning to
the emerging platforms giving structure to the internet, beginning with
the new search engine platforms in the late 1990s like Google.45
Today, Google and Facebook are often the main points of entry
for users surfing the internet. In fact, these days, in order to gain access
to content from other platforms, users are often required to enter their
Google or Facebook login information, which is a key indication of the
way they both a) structure the entire medium of the internet and b)
dominate at the level of concentration and centralization of the media
market. On the one hand, the monopoly that these firms have over the
entire terrain of the internet now demonstrates the way that they give very
specific content and articulation to the space of the internet; on the other
hand, this example also demonstrates the degree to which the recovery
of the dot-com bubble has depended upon the excavation and expropria-
tion of what is today probably one of the most profitable staple resources:
user data. Data mining has become the primary resource extraction ve-
hicle for profitability in the digital age.46 But it is worth noting that data
cannot be extracted without a prior legal arrangement between platforms
and users. As we all know, signing (or agreeing) to the Terms and Condi-
tions of Use and Service is the first step to gaining access to platforms.47
However, even though many of us don’t take the time to read through all
of the documents contained in the Terms of Service, we should note that
what they describe is the legal process by which platforms can appropri-
ate, package, and sell user data as a source of revenue. None of this would
be possible outside of the legal-discursive framework that transforms data
into a commodity. My point is that the legal-discursive framework of data,
more so than data mining itself, is the structural dimension that makes
possible the formal framework of our control; this is more important than
surveillance as such, I would say, since it is only the legal-discursive frame-
work that transforms data into a commodity, alienated from those who
produce it. The same discursive and Symbolic dimensions of the com-
modification of data share a formal dimension with financial commodi-
ties, like mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations
(CDOs), or financial derivatives, like credit default swaps (CDSs). In fact,
far from the open free market that neoliberal rhetoric promises, what we
have seen in neoliberalism is actually a much stricter policy regime de-
pendent upon the construction and creation of various forms of fictitious
capital, like securities and data commodities.
The crash of 2008 is the result of a series of overlapping contra-
dictions within neoliberal and finance dominated capitalism, itself the
product of policy decisions inscribed into the space and governance of
the market. The global crisis began in the housing market in the United
59
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
States due to an aggregate effect of defaults on subprime mortgages.
Much of the push for lending at a subprime rate in the United States was
due to a set of deregulations in the banking sector. “Deregulation” is, in
fact, not the best term to use since what we are talking about is absolutely
not the elimination of regulations. “Deregulation” is a term meant to
conjure up the fantasy of the market operating outside of government
control. It is the same kind of fantasy that creates the appearance of an
open and free unregulated internet. This of course occurs nowhere since
government and law are central to the very creation of the market as a
space of exchange. The state backs the rules of exchange, even at the
bare minimum of guaranteeing contractual ownership of property and
the values of currencies. The state is the primary institution granting
legitimacy to property contracts and currencies, which otherwise have
no value. They are but mere representations of value ordained by the
mechanisms of the state, which has its own implicit violent wing (the Re-
pressive State Apparatus, or RSA) that, all things being equal, can enforce
the rights of property and value when belief and trust in them fail— that
is, when we cease to collectively believe in the value and rights that are
secured by the paper on which they are written. A crisis, in other words,
of ideological hegemony. Contracts therefore perform a fetishistic func-
tion. They embody the disavowed human social relationship (perhaps a
relationship of inequality), for which they are a stand-in holding together
the social bond.48 What we are talking about, then, with “deregulation,”
is rather a change in the interests involved in the type of regulation: the
state can either regulate primarily in the interests of the people or the
public, or it can regulate in the interests of private wealthy individuals
and corporations. In the neoliberal context, it is the latter interest that
has dominated and has gained hegemonic control.
Neoliberal “deregulation” has therefore become a mechanism
for changing regulations to favor capital unfairly. In the case of bank-
ing deregulation, this has meant, for instance, tearing down the barriers
between savings and loans institutions and investment banks. Now, be-
cause of deregulation, savings and loans banks can lend out money for
things like mortgages, and then package these loans together (loans that
are essentially a bundle of IOUs) as new securities called collateralized
debt obligations (CDOs), or “asset backed financial paper.” They can then
sell these new commodities to investment banks, getting the loans and
debt off their ledgers, making a profit at the same time. Investment banks
can then invest these commodities into the market, where the interest
earned is much higher than in the mortgage sector because the risk is
increased. Deregulation has permitted, in tandem, an easing on the
prohibition of derivatives like credit default swaps, in which companies
60
C H AP TE R 1
can buy insurance policies on investments not even owned, therefore
standing to benefit when the price of the investment drops or crashes
with a payoff in insurance monies. Because banks were making bigger
profits by selling collateralized debt obligations to investment banks, they
had an added incentive to give out more loans, hence the turn toward
subprime mortgages.
At this point, it is very easy to understand what happened in the
crash. Through an aggregate of defaults on loans, the CDOs lost their
value, and at the same time, there was a drain on monies from insurance
companies, like AIG, which were used to hedge the bet through credit
default swaps. We see quite clearly how the crisis was a by-product of
the structure imposed on the market by the neoliberal regime, rather
than a result of “deregulation” or a deconstruction of the market.49
Nevertheless, while the crisis was erupting, social media platforms like
Facebook, Google, and YouTube seemed to be booming. The crisis in the
financial sector was paralleled by the rising success of the tech sector.50
How do we account for this? It is here that we can perhaps identify a co-
incidence between the increasing pervasiveness of social media and the
rhetoric of the “social media revolutions,” which can be understood as a
dimension of the crisis of hegemony; perhaps more appropriately, it is in
the discourse regarding social media that we can locate the struggle for
hegemony in our time.
With the rise of social media, we find, on the one hand, the prolif-
eration of narratives about democratization in the wake of the crisis; on
the other hand, we find a competing practice of increased surveillance
and monetization of user data. This latter formation is best rendered by
Jodi Dean’s concept of “communicative capitalism,” which will be the
focus of the next chapter.51 Before moving on, though, I want to briefly
look at some of the political and radical formations that did emerge in
the wake of the financial crisis, which have been dubbed “social media
revolutions.”
“Social Media Revolutions”
The apogee of the social media revolutions, I claim, came in the wake
of the Occupy Wall Street movement.52 This apogee is also shown in sub-
sequent movements, such as the #BlackLivesMatter, #IdleNoMore, and
#MeToo movements, and even in the rise of the online Alt-Right move-
ment, arising in the aftermath of the failure of these movements to emerge
as a leading contender in the struggle for hegemony. I see it this way in
61
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
view of the fact that Occupy Wall Street, although inspired by the events
of the Arab Spring, took as its target the financial sector itself, the main
culprit of our current crisis. But history, certainly, never takes place in
a vacuum, and it is important for a dialectical understanding of history
to recognize each new formation as the product of the incorporation
and sublation of prior instances. It is therefore significant not only that
the Arab Spring arose in the years immediately following the financial
crisis, but also that it made significant use of social media platforms like
Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube as an organizational and informational
tool for building global solidarity.53
The first rumblings of what has been called “social media revo-
lutions,” or “Facebook revolutions,” or “Twitter revolutions,” came out
of protests in Iran during the 2009 election. Following the June elec-
tion, mass street protests took place in Tehran claiming widespread
irregularities and accusations of fraud in the reelection of Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad. The international community, of course, took notice, be-
cause the West has largely been critical of the Iranian regime since the
deposition of the Shah following the 1979 revolution. The protests found
expression on Facebook and Twitter, where users wrote posts with the
hashtag #IranElection or #1388, referring to the year in the Persian cal-
endar. Around the world, Twitter users changed their location to Tehran
to show solidarity and to confuse the Iranian police. One of the most
significant blows, though, came from the video circulated on YouTube of
the murder of Neda Agha-Soltan, a twenty-six-year-old protester who was
killed by a sniper from a pro-government militia, Basij. The video circu-
lated worldwide with its own hashtag, #Neda. Using Twitter and YouTube
in support of worldwide solidarity for the election protests in Iran not
only gave international recognition to the movement, it also helped to
set a new standard of global online protest and solidarity.
What has subsequently come to be called the “Arab Spring” be-
gan on December 17, 2010, when a Tunisian street vendor, Mohamed
Bouazizi, set himself on fire in protest of harassment by municipal offi-
cials, who had seized his merchandise. The following week, his relatives
posted his picture and a video of a peaceful protest led by Bouazizi’s
mother outside a municipal building. The video was picked up by Al-
Jazeera from Facebook. Following this event, protests began to erupt,
with videos and messages increasing in number on Facebook and Twitter,
using the hashtag #Bouazizi and then #Tunisia. This was the beginning
of the Tunisian revolution and the Arab Spring, which continued into
2011, and moved into Egypt, perhaps the most pivotal moment in this
sequence of events.
Although the Arab Spring, as it has come to be represented, really
62
C H AP TE R 1
blossomed later in 2011, the catalyst for these events began on June 6,
2010, when two police officers dragged twenty-eight-year-old Khaled
Saeed from an internet café in Alexandria, who was beaten to death for
allegedly possessing a video showing police selling illegal drugs. After
he was killed, a photo of Khaled’s body from the morgue showing his
beaten body was leaked on the internet, and the Facebook group “We
Are All Khaled Said” was created by activists, including Wael Ghonim, the
head of marketing for Google in the Middle East and North Africa. The
Facebook group organized the now infamous demonstration in Cairo
on January 25, 2011, which was titled “The Day of the Revolution against
Torture, Poverty, Corruption, and Unemployment.” The hashtags #Egypt
and #jan25 became the highest trending topics on Twitter for two weeks
following.
Inspired by the events in Egypt and Tunisia, the Occupy Wall Street
movement began as a call from the Canadian culture jamming and anti-
consumerist magazine, Adbusters, to occupy Zuccotti Park in Manhattan—
redubbed “Liberty Park” by the movement— to protest the social and eco-
nomic inequality in the United States and around the world, largely due
to the influence of Wall Street and the financial sector. Christian Fuchs
describes in OccupyMedia! the way that participants in the movement used
social media as an activist tool, and he portrays their perceptions of social
media in helping to build the movement. A theory of information, ac-
cording to Fuchs, is necessary as a way to make sense of social movements’
uses of social media, but this, he says, needs to be set against a political
economic analysis of the media that takes corporate and anticorporate
media usage into consideration. Political economy, he claims, is right
at the heart of social movements’ use of social media, because it expresses
the political conflict at the center of the medium.
Fuchs’s book is a report on a survey conducted of participants in
the Occupy movement at Zuccotti Park. The aim of the project, he writes,
was “to analyze Occupy activists’ assessment of the role of social media
in their movement, their actual usage of these and other media for ob-
taining and publishing news, protest communication and mobilization
as well as their assessment of the relationship between commercial and
non-commercial social media.”54 Based on the findings of the survey, the
majority of respondents saw Occupy as a networked movement working
toward the creation of a commons-based society. With respect to the role
of social media in the movement, four groups of responses were ascribed:
a dialectical one, according to which social media serves as a tool both
of domination and of struggle; a techno-deterministic one, which argues
that the media causes protests; a social constructivist one, which sees little
import from social media; and a dualistic one, which sees contemporary
63
P ER I O D I ZI NG S O CI AL ME DI A, OR, “S OCIAL MEDIA”
DO ES NO T E X I S T !
revolutions and protests as both social and technological. The most fre-
quent assessment of the role of social media, according to Fuchs’s study,
was that which he refers to as dialectical, seeing and emphasizing social
media as a terrain of antagonism. The respondents who opt for the dia-
lectical assessment, he says, “point out social media’s opportunities for
supporting protest movements’ networking, mobilization and potential
to bypass the [traditional] mainstream media.” However, these respon-
dents also “stress that there are dangers such as surveillance, censorship,
separation from street protests, infiltration by the police and secret ser-
vices, corporate and stratified visibility and attention economy.”55
Fuchs’s survey is useful for coming to understand the contradic-
tory dimensions of social media set against the background of crisis
capitalism; however, although I agree with this assessment overall, it
strikes me as lacking attention to the ideological-hegemonic dimension
of social media; or, more specifically, it lacks attention to the formation
that social media takes both rhetorically and even aesthetically with its
degree of content curation, which serves as a lure for the interpellation
of the subject at the level of its desire. While Fuchs’s dialectical cate-
gory pays attention to the contradictions between the democratic and
participatory aspects and the surveillance and control society aspects of
social media, it still seems to miss an ideological component, not only
the hegemonic one, but also the elements of interpellation. As I have
argued in this chapter, the protest movements from the Arab Spring to
Occupy Wall Street somehow lend themselves, rhetorically, to the hege-
monic framework of the “social” in “social media.”
As Nick Dyer-Witheford points out, “No aspect of these revolts
attracted more attention than their use of digital networks.”56 Reports
about these movements focused more on their use of Facebook, Twitter,
and YouTube than they did about the movements themselves, what it was
that they were struggling against, what their demands were, and whether
or not they were justified in their struggles. “Facebook revolutions,” as
Dean points out, became a reactionary trope used to diffuse the radical
politics of the movements, by shifting the attention to the media rather
than the message.57 Overall, “social media” became the primary victor,
rhetorically speaking, in the struggles against tyrannical states, in the case
of the Arab Spring and in the case of Wall Street. It is for this reason,
I claim, that “social media,” the term and the concept, has come to oc-
cupy something like an ideological and hegemonic Master-Signifier,
similar to the way the concept is deployed by Laclau and Mouffe, to help
to secure and suture the space of the social, which is cleavaged by an-
tagonisms in the wake of the global credit and financial crisis and in the
wake of global protest movements against capitalism and tyranny. “Social
64
C H AP TE R 1
media,” in other words, has come to congeal the space opened in the
structure of neoliberalism and twenty-first-century capitalism.
“Social Media” Does Not Exist
In light of this, perhaps it is worth attaching Laclau and Mouffe’s argu-
ment about the nonexistence of society— or the view that society is not a
valid object of discourse— to the Lacanian claim that the big Other does
not exist. In the course of the psychoanalytic treatment, the analysand is
meant to come to the realization that, although her desire is positioned
as the desire of the big Other, the big Other in fact does not exist, but is
a mere virtual and reified formation of the social field. Žižek explains the
category of the big Other in the following way: “If we are really concerned
with language in a strict sense, with language as a social network in which
meaning exists only in so far as it is intersubjectively recognized . . . then
it must be part of the meaning of each name that it refers to a certain
object because this is its name, because others use this name to designate
the object in question . . . ‘Others’, of course, cannot be reduced to em-
pirical others: they rather point to the Lacanian ‘big Other’, to the sym-
bolic order itself.”58 What strikes me is the resonance between Žižek’s de-
scription of the big Other and the kind of relationship instituted by social
media as the social network that comes to (in)form the Symbolic order as
such. But when we begin to assume the subjective position whereby we
are capable of recognizing that we are the ones who presuppose the posit-
ing of the Other’s existence— the Other exists only insofar as we are the
ones who will it into existence as a condition of our enjoyment, a posi-
tion that Lacan refers to as “subjective destitution”— then at that point
we become capable of separating from the blind logic of our desire. We
are capable of traversing the fantasy that positions our desire relative to
the desire of the Other. If the constitution of “social media,” rhetorically,
makes possible the suturing of the social that is destroyed by structural
crisis, can we assume, then, that the claim “social media does not exist”
works in a way that is similar to the statement that the big Other does not
exist? As I argue in the following chapter, this isn’t necessarily the case.
2
Enjoying Social Media
In one of his most well-known essays, “Exiting the Vampire Castle,” the
late cultural theorist, Mark Fisher, warned about the dangers of social
media for the Left. Fisher was concerned with a particular formation of
online activism that he called “the vampire castle.” The Vampire Castle
represents a space of in-fighting on the Left, which began as a kind of
“witch-hunting moralism” that, as Angela Nagle has argued, became a
driving force for the establishment of the reactionary Alt-Right.1 In the
conclusion to his essay, Fisher writes prophetically, “we need to think
strategically about how to use social media— always remembering that,
despite the egalitarianism claimed for social media by capital’s libidinal
engineers, that this is currently an enemy territory, dedicated to the re-
production of capital. But this doesn’t mean that we can’t occupy the
terrain and start to use it for purposes of producing class consciousness.
We must break out of the ‘debate’ set up by communicative capitalism in
which capital is endlessly cajoling us to participate in, and remember that
we are involved in a class struggle.”2 Fisher is inspired here by Jodi Dean’s
conception of communicative capitalism, which is referred to in several
places in the previous chapter. Dean’s concept draws out the idea that
our period is one embossed by a “decline of symbolic efficiency,” as she
puts it, drawing on Žižek’s Lacanian critique of ideology. Dean’s concep-
tion of communicative capitalism asserts that technoculture and social
media facilitate the inscription of democracy into capitalist practices of
exploitation, and in this way Fisher’s claim about libidinal engineering
rings true: online debates can sometimes serve as curated forums for the
exploitation of our libidinal investments in the platform. This chapter
examines in greater detail Dean’s conception of communicative capi-
talism, and more specifically it explores her claim regarding the decline
of symbolic efficiency, in order to assess the assertion made at the end of
the previous chapter about the possibilities for realizing the nonexistence
of social media as akin to the nonexistence of the big Other.
My objective is to think critically about the ideological role of social
media in Lacanian terms, and in the context of late capitalist consumer
society— a society defined by what Žižek and Dean refer to as the “de-
mise of symbolic efficiency,” what Fredric Jameson has defined as “post-
modern” (as the “breakdown of the signifying chain”), or what Fisher has
65
66
C H AP TE R 2
called “capitalist realism.”3 With reference as well to Dean’s pioneering
work on “communicative capitalism,” my aim is to argue that social media
provides a good model for conceiving the connection between ideology
and enjoyment at a point when digital media makes possible the condi-
tions for the apparent erosion of the subject of desire. Like Dean, I draw
on Žižek and Lacan to theorize social media. However, in contrast to her,
my claim is that the ideological operation of social media is one that in-
terpellates the subject in relation to its desire, rather than in relation to
the drive as she has argued. It does this both through the form of social
media, itself, as well as through the very rhetoric of “social media.”
The promise of the internet, as we saw in chapter 1, is that it would
give a voice back to the people, one that has been taken away by private
media and entertainment. However, according to Dean, “the expansion
and intensification of communication and entertainment networks yield
not democracy but something else entirely: communicative capitalism.”4
Dean discusses the conditions of communicative capitalism by examining
the world of technoculture, which functions by creating disconnection
in the guise of community. Communicative capitalism makes this kind
of disconnection operative by engaging users through the repetitive and
reflexive circuits of drive, by imposing further gaps in older symbolic net-
works of community. In doing so, blogging and the use of social networks
such as Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter facilitate the integration of users
into the matrices of neoliberal capitalism.
Subverting Žižek, Dean argues that in the context of the demise
of symbolic efficiency, drive is not an act5 — suggesting instead that, in
today’s circumstances, drive makes ideology work. In contrast, my claim
is not that drive is not an act, but that (to cite the title of one of the sec-
tions in Žižek’s The Ticklish Subject) “perversion is not subversion.” What
we begin to realize in a period of the decline of apparent belief in the
big Other is not that ideology is no longer a matter of desire, but that the
“inherent transgression” that sustains the subject’s attitude to her enjoy-
ment works today, not by subverting power, but by “willing” it into exis-
tence. This is not unlike the masochist who takes a paradoxical pleasure
from the violence of the sadist, because it allows the subject to return to a
position of loss, from which all actual enjoyment takes place. The masoch-
istic subject therefore enjoys turning herself into an object for the other’s
enjoyment.6 In order to save her desire, the subject requires (at least the
fantasy of) some figure of prohibiting agency whom she can transgress,
whose gaze she wishes to impress. Today, we transpose this gaze onto the
form of social media.
Dean, however, proposes that, given the demise of symbolic effi-
ciency, since no prohibiting agency exists, desire gives way to drive, which
67
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
according to her is the form taken by the subject’s relation to enjoy-
ment in the information age. She, therefore, argues against Žižek’s claim
that emancipatory politics follows an ethics of drive. As Dean explains,
“conceived in terms of drive, networked communications circulate less
as potentials for freedom than as affective intensities produced through
and amplifying our capture.”7 Her argument is largely based on the idea
that today, everyone knows that the big Other does not exist; therefore,
no agency exists that can prevent the subject from realizing her desire.
My point, though, is that, given these conditions, the subject of capitalist
realism, rather than relating to the loss constitutive of subjectivity, pre-
fers to disavow the fact of the Other’s nonexistence in order to preserve
the pleasure garnered in the pursuit of the lost object of desire. This is a
subject that has yet to accomplish the traversal of the fantasy that sustains
her relationship to the Other. The ideological function of social media
is, then, one of “willing” the big Other into existence. Social media, in
other words, is the answer to the question: “How will capitalism succeed
in reintroducing lack and scarcity into a world of instant access and abun-
dance?”8 Social media has the function of reintroducing a limit into the
social field that preserves the subject of desire— this is a limit constitutive
of the Symbolic order as such.
While we know that the big Other does not exist, we act as if this
were not the case. Why? The Lacanian joke about the man who thought
he was a grain of seed— often recounted by Žižek— offers a possible ex-
planation. After months of treatment, the man is convinced by his doc-
tor that he is not a grain of seed, but a man. Weeks after he is cured, the
man returns in a hysterical rage. “What is wrong?” asks his doctor. “You
know you are not a grain of seed, but a man.” “Yes,” replies the man.
“I know; but does the chicken know?” This is how the subject reacts to
the nonexistence of the big Other. The problem is not the subject’s own
belief (in the big Other), it is rather the ambiguity of the Other’s belief.
Or, to take another of Žižek’s examples, consider the operation of the
stock market.9 When we play the stock market, we are ultimately placing
a bet on what public opinion believes public opinion to be. It is this be-
lief in the Other’s belief that accounts for our continued relation to the
big Other, despite our own personal recognition of the nonexistence of
the big Other. In the context of social media, we see how we perform,
not necessarily for our own sense of self— we curate our identities, not to
satisfy our own desire, but to satisfy the desire of the Other in the form
of likes, shares, comments, follows, and so forth. It is this ambiguity that
provides the pretense for our activity, and social media is the platform
through which, today, in popular culture, the big Other continues to be
operative. Nevertheless, the thesis that we are living in a post-ideological
68
C H AP TE R 2
era— one based around the decline of symbolic efficiency— is an argu-
ment that needs to be explored. In what follows, I respond to this claim at
multiple different levels as they relate to postmodern culture and to the
impact of digital new media. The assessment that proceeds then wraps
back around to my central claim, via a return to Dean’s understanding of
the demise of symbolic efficiency, that social media represents a return
to— a new constitution of— the ideological big Other, constitutive of the
ideology of twenty-first-century capitalism.
The End of Ideology
The problem of the decline of symbolic efficiency is very much a part
of the postmodern thesis regarding the end of ideology. There is a prob-
lem, that is, with thinking about the critique of ideology, today, in what
many view as a post-ideological era. Both the Right and the Left offer a
position on the “end of ideology.” On the Right, we have the Fukuyamist
claim that Liberal Democracy and the market economy have triumphed,
therefore ending the ideological disputes of twentieth-century politics.
The world appears to have settled on one true answer. Meanwhile, on
the Left, the conception of ideology as “false consciousness,” on the one
hand, has been thoroughly annihilated by poststructuralist thinkers, from
Foucault to Derrida; while, on the other hand, the popular discrediting
of every Master-Signifier, or point of ideological fixing, up to and includ-
ing the Marxian conception of History (Lyotard’s “incredulity toward
Grand Narratives”), makes it difficult to claim that something like ide-
ology still exists.
In the information age— a period that can be roughly associated
with the consumer ethic of late capitalism— it is difficult for critical theo-
rists to claim that ideology still exists, since new information technology
has eased access to knowledge. Also, media sophistication is no longer
something familiar only to scholars— who today does not know about
media manipulation and the practices of photoshopping and airbrushing,
editing, and CGI effects, in addition to the problems of media imperial-
ism, concentration of ownership, and the role of advertising in commer-
cial media? Who, in other words, is still “duped” by the media? Likewise,
consumer society has provided everyone with access to the means that
are necessary for realizing all of our pleasures. Consumer society, like the
infoglut, creates the appearance of abundance and eliminates the no-
tion that our society is one that is based on repression, prohibition, and
scarcity. Given these circumstances, how can it be possible to claim that
69
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
something like ideology (let alone “false consciousness”) or Authority
still exists? It is in this sense that we need to understand the contemporary
critique of ideology in the context of the demise of symbolic efficiency,
or the postmodern “breakdown of the signifying chain.”10
The Demise of Symbolic Efficiency, or,
the Big Other Does Not Exist
The problem for the critique of ideology is that today, with the “end
of ideology,” and the pleasure ethic of consumer society, no one seems
to believe any longer in the existence of the big Other. The “demise
of symbolic efficiency” and “the big Other does not exist” (similar to
the claim that society does not exist) are two formulations for the same
basic situation. The Symbolic order is no longer held together because
every Master-Signifier articulated has been reduced to a mere effect
of fixing or “suture.” This is why Fredric Jameson is accurate in refer-
ring to the Lacanian formula for psychosis in his description of post-
modernism as a “breakdown of the signifying chain.” There is no totality
that determines the flow of language; rather, what we have is a series of
free-floating discourses and signifiers, local “language games,” or mini
narratives, unbound by a universal totality. Jameson’s point about the
postmodern breakdown of the signifying chain pertains to the specificity
of the historical moment of the political mediations of postmodernism,
particularly those of the postwar period, which saw the formation of new
social movements (NSMs), including feminism, antiracism, and the gay
rights and gay liberation movements, which took the place of the pro-
letarian struggle against capital. The positive and progressive aspects of
the NSMs destabilized (to some degree) the phallo(go)centrism, white
supremacism, and heteronormativity of the reigning order— or, at least
these movements have allowed the underlying elements of these aspects
of power to be brought to the surface and to enter mainstream conscious-
ness, if they were not necessarily able to eradicate these forms of power
altogether.
It could, however, be argued that the end result of NSMs that are
not based on class has been the triumph of consumer identity politics.
The demands of NSMs are capable of being realized by consumer society.
Identity politics and consumerism are natural allies. Consumer society
asks of the individual not to repress who she is— consumer society does
not prohibit. Its ethic is one of fully realizing the Self. “Be your true
self!” The interpellative call of postmodern capitalism is, simply, “Enjoy!”
70
C H AP TE R 2
Because it appears as though there is no longer any agency of prohibi-
tion, it is possible to claim that the big Other no longer exists. But what
the lack of prohibition presents is, however, a severe problem for the pres-
ervation of the desire of the subject. If enjoyment is procured through
the transgression of the Other, how can the subject go on enjoying in the
context of the disappearance of Authority?
Obligatory Enjoyment and the Logics
of Transgression
Žižek argues that when ideology is no longer a matter of “false conscious-
ness,” then its mode of operation shifts away from the Symbolic and
toward a “fantasmatic specter”: an ideological fantasy that gives structure
and support to our “reality.” Reality, as such, is according to Žižek always
already ideological, insofar as it is structured by some underlying fantasy
formation that puts us in relation to our desire. The Symbolic surface
level of every ideology is supported by a “sublime object” of ideology that
subjectivizes us in relation to our enjoyment. The problem of ideology is
not that people are not aware of their actions and how they contribute to
the reigning order. The problem is that people are fully aware, but they
continue to act as if this were not the case. Further, it is our very resis-
tance to ideology— our attempts to transgress (what we perceive to be)
the reigning order— that traps us even further within its grasp. Subver-
sion and transgression are the very conditions for our capture by ideology
precisely because this kind of action procures a perverse pleasure. From
this perspective, too, it is not difficult to understand the specific historical
conditions giving rise to the transgressions of the Alt-Right.
As Angela Nagle puts it, “The rise of Milo [Yiannopoulos], Trump
and the alt-right are not evidence of the return of conservatism, but in-
stead of the absolute hegemony of the culture of non-conformism, self-
expression, transgression and irreverence for its own sake— an aesthetic
that suits those who believe in nothing but the liberation of the individual
and the id, whether they’re on the left or the right. The principle-free
idea of counterculture did not go away; it just became the style of the new
right.”11 The Alt-Right is, on the one hand, a by-product of ideological
postmodernism and, on the other, the result of the contradictions of
subversion and transgression within postmodern culture. To understand
this, it is necessary first to recall in what sense subversion itself became
part of the dominant ideology of postmodern capitalism. In this regard,
Jameson’s cogent application of the Lacanian logic of the psychotic’s
71
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
discourse still provides an illuminating aesthetic description of the his-
torical, political, cultural, and ideological dynamics of contemporary
postmodern society. What he describes, borrowing equally from Gilles
Deleuze and Félix Guattari, as the “breakdown of the signifying chain”
not unlike the demise of symbolic efficiency operates as a kind of short-
hand to describe some of the various tenets of postmodernity and post-
modern culture, including, on both the Left and the Right, an incredulity
of sorts toward metanarratives, otherwise encapsulated by the “end of
history” thesis or by Daniel Bell’s notion of the “end of ideology.” The
“breakdown” metaphor highlights what Perry Anderson means when
he says, “Modernism, from its earliest in Baudelaire or Flaubert onward,
virtually defined itself as ‘anti-bourgeois.’ Postmodernism is what occurs
when, without any victory, that adversary is gone.”12 Postmodernism is
equally, according to Terry Eagleton, defined not by a victory on the part
of the antibourgeois but by an imagined defeat— that is, by a cynical res-
ignation that, in Thatcher’s words, “there is no alternative,” a feature that
Fisher aligns with “capitalist realism.”13
This sentiment of the loss of the adversarial relationship between
the bourgeoisie and the proletariat— whether in the form of the per-
ceived triumph of either side— is not at all disconnected from the logic
of capital. It is tied to the very persistence of capital to break down all bar-
riers to accumulation. This includes, in some cases, the breaking down
of political and cultural barriers, which is partly what the “breakdown”
metaphor describes; or in Deleuze and Guattari’s terms, this includes the
constant pursuit of accumulation and the breaking down of barriers to
force a deterritorialization of capital, unleashing it in different modali-
ties or “lines of flight.”14 Politically, this has resulted in the sublation of
existing antagonisms into the very logic of capital, save (of course) for
that antagonism that is its absolute point of negation: the class struggle,
which instead of being eliminated is simply displaced onto other, cultural
antagonisms— that is, class war turns into “culture war.” This last point
helps, in part, to explain the rising influence of the Moral Majority and
neoconservatism among the working classes in the United States from
the late 1970s up to and including George W. Bush’s two terms as presi-
dent. With the sublation of class war into culture war, it often appeared as
though the Right more than the (liberal) Left spoke the language of the
working class.15 It is also in this sense that, as Anderson puts it, modernity
“comes to an end . . . when it loses any antonym,” that is, when the terms
of antagonism get so confused that the image of the actual enemy gets
blurred.16 The driving force of the existing postmodern culture, there-
fore, differs from the propulsion of the modern culture, insofar as post-
modern culture is fueled by antagonism and contradiction.
72
C H AP TE R 2
As a logic of production, capital is driven by its dialectic of develop-
ment, constantly in need of destroying the old to produce the new. As
such, it consistently requires breaking down those older ideological— as
well as material— barriers that prevent exponential expansion. Moder-
nity was therefore culturally contradictory in the sense that, for instance,
it relied on traditional culture— say, the culture of the conjugal, patriar-
chal family— as part of its own processes of social reproduction while it
worked to break down the structures of traditional culture to produce
new subjectivities that could act as agents of consumption, the latter of
which is required to ensure that a crisis of effective demand in the mar-
ket does not ensue. This logic of antagonism and contradiction operated
similarly in art and in culture.
The significance of the political formation of the bourgeoisie as
a class is matched by the emergence of the market as the material and
ideological space of shared individual equivalence. Regardless of one’s
identity outside the market, inside it we are all supposedly free and equal
individuals engaged in acts of (fair and equitable) exchange. The market
logic applied as well to art and culture, as the rise of capitalism broke
down the older relationships between the artist and his patron. The com-
modification of art and culture is a contributing factor for the emergence
of modernism. No longer producing for the patron, the artist— now, too,
“liberated” as “entrepreneurial” labor— produced art for the market.
But modern art was able to carve out for itself its own separate sphere,
a field of cultural production, the latter defined by two points of nega-
tion, first, by its vocation not to become mere commodity. In this sense,
modern art sought to distance itself from what was later termed mass or
popular culture— or the “culture industry.” The second point is the ne-
gating influence of new media, beginning with the daguerreotype. What
the technological reproducibility of the image instituted in modernism
was a formal criterion to “make it new!” From impressionism onward,
through cubism, surrealism, and abstract expressionism, visual art sought
to distance itself formally from the production of verisimilitude found in
popular culture.
On the other hand, the modern avant-garde found definition by
distancing itself, again, from the culture of the bourgeoisie. Culturally,
modern artists carved out a space for themselves by setting up a concept
of the bourgeoisie to demonstrate precisely what they were not. At the
same time, modern artists sought to distance their work from the political
sphere, completely— hence the tautology “art for art’s sake.” So, it is in
these two ways that modernism found definition: by railing against what
it was not— a process of negation— both in terms of its object (the work
73
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
of art itself as noncommodity) and in the identity of the artists (antibour-
geois).
However, capital, being what it is, did not take very long to saturate
this antagonism. While modernism may be understood by its vocation
not to become commodity, postmodernism, we could say, is what emerges
at the point of total commodification in postwar consumer society, in
which art and commodity begin to fold into each other, as in the case of
pop art, like Andy Warhol’s Campbell’s Soup Cans, and later with works
of pastiche, like Cindy Sherman’s Untitled Film Stills. But postmodernism
is also what emerges when the rebellious art of modernism, which con-
stantly sought to negate the existing world, becomes the official art of the
canon, the gallery, and the university. Put differently— and this is one of
my central claims— if modernism defined itself as a process of subversion
and negation, postmodernism, culturally, is what emerges when subver-
sion itself becomes the dominant ideology. If subversion is now part of
the ruling ideology, how might we imagine the subversion of subversion?
Alongside these developments in the cultural sphere, a parallel co-
nundrum emerged in the political spheres of Western Europe and North
America in the 1960s, in the moment of the postwar welfare state and
Cold War-era class compromise between capital and labor, which saw the
emergence of new subjects of history, in place of the apparently non-
existent proletariat. NSMs appeared to replace the class struggle between
capital and labor. But just as modern art and culture were absorbed into
the mainstream, first by the logic of commodification and then by way of
institutionalization, so too were the NSMs similarly diffused.
A positive feature of the NSMs was the kind of criticism that they
launched against the phallocentrism, heterosexism, and Eurocentrism
of both the dominant culture and the labor movement. However, in the
campus protest culture of the 1960s and 1970s, there was a concerted
effort to ensure that fights against sexism, racism, and homophobia were
still conducted in the context of a class awareness: hence the cultural
studies mantra, “race-class-gender.” With their increasing political influ-
ence, NSMs had a profound impact on the curriculum of humanities de-
partments in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s, with more attention being paid
to nonwhite and female scholars, writers, and artists, launching a kind of
academic “culture war.” Again, positively, the culture war in the universi-
ties drew attention to issues of cultural representation in the media and
to the stereotypical representation of racialized and gendered minorities,
which by the 1990s came to include the representation of gays and lesbi-
ans, with the addition of queer theory to the literature.
Not surprisingly, and not unproblematically, the rising attention
74
C H AP TE R 2
to cultural representation and to questions of diversity in the media was
picked up by the consumer culture. Just as the threat of subculture is dif-
fused by and incorporated through commodification, so have the identity
politics of the NSMs and the institutionalization of the culture wars been
incorporated into the branding logic of the consumer society, which is in-
terested less in multiculturalism and diversity, or in intersectionality, than
with maintaining a steady base of diverse consumers— the interpellation
of new subjectivities— in order to avoid crises of market demand. Unlike
the mass audience culture of the early entertainment industries, the con-
temporary consumer culture is “demassified” in the sense that it makes
diversity a marketing tactic to broaden its reach. But what this context
also reveals is that here too, rebelliousness, difference, and subversion
have become part of the reigning ideology when it comes to questions of
identity. Demassification and branding are both tied to the commercial
diffusion of subversion. Rather than ideology interpellating individuals as
compliant subjects, the ruling ideology today is grounded on the inher-
ent transgression of the ideology that seems to rule. Here we face one of
the central cultural and political contradictions of our time. If, as I have
shown, in both art and culture, and in the identity politics of the NSMs,
subversion, far from being antagonistic to the existing system, has actu-
ally become part of its interpellative call or hail— that is, if subversion has
itself become the dominant ideology (in the case of art and culture, the
ethic of innovation reigns over tradition; in the case of identity politics,
diversity subverts conformity)— if all of this is the case, what does the
subversion of subversion look like?
This is how the situation must be approached from the perspective
of the new Alt-Right. What the Left sees as the subversion of bourgeois,
elitist, phallocentric, and Eurocentric ideology, the Alt-Right sees as the
formation of a new culturally dominant ideology, best encapsulated in
the much-disdained call for political correctness. The Alt-Right, too, is
antibourgeois, but it perceives and constructs the Left as just such a bour-
geoisie, trapped in its own libertine elitist bubble. What the Alt-Right,
particularly in its white nationalist and masculinist bent, finds most ob-
jectionable in the politically correct postmodern identity politics is what
its members perceive as a double standard on questions of diversity and
identity. From their perspective, all identities are permissible, save for
white and conservative identities, or even “normative” identities. In this
scenario, when political correctness and postmodern identity politics are
posited as the ideology that seems to rule, for the Alt-Right, its conserva-
tive politics cannot but appear subversive. The Alt-Right, in fact, is caught
up in the postmodern interpellative call to subversion. What makes this
formation additionally troubling is that it also, at times, seems to rail
75
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
against the consumer culture of postmodern capitalism, making it both
ironically populist and at times seemingly anticapitalist, not unlike the de-
piction of Project Mayhem in David Fincher’s Fight Club (1999), an iconic
film for members of the Alt-Right.17 Although the film appears radical in
its anticonsumerist posturing, the film is outrageously misogynistic in its
equating of consumerism with femininity. In the fight club, a prototypical
men’s rights association (MRA) if ever there was one, the men literally
beat each other up, metaphorically beating the consumerism and femi-
ninity out of themselves. The paradox, however, is that in order to enjoy
transgression, the subject requires a force to transgress. The call to enjoy is
therefore difficult to bear, since enjoyment is procured only when it has
an Other to transgress.
There is, thus, a perverse core (in the strictest Lacanian sense) to
the form of ideology: specifically, ideology, in the context of postmodern
capitalism, takes the form of fetishism.18 In part, this has to do with the
interpellative call of consumer society, the call to ‘Enjoy!’ The prohibi-
tion to enjoy has been replaced by an obligation to enjoy. However, this
also has to do with the mode of ideology today, which according to Žižek
is premised on cynicism, and the psychoanalytic category of disavowal,
best encapsulated by Octave Manoni’s phrase, “Je sais bien, mais quand
même . . .”19— I know very well, but nevertheless. . . .
From a Lacanian perspective, the price of entry into the Symbolic
order is a constitutive loss. As McGowan puts it, “no subjectivity exists
prior to this structuring loss.”20 But the subject has two possible modes of
relating to this constitutive loss— desire and drive:
Desire is predicated on the belief that it is possible to regain the lost
object and thereby discover the ultimate enjoyment. Desire represents a
belief that a satisfying object exists and can be obtained. In contrast, the
drive locates enjoyment in the movement of return itself— the repeti-
tion of loss, rather than in what might be recovered.21
These two modes— desire and drive— are, however, tied to each other:
the “continuing frustration of desire— this failure to obtain the truly satis-
fying object— is the precise way that the drive satisfies itself. Through the
drive, the subject finds satisfaction in the repetition of failure and loss
that initially constitute it.”22 Desire, in other words, serves the drive as
a mechanism for facilitating the repetition of the loss, “which is where
enjoyment actually lies.”23 There is a problem, though, for the subject of
desire in the context of postmodern, post-ideological, consumer capi-
talism: without a prohibiting agency; with the demise of symbolic ef-
ficiency; when no one believes any longer in the existence of the big
76
C H AP TE R 2
Other— what is to prevent the saturation of desire? The constant injunc-
tion to ‘Enjoy!’ presents a dilemma: we can only enjoy insofar as we are
prohibited from enjoying.
For Žižek, fetishism disavowal expresses the contemporary reigning
cynical approach to ideology. Cynicism, as McGowan puts it, “is a mode of
keeping alive the dream of successfully attaining the lost object while fe-
tishistically denying one’s investment in this idea.”24 The post-ideological
subject can fully recognize the fact that investment in the object of desire
is doomed to failure, but she continues to invest herself in the search for
this object. True satisfaction is achieved, not by the successful attainment
of the object, but by the enjoyment of returning to the position of loss
through failure. Drive is definitely a central aspect of contemporary com-
municative capitalism; however, we should be hesitant about claiming
that the subject of communicative capitalism is one of drive.
The (Digital) Delay of Desire
“Communicative capitalism” is an attractive way to theorize the current
configurations of networked media, and it is difficult to disagree with
Dean’s characterization of the ideological operations of information tech-
nology and social media.25 Her theory allows media scholars to grapple
with the conditions of space-based media, where the limits of time are in-
creasingly eroding. Noting the similarities between early blogs and search
engines, Dean points out that both originate in the problem of organiz-
ing information online. Filled by “the fantasy of abundance,”26 online
users had previously been plagued by the problem of locating the desired
information. Like the Lacanian theory of the unconscious, Dean points
out that in cyberspace, “the truth is out there,” but is difficult to find
within the sea of abundance. Dean notes that the first blogs were lists of
websites, links, and articles that were noteworthy to the “blogger.” Blog-
gers also added comments about the links that they posted. Like search
engines, blogs emerged in place of the “subject supposed to know” (the
Lacanian analyst). The search engine and the online database also work
in combination to avoid the time lag, or the delay, the result of which is
the “spatialization” of time. This adds to the difficulty in grasping a con-
ception of prohibition in postmodernity. Everything is available; there
are no limits to access. Desire is no longer prohibited by time— the time
necessary to locate and achieve satisfaction; everything is present, located
in the database. The result is a crisis for the subject of desire— how to pre-
vent the saturation of desire. This is how we might concede Dean’s claim
77
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
that drive makes communicative capitalism operative, and therefore drive
is unlikely to work for a political act of resistance and transformation. The
disappearance of the delay, which made satisfaction of desire appear pos-
sible, leaves only the drive on the other side of fantasy.
New media, information technology, and social media add to this
mix. There is no longer any denial of access (that is if we ignore the
global “digital divide”). Everything is open and available online. But does
instant access suffocate desire? There is an important temporal dimen-
sion to desire, which is that of the delay. Desire exists only insofar as the
object remains lost. Increasingly, as the delay is reduced closer to zero, it
can become apparent to the subject that there is a limit point to desire.
The temporal limit is spatialized— delay is no longer the primary factor
in distancing oneself from desire. It is now a matter of space— the space
of the database. The object is there; it is no longer lost. The suffocation
of desire— the reduction of the delay to zero— appears to leave only the
drive that circles around the void of the loss. From Žižek’s perspective,
this is what can potentially lead the subject toward some kind of break
from ideology.
Desire involves the endless search for an (impossible) object that
will bring satisfaction. But desire is, by definition, insatiable. It continues
to follow along a cycle in which the object attained is never it, the thing
that is desired. This constant search for the object produces an uncon-
scious satisfaction in being able to reset the coordinates of desire, thereby
continuing the search. Drive speaks to this other side of insatiable desire.
It achieves enjoyment for the subject by failing to get the object. With
desire, one can never achieve full enjoyment; however, with drive, one
is condemned to an unbearable enjoyment. According to Žižek, “desire
and drive are two ways of avoiding the deadlock of negativity that is the
subject. . . . The two ways . . . involve two thoroughly different notions
of subjectivity.”27 The subject of desire chooses, whereas for the subject of
drive, choice is inverted into making-oneself-chosen. The only freedom
I am granted in drive “is the freedom to choose the inevitable, freely to
embrace my destiny, what will happen to me in any case.”28 That is, the
subject of drive recognizes the constitutive aspect of loss, which the subject
of desire disavows. The reversal of desire into drive, therefore, involves
the subjectivization of that which is beyond representation. That is, we
subjectivize the traumatic kernel— the negative limit— of the Self. Žižek
argues, therefore, that an ethical act is in line with an ethics of the drive. 29
If desire is that which attaches the subject to ideology, the drive moves
the subject in the direction of emancipation. In the psychoanalytic sense,
the drive is all that remains once the subject has “traversed the fantasy.”
That is, “if no object can satisfy desire, desire must proceed for its own
78
C H AP TE R 2
sake, which means that it must become drive. The drive is what remains
of desire after the image of realization has been stripped away. It is desire
without the hope of obtaining the object, desire that has become indiffer-
ent to its object.”30 The instant access of technoculture leads, potentially,
to this stripping away of the subject of desire. As McGowan notes, “the
immediacy created by digital technology plants the seeds for the recog-
nition of the subject of drive.”31 But it is here that we see how ideology is
still structured and supported by fantasy:
There is, of course, nothing necessary about the emergence of the sub-
ject of drive. The contemporary spatialization of time may simply con-
tinue to produce dissatisfied subjects of desire who continue to increase
their investment in the illusory promise embodied by the commodity.
As long as we experience the object’s failure as contingent rather than
necessary, we will remain subjects of desire devoted to the capitalist
mode of production.32
Flatline Constructs
Mark Fisher’s writing on “capitalist realism,” particularly with respect
to his writing on media, adds another layer to our conception of com-
municative capitalism: what happens when technoculture tethers us to
its matrices below the surface level of Symbolic mediations? Through
Fisher, we may come to understand the technological component of
the decline of symbolic efficiency via the cyberculture itself. In his blog,
K-Punk, Fisher’s short reflections addressed themes ranging from popular
film and television, pop music, electronica, rave culture, Jungle music,
and alt-rock, to some of the denser aspects of contemporary postmodern
theory, ideology, and cyberculture. In Capitalist Realism, his most famous
book, Fisher develops a critique of the reigning ideology, which he de-
scribes as a form of cynicism, drawing on the claim, often attributed to
Žižek and Jameson, that it is easier to imagine the end of the world than
the end of capitalism. This small but effective point, according to Fisher,
signals the manner of disavowal fetishism specific to late postmodern
capitalism, and it especially applies to the view on both the post-Marxist
Left and the Right about the nonexistence of society, or the Thatcherite
thesis that there is no alternative to capitalism.
Fisher’s writing in Capitalist Realism oscillates between two lines of
interrelated critique, similar to Noys’s view about accelerationism: there
is, on the one hand, a transcendental and dialectical materialist line of
79
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
inquiry that questions the possibilities for radical change, and there is
the subjective agency that can bring about such change; but there is also,
on the other hand, an immanentist line, concerned with the material
forms of social control, the desacrilization of meaning, and the stripping
away of the subjective. It is this latter line that reflects and coincides with
Fisher’s earlier affiliations with the Cybernetic Culture Research Unit
(CCRU) in the 1990s— an unofficial research collective at the University
of Warwick— and his mentorship by the group’s directors, Sadie Plant
and Nick Land, the latter now famous for his association with Right Ac-
celerationism, the Neo-reactionary, and the Dark Enlightenment move-
ments that some tie to the emergence of the online Alt-Right. While
the influence of CCRU scholarship and Land in particular is still felt in
Capitalist Realism, it is clear that Fisher’s allegiances had by the time of
writing this book shifted closer to the transcendentalist and dialectical
materialist line of inquiry in what the cultural studies scholar, Jeremy
Gilbert, has referred to as Fisher’s “Lacanian period,” influenced largely
by Žižek and by his friendship with Dean, in addition to his break from
Land’s influence.33 Still, the book reflects back to Fisher’s earlier affilia-
tions at the CCRU, particularly with respect to some of his reflections on
media in his doctoral thesis, Flatline Constructs (1999).34
Flatline Constructs is Fisher’s attempt to define what he calls “gothic
materialism.” The term itself is more or less a rendering of Deleuzian
transcendental empiricism articulated through the lens of cybercul-
tural theory and cyberpunk fiction.35 A theory of media influenced by
McLuhan is also apparent in Fisher’s writing. Fisher states that McLuhan
did the most to advance a nonrepresentationalist theory of the media, de-
veloping instead a concern with the relationship between bodies and the
media environment. By taking account of Fisher’s writings on McLuhan,
we see how media theory plays a role in his theoretical project overall
and in his more influential conception of capitalist realism. There is a
certain cynicism present in Fisher’s writing on media that establishes the
parameters of our control dilemma today.
Fisher’s interest in media environments is still very much present
in Capitalist Realism, for instance, as he writes about the postdisciplinary
media environment of spaces like the university. The dissolution of
modern disciplinary systems in the Foucauldian sense has not, he says,
resulted in the increased use of newfound freedoms, but has instead con-
ditioned people into “hedonic lassitude,” in which, as he puts it, “the soft
narcosis, the comfort food oblivion of PlayStation, all-night TV and mari-
juana” now dominate as flows of control. “Ask students to read more than
a couple of sentences and many . . . will protest that they can’t do it. The
most frequent complaint teachers hear,” he says, “is that it’s boring.” Not
80
C H AP TE R 2
the content, but the act of reading itself is considered boring. What we
are facing, according to Fisher, is the contradiction between the postlit-
erate “New Flesh” that is “too wired to concentrate” and the “concentra-
tional logics of decaying disciplinary systems.” “To be bored,” he writes,
“means to be removed from the communicative sensation-stimulus ma-
trix of texting, YouTube and fast food; to be denied, for a moment, the
constant flow of sugary gratification on demand.”36 As a consequence of
“being hooked into the entertainment matrix,” people become twitchy,
agitated, and interpassive, with an inability to concentrate or to focus.
Such a plugged-in culture, according to Fisher, numbs us to the future—
the “incapacity to connect current lack of focus with future failure,” the
“inability to synthesize time into any coherent narrative, is symptomatic
of more than mere demotivation.” This condition, he writes, is similar
to Jameson’s breakdown metaphor— as a series of pure and unrelated
presents in time— whereby we come to experience the technological ex-
haustion of the pursuit of desire in communicative capitalism. It is this
interpretation of the present media environment, one that appears eerily
familiar from cyberpunk dystopia, that relies very much on Fisher’s ear-
lier reading of McLuhan.
If there is a sense in which Fisher’s McLuhan appears close to the
Lacanian-influenced schizoanalytic writing of Deleuze and Guattari, it is
perhaps the sense that McLuhan’s theories that are most in the mode of
science fiction can be read as an inheritance from Freud. He writes that
“in a direct anticipation of McLuhan, Freud describes technical machines
as extensions of the organs,” proposing that McLuhan’s “extensions of
man” thesis goes back to Freud in Civilization and its Discontents and Beyond
the Pleasure Principle.37 Freud in fact states in Civilization and its Discontents
that “as a member of the human community and with help of technology
guided by science, one can go over on the attack on nature and subject it
to the human will.”38 For Fisher, following Freud, “McLuhan conceives of
the organism as an homeostatic system whose aim is to neutralize, or dis-
intensify, stimuli.”39 But if technology is a human creation to save us from
the shock and overstimulating threats of nature, what is there to protect
us from the shocks unleashed by the technological sublime?
The media, according to Fisher, functions ambiguously. What
McLuhan misleadingly describes as “extensions of man” forms an ar-
tificial system of perception, connecting the external environment to
the perceptual apparatus of the body. What McLuhan then designates
as “auto-amputation” arises as a mechanism to protect the body from
the potentially threatening shocks of stimuli from the external media
environment.
This point is not so dissimilar from the way that early- to mid-
81
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
twentieth century theorists, such as George Simmel or Walter Benjamin,
describe the effects of anomie or the “blasé” attitude; they describe the
self-imposed isolationism of individuals, resulting from the overwhelm-
ing shock experience of the new urban environments of one hundred
years ago. The same can be said about the kind of “whatever-being,” as
Dean calls it, of the response to the overstimulation of contemporary
new media; alternatively, the same can be said of what Susan Buck-Morss
describes as the “anaesthetics” of media developed to absorb the over-
whelming dimensions of the new aesthetic.40 Auto-amputation is thus the
product of the subject trying to regain a sense of equilibrium— it is a kind
of numbness or blocking of perception enacted to protect the organism
or the body from overwhelming sensory stimulation. On this point, can
we not also claim that such a sensation creates the need to escape into the
protective field of the big Other? I will return to this below.
It must be noted, as Fisher does, that the technological accelera-
tion that he is talking about is also, as we have seen above, a feature of
capitalist development. It is, in other words, a product of capitalism’s in-
cessant need to revolutionize the means of production that, in another
register— and from perspectives as oppositional as Freud and Deleuze—
points to the emergence of ever newer devices to ground the exhausted
energy and affects that are (potentially) lost as a result of the disequilib-
rium unleashed by the new.
This is one reason why, drawing on Deleuze and Guattari, con-
temporary Accelerationists on the both the Left and the Right see the
only way past capitalism as going through capitalism— to accelerate the
process to the point of its limits. For Freud, however, the unleashing
of libidinal energy is reprocessed through transforming mechanisms of
repression, from religion to modern civilized discourse; for Deleuze, it
involves newer processes of territorialization or processes of fixing in ever
new cultural constructions. But as Fisher writes, for McLuhan, “the at-
tempt to become a closed system results in a freezing out of stimuli, result-
ing in a kind of auto-amputation of the body induced by the transition
into fully mediated environments.”41
Fisher writes, “for McLuhan, the modern technical environment . . .
is continuous with the human nervous system, misrecognized as some-
thing separate because the sheer amount of stimuli cannot be dealt with
except by an enormous numbing, or ‘auto-amputation’ of the electronic
sense organ transmitting stimuli.”42 McLuhan is therefore distinguished,
according to Fisher, from later postmodern theorists such as Jean Bau-
drillard and Jameson, because of his sense of the failures of screens ad-
equately to protect the subject. For Baudrillard, the hyperreality of new
media more deeply integrates the subject into the space of the screen;
82
C H AP TE R 2
for Jameson, it results in a fragmenting of the subject, uncoupling the
modern mechanisms of repression, depth, and essence.
McLuhan’s notion of Narcissus as Narcosis helps us to see another
possibility: for him, the problem of Narcissus is not one of self-love, but
of the difficulties of separating self from other, such that there is a dis-
solution of the divide, for instance, between private and public.43 Bau-
drillard (similar to Deleuze and Guattari) associates this dilemma with
the emergence of cybernetic networks. In another cultural register, we
could (as Jameson does) identify this transformation with the decline
of the paternal metaphor. For McLuhan, television— we could extrapo-
late further to include contemporary new media— cyberneticizes the en-
vironment. For him, the forms of media are not tools, but environments.
Likewise, Deleuze and Guattari describe TV as the technical apparatus of
enslavement— “one is enslaved by TV as a human machine,” they write,
“insofar as the television viewers are no longer consumers or users, nor
even subjects who supposedly ‘make’ it, but intrinsic component pieces,
‘input’ and ‘output’, feedback or recurrences that are no longer con-
nected to the machine in such a way as to produce or use it.”44 Through
the repetition of images, media play a crucial role in anaestheticizing the
subject from overwhelming stimuli.
If we are to turn back then to a political register, which is much more
evident in Fisher’s post-Lacanian phase of writing, then we can consider
the potential direction that McLuhan’s writing on auto-amputated cyber-
netic environments can lead us. Writing after the publication of Capitalist
Realism, Fisher returns to McLuhan to think through these conditions.
From the way that McLuhan has written about media environments, we
get the sense that “new media-logics stealthily impose themselves while
we look in the rearview mirror [of past media development], importing
concepts from the past to explain what is actually in front of us.”45
For McLuhan, the forms of media are not neutral— “any medium
has the power of imposing its own assumptions on the unwary.” 46 The
point of the Narcissus myth is that people become fascinated by any
extension of themselves, but “the more cyber-blitzed we are by media,
the more numbed we become” to its implications.47 Self-understanding
lags behind what we actually do.
Only artists and designers, then, according to McLuhan, are ca-
pable of bringing an environment into view, because of their ability to
construct counter-environments. “Artists, being experts in sensory aware-
ness tend to concentrate on the environmental as the challenging and
dangerous situation.”48 But, as Fisher concludes, “artists are by no means
the only agents capable of snapping us out of a narcissus trance. In the
era of Web 2.0 . . . there are all manner of consultant-manipulators and
83
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
hyper-engineers who can also control ‘the future’ because they see the
present. They deliberately build rearview mirrors into all the new archi-
tecture of Web 2.0, making users feel that they are empowered, partici-
pating, involved— convincing all the digital narcissuses that there is after
all, a substance to their subjectivity.”49
Citing Dean’s conception of “communicative capitalism,” Fisher ad-
dresses the lack of equitable distribution of wealth in new media environ-
ments, saying that “the deluge of screens and spectacles coincides with
the extreme corporatization, financialization, and privatization across
the globe.”50 Rather than rendering it as a space of potentially radical
transformation, the new media environment tends to accelerate the pres-
ent conditions of control, with the rearview mirror creating only the ap-
pearance of satisfactory change. For Fisher, then, “there’s no way back
through the (rearview) mirror. The possibilities for a different politics
depend upon waking from a Narcissus trance and seeing the new po-
tential in what is in front of us. But McLuhan’s most important lesson,”
he writes, returning to the cynical register of capitalist realism, “is that
what is in front of us is the hardest of all to recognize.”51 It is from this
perspective that we can return to the question of desire and the Symbolic
in communicative capitalism; or, more precisely, we can return to the
question: How do we save desire from its suffocation in an age of instant
access and abundance?
Symbolic Identities
Social media, I claim, is the manner in which capitalism has succeeded in
reintroducing lack and scarcity into a world of instant access and abun-
dance. In social media, the subject, who no longer believes in the exis-
tence of the big Other, works toward a willing of the big Other back into
existence. The subject caught in social media is not duped by ideology,
but seeks it out, unconsciously, in order to save herself from the satu-
ration of her desire; to save herself from the anxiety of living under the
conditions of the demise of symbolic efficiency; and to save herself from
the traumatic encounter with the impossible-Real that has been opened
up by the limit points of the Symbolic. Social media is (one example of)
the secular solution to the lack of a big Other, which is paralleled by a fun-
damentalist turn to conservatism and tradition. People, in other words,
engage with social media, “not to escape from, but rather in order to escape
to a social reality that protects (mediates) us more effectively from the
truly traumatic issues and concerns that belie our ‘normal’ lives.”52 Social
84
C H AP TE R 2
media is a new frontier for desire. This can be seen in three operations of
social network sites defined by boyd and Ellison: the public profile; the
connecting to a network; and the operation of “sharing.”53 For the sake of
brevity, I will rely on examples from Facebook in the analysis that follows.
One of the central questions we need to pose about the profile page
is whether it is a representation of the subject’s Imaginary or Symbolic
sense of Self. According to Dean, the “society of control” and “commu-
nicative capitalism” make possible the conditions for replacing Symbolic
identities with Imaginary ones. The latter is one aspect of the dominance
of neoliberalism and its emphasis on the cult of the individual, away from
the welfare state’s emphasis on community. Communicative capitalism,
then, “does not provide symbolic identities, sites from which we can see
ourselves. Rather, it offers in their place new ways for me to imagine my-
self, an immense variety of lifestyles with which I can experiment.”54 In
communicative capitalism, we are not interpellated into “symbolically an-
chored identities;” instead, we are enjoined “to develop our creative po-
tential and cultivate our individuality.”55 This characterization, however,
is perhaps more appropriate to the brief decade-long period between
the popular arrival of the internet and the arrival of social media. In the
1990s, the attitude was that nobody on the internet knows who you really
are (best encapsulated by the parody cartoon, “on the internet, nobody
knows you’re a dog”)56— online, we can perform a different persona and
no one will know, which is perhaps the ultimate victory for identity poli-
tics. Today, though, the mechanisms of control and big data are so precise
that it is possible to determine one’s offline identity by way of one’s online
activity. The profile page provides some indication of how this works.
On Facebook, details about one’s city of residence, contact infor-
mation, marital/relationship status, date of birth, employment history,
and education are all provided in the public profile. What is even more
important is that this information is provided freely and willingly by the
user herself. Of course, providing a minimum of this information is re-
quired in order to join the site; however, the necessity of joining is an-
other significant aspect of social media. The price of inclusion is the
willful submission to the mechanisms of surveillance. Additional infor-
mation is also provided on the profile page: photographs in which one is
“tagged”— thus providing a true life image of the subject on the site, as
opposed to the “avatar”; places that one has visited; and interests, such
as music, film, television, books, etc., with specific titles and names of
artists and authors— the latter are provided by the operation of “liking.”
The profile page also lists the names of Facebook “groups” in which the
user is a member. To whom is all of this data presented? The answer,
85
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
of course, is another piece of data that makes up the profile page: the
“friends” list— that is, the user’s online social network.
The network is a list of people with whom the user maintains con-
tact online. These may or may not be those with whom the user is actively
engaged in offline life. This, though, is the list of others to whom the user
is presenting herself as an objectified entity: a combination of the com-
modification of the Self and the entrepreneurial ethic of neoliberalism.
In fact, in some cases, it is the user’s friends list, or network, that makes
her desirable to others, a demonstration of her “symbolic capital”— this
is even more pronounced on the professional social media site, LinkedIn,
where it really is “who you know” that counts. What is important, though,
is that it is the “friends” in social media that are the target of one’s activity,
whether it is the operation of “liking,” sharing, commenting, or updating
one’s “status.”
“Liking” is the operation of demonstrating— through the simple
click of the mouse— something about one’s taste. “‘Sharing” similarly pre-
sents something about one’s taste, but can also add detail about an opin-
ion on anything from humor to politics— it is a demonstration of one’s
“cultural capital.” One may share articles and images that are of interest
to oneself, and potentially to one’s “friends.” Sharing, though, is also
an operation of showing to others something about one’s own sense of
humor, political sensibility, etc. Images, as well, can be shared— most
popular in recent years is the “meme”: an image or video that is passed
electronically online. Recent memes often take the form of images with
short and quick, catchy captions, often expressing either some cynical or
ironic observation about contemporary life and politics. Liking and shar-
ing act symbolically. They are articulations of one’s subject position within
the field of the Symbolic. Likes and shares are enunciated contents. It
is the operation of articulating signifiers which “represent a subject for
another signifier.”57 Similarly, comments and status updates articulate in
language the subject’s Self-representation for the benefit of others. Com-
ments and status updates take the form of the blog and reduce it to short,
simple statements. The furthest extreme of this, so far, is Twitter, in which
users are able to express themselves in 280 characters or less. Beyond the
word, though, Instagram has reduced this function to the mere image.
With Instagram, users can upload images taken with their mobile phones,
without the labor required for articulating their images in words.58
Mobile media, such as smart phones, simplify these operations. Not
only can we participate in social media wherever we roam— without the
use of a personal computer— but also, it is possible easily to share images
and videos captured on one’s phone, thereby easing the signifying aspect
86
C H AP TE R 2
of Self-representation in social media. This is of course the operation of
the control society moving beyond the disciplinary mechanisms of sur-
veillance. But the degree to which we are integrated into these mecha-
nisms, despite the fact that we are aware of how they work, demonstrates
the way in which social media acts as the willing into existence of the big
Other. Not because we are monitored, but because it is the agency of
the Other for whom we perform our Symbolic identities in social media,
which is increasingly connected to the world offline. I tweet, therefore
I exist; and the compulsion to (re)tweet is the symptom of our need to
feel affective recognition from the Other.
Analyst or Pervert?
Since the subjects of communicative capitalism are, according to Dean,
already subjects of drive, it certainly appears as though an ethics of drive
is off the table for a revolutionary politics— or does it? Perhaps what
the demise of symbolic efficiency demonstrates is that the line between
ideology and emancipation is disappearing. A political ethics of drive
depends largely upon the way in which the demise of symbolic efficiency
is interpreted and approached. If it is read, in Lacanian terms, as the non-
existence of the big Other, pure and simple— the Other of the Symbolic
order, regulating and organizing symbolic reality— then surely it is neces-
sary to concede Dean’s main argument, that a politics of drive is not pos-
sible today, or the “drive is not an act.” But what if the postmodern sub-
ject’s recognition of the nonexistence of the big Other is only apparent?
Dean further argues, contra Žižek, that in the context of the de-
mise of symbolic efficiency, the position of the analyst, as defined by the
Lacanian discourse of the analyst, loses its radical subjective positioning.
The analyst’s position of subjective destitution is one of drive. But, accord-
ing to Dean, if we think of the social link of the discourse of the analyst
within the context of the demise of symbolic efficiency, the position of the
analyst as one of pure drive is no longer radical.59 This, however, makes
sense if we conceive the position of the agent in the analyst’s discourse,
not as that of the analyst, but as that of the pervert, which carries the
same form as that of the analyst (a–$, in Lacanese).60 The pervert and
the analyst are separated by a thin line, which we can attribute to fantasy.
That is, they share the same basic structure, and are grounded in a cer-
tain kind of knowledge; however, the analyst has successfully traversed
the fantasy— she acknowledges loss as constitutive— while the pervert has
not— he wishes, still, to be the object for the Other’s jouissance, since it
87
E N J O Y I NG S O CI AL ME DI A
preserves his own enjoyment. The analyst accepts the position of subjec-
tive destitution, while the pervert wills the Other back into existence in
order to preserve his perverse pleasure.
It is worth conceiving the demise of symbolic efficiency, then, not
necessarily as the loss of the Symbolic order as such (the nonexistence
of the big Other), but rather as the loss of the symbolic efficiency of the
analyst’s interpretation. According to Žižek, postmodernity is marked by a
crisis in interpretation, leaving the symptoms intact.61 The problem, then,
is how to bring about a rupture in the subject’s symptomatic chain, when
she herself already recognizes the interpretive procedure of locating its
cause. According to Žižek, the loss of the efficiency of symbolic interpre-
tation is one way to diagnose the postmodern condition of the demise of
symbolic efficiency. This, too, is how one should read Fredric Jameson’s
notion of “cognitive mapping”– lacking the symbolic weight of interpret-
ing her position in the world, the subject remains lost, trapped in a situa-
tion, without any means of making sense of herself and her position in
the world. This means that— while agreeing with Dean’s characterization
of communicative capitalism— the conditions of emancipation involve,
not redirecting the loop of drive, but sticking to the “cognitive mapping”
of the analytical discourse: the analytical position is one of willing to sacri-
fice desire, or of acknowledging that the limit to desire is where we enjoy;
while the position of the pervert recognizes the failure of the object, but
nevertheless enjoys her symptom. The latter is the type of subject position
interpellated for our enjoyment of social media. While enjoying social
media we are still subjects of desire.
3
Subjection before Enslavement
Social media is, as I claim, a desire machine. It is a metaphor, as I have
suggested, for the algorithm of our desire. I want to explore this logic of
the algorithm further by drawing on Lacan. In fact, there is an endnote
to Lacan’s paper, “The Subversion of the Subject and the Dialectic of
Desire,” which indicates something particular about this problematic.
There, Lacan explains that the printed version of the text differs from
the original presented at the colloquium on “La Dialectique” in 1960.1
Lacan notes that the published version of the paper includes a final sec-
tion on “castration,” about which he lacked the necessary time to address
in his presentation. In his presentation, the concluding section about cas-
tration was replaced with a few short and quick remarks regarding “the
machine,” by which, he says, “the subject’s relation to the signifier can
be materialized.”2 This substitution of castration with the machine, and
vice versa, seems to presage the distinction made by Deleuze and Guat-
tari, more recently elaborated by Maurizio Lazzarato, between what they
call “social subjection” and “machinic enslavement.”3 On the one hand,
“castration” implies the priority of subjection, precisely in the sense that
it is this very cut that produces the desiring subject within the register
of the Symbolic order; on the other hand, placing an emphasis on the
machine seems to displace the centrality of castration in the desiring-
machine, as it is dubbed by Deleuze and Guattari. The Lacanian parallax
between castration and the machine conveniently introduces the topic
that I address in this chapter.
Continuing from my assessment of communicative capitalism in the
previous chapter, I now intend to argue against Lazzarato for the priority
of “social subjection”— or simply subjectivization (and hence, castration
in the logic of producing a desiring subject)— over “machinic enslave-
ment.” Social media provides a tactical model for making this argument,
because of the kinds of activities that it now encompasses. Social media
overlaps the functions that are tied to the political divides of democracy
and surveillance, but it also overlaps the functions of (exploited) labor
and enjoyment, a point expressed by the term “communicative capi-
talism.” Social media is a communications medium, and therefore plays a
role in the production and circulation of information and meaning. How-
ever, my claim is that ideologically, the production of meaning in social
88
89
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
media is tied principally to processes of social subjection, which then
(secondarily) help to incorporate subjects into the matrices of machinic
enslavement. My own reference to subjection is located at the intersec-
tion of “castration” in the Lacanian-psychoanalytic sense and the class
struggle in the Marxist sense. The overlapping contexts of the subject’s
entry into the Symbolic order, and her positioning relative to the class
struggle, as I see it, logically precede her enslavement in the machine,
regardless of the fact that the machine is definitively and retroactively a
force of subjection both in terms of exploitation and in terms of the circu-
lation of desire. The forms of social media, as “meaning machines,” to use
Langlois’s term,4 in this respect are not unlike the ideological apparatuses
theorized by Althusser,5 but they are distinguished by the way that they
also overlap processes of exploitation and interpellation directly.
Just as Althusser’s interest was in coming to understand the way that
capitalist relations of production are reproduced, so too do my interests
lie with the way in which the forms of algorithmic media facilitate not
only the formal matrix of exploitation, but also the modes of interpel-
lation that tether people to these matrices. Expropriation is still made
possible in (neo)liberal capitalism because of the wage relation and com-
modity fetishism, which veil the social relation of exploitation by giving
the worker something back; however, the value of this something remains far
below the value of the expropriated surplus value inscribed into the com-
modity.6 Although recent literature proposes viewing capitalist relations
of production in terms of the real subsumption of labor, and in terms of
social production rather than simple commodity production,7 my claim
is that the commodity form (and hence fetishism) still factors heavily in
the precipitous subjection relative to the class struggle that facilitates the
subject’s enslavement to the machine. The logic of fetishism is key and
works at a formal level, in the exploitation of the prosumer commodity,
but it also works in the exchange of data for meaning, meaningfulness,
and enjoyment. How then can we conceive these overlapping and con-
verging apparatuses of exploitation and enjoyment?
When we look at the forms of algorithmic media, we find that
these interrelationships are compressed into a single form. When using
a popular social media site, like Facebook, for instance, we find that it is
at once a source of exploitation, expropriation, and interpellation. But
Lazzarato’s view, which prioritizes enslavement, or the intersection of
enslavement-subjection, misses the priority of exploitation, and therefore
the role of the class struggle at the heart of the mode of production.
I argue instead that the forms of algorithmic and social media make pos-
sible a deeper identification between the production of surplus value
through exploitation and the lure of desire in what Lacan referred to
90
C H AP TE R 3
as surplus-enjoyment. Although I believe that Lazzarato goes too far in
reifying the subject in the assemblage of the machine, my claim is that
the machine still occupies a component part in reproducing both the
capitalist processes of exploitation and interpellation, particularly in the
new age of algorithmic media, like social media and digital automation.
Nevertheless, it is the context of the class struggle (socially and politi-
cally) and “castration” (subjectively), I claim, that positions our under-
standing of the role played by the machine in reproducing capitalist class
interests and power.
(Re)Inventing The Matrix
When discussing the convergence of labor and enjoyment in algorithmic
media, it is difficult not to draw an analogy with the Wachowski siblings’
The Matrix (1999), in which humans are exploited by the machines as
sustenance, in such a way that their pleasure and enjoyment provide the
main source of energy fueling the machines. Yet it is this imagery that
frames the contentions I have with the kind of perspective held by Laz-
zarato, in which the subject-object dualism is dispelled with the effect
of displacing the centrality of the subject-subject antagonism of the class
struggle, which is an objective antagonism insofar as it expresses the
material contradictions of capitalism.
The historical materialist analysis of capital demonstrates the con-
tradictory logics of capital and labor, in which capital, in order to secure
its own interests, is logically and rationally required to pursue profit by
whatever means necessary. This includes the contradictory requirement
to displace human waged labor-power, which is also the source of value
production in commodities. Likewise, to best secure its own survival, la-
bor must continuously challenge the interests of capital. It must act ac-
cording to its own rational and logical imperatives for survival, which is
ultimately antagonistic and contradictory to the interests of capital, since
it can create a barrier to the further appropriation and accumulation of
capitalist wealth. It is in this sense that I refer to the subject-subject an-
tagonism as “class struggle,” since capitalism is incapable of negating its
logical and collective requirement for exploiting labor and remaining in-
tact (whether consciously or not— although capital tends to have a higher
degree of class consciousness than labor), just as much as it is impossible
for labor not to fight for its own survival needs collectively (again, mostly
an unconscious collectivity, making it easily cooptable by other dominant-
hegemonic forces), which are oppositional to the interests of capital.
91
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
Class struggle is, in this way, an objective and material antagonism. It
is also for this reason that I reject non-dialectical or non-materialist ap-
proaches to the political and the contradictions of the social, such as the
radical democracy or the populist rationality of Laclau and Mouffe.8
The difference between the views of Laclau and Mouffe and my own
view is that for me, the subjective agency of radical politics (which is never-
theless still quite diverse with regard to race and gender, for instance) has
its origin in the material and objective contradictions of capital rather
than in merely discursive formations, organized around shared demands
toward a common enemy. Laclau and Mouffe defend the latter position.
The difficulty with their view of populism is that it bears a resemblance
that is too close to the discursive formations of proto-fascisms, which lack
an objective or material basis for demands regarding the ideal form of
the social.9 It is also in this sense that I place emphasis on subjection over
enslavement, in contrast to Lazzarato, while still attempting to maintain
the significance of machinic enslavement in the apparatus theory of ide-
ology and subjectivity, again because of the material role of technology
set within the class struggle.
Social subjection and machinic enslavement encompass the inter-
section of politics and technology. In the history of capital, machinery
developed as part of the class struggle in order to reduce the amount of
necessary labor time, to make processes of production more efficient,
and to discipline the labor force through automation, the threat of un-
employment, and deskilling. Machinery also proved critical in what Marx
refers to as “relative surplus value,” when the length of the working day
was shortened, and capitalists needed to find mechanisms for produc-
ing the same amount (or more) of surplus value in a shorter period of
time in the working day than what was produced in longer periods of the
working day (what Marx refers to as “absolute surplus value”). Machinery
therefore made possible the production of relative surplus value within
the limits of shorter working days, in which labor-power could only be
put to work for a fixed and given amount of time. Automation in machin-
ery thus helps to reduce the amount of necessary labor time within the
context of the capitalist mode of production, increasing the amount of
surplus labor as the source of surplus value and profit.
It’s important to point out, too, that revolutions in productive
technology (from the early-nineteenth to the mid-nineteenth century
onward) also emerged in parallel with the rise of new (analogue) en-
tertainment technology and media, from the daguerreotype and film to
radio and television.10 However, the machinery that changed everything
was the development of digital automation and information technology,
from the desktop computer to the laptop, the internet, the smartphone
92
C H AP TE R 3
and the tablet, software, algorithmic new media, and social media.11 The
latter have converged in ways that now make possible the overlapping
functions required to discipline populations and to enforce contempo-
rary mechanisms of control, so that we have, in a single device, machina-
tions of enjoyment and labor, but also of democracy, surveillance, and
control.12 We can see why, for this reason, social media operates as a useful
metaphor for the current stage of capital.
When we consider the productive and the consumptive aspects of
algorithmic new media— labor and entertainment— we start to see in
what sense the logics of surplus value and surplus enjoyment overlap. Sur-
plus value and surplus enjoyment have a parallax relationship in the same
way that exploitation and ideology, historical and dialectical materialism,
and the subject and object share parallax relationships.13 We cannot nec-
essarily comprehend the matter at hand unless it is viewed through an
identifying gaze that approaches the object from the inverse sides of the
same problem. To better explain this overlap, let us take the example of
the episode, “Fifteen Million Merits,” from the Charlie Brooker series,
Black Mirror (2011– ).
In this episode, which takes place (like all episodes of the series)
in the not-too-distant future, people “work” in “factories” that combine
physical labor with entertainment. Workers perform labor by riding sta-
tionary exercise bicycles. While doing so, they watch television on a large
LCD display screen positioned directly in front of them. Work stations are
lined up in rows, with each worker cycling side by side. Each has his or
her own television monitor, which they use to select and watch a program
of their choice, or to play an interactive videogame. The purpose of this
labor remains unclear (conceivably it is to generate energy to power this
dystopian society). There is no mention of what kind of value is being
produced and for whom. However, the more each worker cycles— the
longer he or she spends performing his or her work— the more each
worker accrues in wages that are measured in “merits.” A worker’s wealth
in merits is displayed whenever he or she plugs into an interactive display,
which is located at various locations on every wall in this claustrophobic
world that only seems to support indoor living.
The episode follows the life of Bing (Daniel Kaluuya), a quiet loner
who goes back and forth, every day, from his small wall-to-wall display
screen bedroom to the cycling center where he works. In his bedroom,
just like at work, he watches TV and plays videogames. From time to
time, banner ads for pornography websites pop up in the middle of his
viewing. He is able to ignore the ads, but is forced to pay a fee from
his merits. If he chooses to close his eyes during the ad, an alarm bell
sounds and red lights flash until he once again continues to consume.
93
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
This is truly a society of the spectacle, in which people are continuously
enjoined to “amuse themselves to death,” in which entertainment and
labor converge in ways that demonstrate the homology between surplus
value and surplus enjoyment. Ideologically, people are driven by the su-
perego injunction to “Enjoy!,”14 and even when they attempt to evade this
injunction, it is reinforced through threats of indirect (punitive) violence
(a reference to contemporary postmodern culture in which the prohibi-
tion to enjoy has been transformed into the obligation to enjoy). In this
world, media is hyper-personalized— it is “mass” media, in the sense that
the masses consume simultaneously, but personalized because of the di-
rect individualized engagement with the sites of consumption. Materially,
then, this engagement fuels the drive to produce— or, at the very least,
it provides distraction and amusement at the same time that workers are
driven toward laboring activities, not unlike the dangling of the carrot in
front of the horse. This model best explains the overlap in algorithmic
and social media between labor and enjoyment, between the production
of surplus value and surplus jouissance. It demonstrates precisely the way
in which I here conceive the role of algorithmic media in interpellat-
ing subjects through the lure of desire, while they at the same time par-
ticipate in the production of surplus value. But it also encapsulates the
intersection of what Lazzarato refers to as social subjection and machinic
enslavement. Therefore, in the following section I outline the distinction
between these terms. I do so, however, in order to lay claim to the fact that
social subjection takes precedence over machinic enslavement.
Subjection and Enslavement
Drawing on Deleuze and Guattari,15 Lazzarato contends that subjectivity
is produced by and within capitalism in two ways, or through two appara-
tuses: that of social subjection, and that of machinic enslavement. Accord-
ing to Lazzarato, subjection “equips us with a subjectivity, assigning us an
identity, a sex, a body, a profession, a nationality, and so on” (Lazzarato,
12; see note 3). Machinic enslavement, conversely, “occurs via desubjec-
tivization by mobilizing functional and operational, non-representational
and asignifying, rather than linguistic and representational semiotics”
(Lazzarato, 25). With machinic enslavement, the subject loses her indi-
viduality and becomes a mere cog in the machine, or “a component part
of an assemblage,” which includes structures not normally conceived as
“machinery,” such as businesses, the financial system, the media, wel-
fare state institutions like schools, hospitals, museums, theatres, and (of
94
C H AP TE R 3
course) the internet (Lazzarato, 25). Subjection, in other words, deals
in the construction of individuals— it is interpellation in the sense at-
tributed to Althusser; enslavement, however, incorporates people as
“dividuals”— that is, to paraphrase Deleuze,16 as samples of data and data
sets (Lazzarato, 25). Machinic enslavement, therefore, refers to the way
that people are incorporated into a human-machine assemblage.
Lazzarato is keen to emphasize the role that machinic enslavement
plays in producing capitalist subjectivity, particularly since, according to
him, several contemporary social theorists, such as Alain Badiou, Jacques
Rancière, Judith Butler, and Žižek,17 ignore this aspect, preferring to
focus on questions relating to social subjection (Lazzarato, 13). Against
these thinkers, Lazzarato claims that unlike feudal society, power rela-
tions in capitalism are impersonal and emerge out of the organization of
machines (Lazzarato, 29). As he puts it, “capital is not a mere relationship
among ‘people’, nor is it reducible to an intersubjective relationship.”
Power relationships do exist, but according to Lazzarato they are consti-
tuted by “social machines”— by which he refers to corporations, collec-
tive infrastructures of the welfare state, and communications systems—
and are “assisted” by technical machines, such as the algorithmic media
(Lazzarato, 28). Unlike subjection (this seems to be one of his central
claims), enslavement dissolves the subject-object dualism, replacing it
with “ontologically ambiguous” entities, hybrids, or what he refers to as
“subject-object bi-face entities” (Lazzarato, 30).
Theorists that place their focus on subjection, according to Laz-
zarato, would seem to draw out too rigidly the subject-object dualism.
Lazzarato remains somewhat critical of this stance, particularly since, for
him, this would also seem to be the same process as drawn out by capital:
“by dividing the assemblage into subjects and objects, [property rights,
for instance] empty the latter (nature, animals, machines, objects, signs,
etc.) of all creativity, of the capacity to act and produce, which they as-
sign only to individual subjects whose principle characteristic is being
an ‘owner’ (an owner or non-owner)” (Lazzarato, 35). By prioritizing
the assemblage of machinic enslavement in this way, Lazzarato, it would
appear, seems to place class antagonism in a secondary position, relative
to the machine.18 That is to say, by viewing the production of capitalist
subjectivity primarily as a product of “dividuals,” who are only then in-
terpellated as individuals, Lazzarato seems to want to do away with the
subject-object dualism, which he regards as central to the interpellation
of the subject. This formulation, in some ways, is not too dissimilar from
the Althusserian one, in which individuals are interpellated as subjects.
By comparison, Lazzarato sees the interpellation of the subject as some-
thing that withdraws her from the assemblage, forcing her into a subject
95
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
position that only then, secondarily, divides us between subject and
object. However, while working to disparage the subject-object dualism,
Lazzarato misses, not the dualism, but the antagonism between subjects.
Not an “intersubjective” relationship, but a subject-subject antagonism; in
other words, the class struggle. In pointing to the subject-subject antago-
nism of the class struggle, my point is not to ignore the side of enslave-
ment, but to draw out the fact that the technical object, regardless of
the fact of enslavement, is that which is caught at the intersection of the
tension of class power.
If I can put it somewhat differently, I claim that machinic enslave-
ment is in a secondary position relative to the class struggle, which does
in fact prioritize what Lazzarato refers to as social subjection. The ma-
chine is that object which is caught in the tension produced by the class
antagonism. Therefore, while I agree with Lazzarato that attention to
machinic enslavement is pivotal to any theory of exploitation and eman-
cipation, it must still be understood in the context of the class struggle.
It is within the class struggle that the kinds of subjectivization required
for machinic enslavement are produced, first in the sense of reproducing
the kinds of inequality (including the kinds of inequality that are tied to
our embodiment, such as race and sex) that are necessary for the con-
tinued (re)production of surplus value, second in the sense of interpel-
lating subjects by way of enjoyment. Lazzarato is quite clear on this point
when he explains, “enslavement does not operate through repression or
ideology . . . [Rather] it takes over human beings ‘from the inside’, on
the pre-personal (pre-cognitive and preverbal) level, as well as ‘from the
outside’, on the supra-personal level, by assigning them certain modes of
perception and sensibility and manufacturing an unconscious. Machinic
enslavement formats the basic functions of perceptive, sensory, affective,
cognitive, and linguistic behaviour” (Lazzarato, 38, emphasis added).19
In this sense, Lazzarato’s lineage is fixed precisely on Deleuze and Guat-
tari’s productive model of desire in their schizoanalytic methodology,
which sees the signifier as a tyrannical territorializing mechanism similar
to the way that, as they see it, social subjection, secondarily, interpellates
the subject out of the assemblage.20 My claim, however, is that machinic
enslavement is only productive as a critical category if it assumes a prior
desiring subject, or if it assumes a desiring subject that precedes its inter-
pellation by the machines of enslavement.
However, one of the benefits of using machinic enslavement as a va-
lence of comprehension is that it helps to renew contemporary questions
about the relationship between smart technologies, such as algorithmic
media, capitalist exploitation, and interpellation. In this way, the logic
of enslavement is useful for rethinking the modes of ideology critique.
96
C H AP TE R 3
Rather than conceiving enslavement in the manner described by Laz-
zarato, it is worth conceiving it in terms of the subject-ideology logic in-
troduced by Althusser in his theory of the state ideological apparatuses,
including the relationship between exploited labor and ideological inter-
pellation. The two converge in algorithmic media and in social media,
in which users are exploited as prosumer commodities, but are also in-
scribed into the productive assemblage through their own participation
in the production of surplus enjoyment.
Inside the Meaning Machine
Just as Lazzarato seems to prioritize machinic enslavement in capitalist
subjectivity, recent approaches in critical social media studies afford the
same priorities to algorithmic media. Ganaele Langlois, for instance,
claims that in the age of social media, meaning is no longer simply a
human process— it has become tied to technological and commercial
processes (Langlois, 24; see note 4). What she refers to as “meaning” is
not so much the content of a medium as it is the way in which algorith-
mic media and technology assign “meaningfulness” to pieces of con-
tent. With participatory media, governance processes are geared toward
“enabling and assigning levels of meaningfulness” (Langlois, 44). Mean-
ingfulness involves both processes of “assigning cultural value to infor-
mation” and “strategies to foster a specific cultural perception of the
platform” (Langlois, 44). Assigning meaningfulness becomes important
when one considers the fact that platforms are geared toward fostering
as much participation as possible (Langlois, 44).
Langlois’s central argument is that software itself is a cultural actor
(Langlois, 46). To make this case, she draws on a range of theoretical
perspectives, most notably Actor Network Theory (ANT) and autonomist
Marxism. As she describes it, ANT “defines nonhumans such as techni-
cal objects as possessing agency, as being able to influence, reshape, and
bend to their will other nonhuman and human actors” (Langlois, 52).
As an actor, software is not just “a neutral conduit, or a mirror of our
desires: it can impose a specific will, it can transform us, it promises to
reveal new meaningful horizons, yet at the same time, it is not on the
same footing as human actors in that it neither thinks nor is capable of
any kind of cultural understanding” (Langlois, 52). Langlois defines the
user as “someone who experiences nonhuman produced meaning and
is potentially transformed by it, someone for whom meaning is directly
tied to the ordering and making sense of one’s existence” (Langlois, 53).
97
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
This conception of the user(s) is significant since, ordinarily, we have
come to think of social media as interactive, wherein we engage in our
networks with other human actors, agents, participants, and users. How-
ever, Langlois is keen to point out that much of our interaction in social
media is not so much (only) with other human participants— we in fact
engage quite substantially with nonhuman actors in the form of software
and algorithmic technology that contribute to the production of mean-
ing and meaningfulness. For this reason, she dubs algorithmic media as
“meaning machines.”
Langlois’s appeal to ANT and assemblage theory is consistent with
the attempts of these theories to bypass the subject-object dualism. Hers
is an approach that prefers to see us all as human-nonhuman hybrids,
who are transformed into subjects by the “tyranny of the signifier.” In this,
she follows Lazzarato quite closely, whom she draws upon in her analysis
of social media and subjection. Meaning machines, she explains, “are
assemblages of diverse technological, human, and cultural components
that work through signs in order to create not only meanings, but also
effects of meaningfulness and meaninglessness” (Langlois, 55). Meaning,
therefore, is not only about language and interpretation, it is also “tech-
nocultural” (Langlois, 55). Langlois highlights a concern not simply with
meaning and meaningfulness, but also with the ways in which the pro-
duction and circulation of meaning are enwrapped in regimes of power
(Langlois, 55). Drawing on Deleuze and Guattari’s denunciation of the
signifier, Langlois argues that meaning is no longer the product of a sig-
nifying process— it is rather, as she puts it, a plane of existentialization,
tied to the asignifying semiotics of the platform, the algorithm, and cod-
ing (Langlois, 62). She explains that, according to Deleuze and Guattari,
contemporary capitalism invests directly “into the field of meaning in
order to create ideal conditions of consumption: one wants a consumer
product not only because it is useful, but also because it is meaningful,
because it promises a new sense of existence” (Langlois, 62, emphasis
added). Rather than emphasizing the interpretive aspects of meaning,
Langlois prefers a practice of analysis that looks at the conditions through
which meaning is made rather than the meaning as such (Langlois, 64).
Therefore, she places her focus on the way in which meaning machines
“distribute” meaningfulness.
Langlois stresses the economic role that meaning machines play
in contemporary semiotechnological capitalism. Platforms, she explains,
are not simply designed to mine meaningful data from users. They also
play a part in defining and redefining meaningfulness, but they do so
mainly according to a specific profit logic (Langlois, 87). In this sense,
I would argue, meaning machines serve a function that is not so dissimilar
98
C H AP TE R 3
from the classical definition of ideological hegemony, whereby people
submit themselves to the conditions of their own exploitation, because of
the way that they are inscribed into the superstructural and cultural logics
of meaning and meaningfulness. However, according to Langlois, mean-
ing machines differ from this more traditional conception of ideology.
According to Langlois, the process of subjection here is not coer-
cive, because users still receive something in return for having their data
mined: what she refers to as “psychosocial satisfaction” (Langlois, 97).
Social media platforms “offer users a way to undertake a work of self-
transformation. They do not impose modes of existence; they provoke
their arising within users” (Langlois, 94). She explains further that us-
ers’ engagement with platforms and the role that they play in capitalist
accumulation bear no resemblance to alienation in the Marxist sense of
the term. This is because users get back satisfaction. But in what sense
are users “satisfied”? Is this full satisfaction in both the material (that is,
objective value) and the psychical (that is, satisfaction of the drive) sense?
Or, is it closer to the kind of satisfaction that Herbert Marcuse described
as “repressive desublimation”?21
In repressive desublimation, like the postmodern injunction to
“Enjoy!,” prohibition gets displaced in favor of obligatory enjoyment;
unfortunately, what becomes apparent when enjoyment is prescribed is
that the object of enjoyment, while no longer prohibited, remains im-
possible to attain and is therefore all the more damagingly repressive.
Or, to put it another way, according to Todd McGowan, with digital tech-
nology the temporal limit placed on locating the object of desire disap-
pears as the object becomes available in the spaces of the database.22
However, every achieved object seems not even to provide the kind of
psychosocial satisfaction that Langlois describes. No longer prohibited,
but still dissatisfying, the objects available (even though they attribute
meaningfulness) remain nonsatiating, thereby propelling continuous
participation. Recall that the platform is geared toward engendering as
much participation as possible. The more we participate, the more we
contribute to the accrual of data, not unlike the working conditions in
“Fifteen Million Merits.” In view of the lack of the prohibition to enjoy,
the only way to explain the failure of the meaningfulness of the objects
to satisfy the desire of the user is by attributing this failure as contingent
rather than necessary. In this way, users remain able to “acknowledge
the hopelessness of consumption while simultaneously consuming with
as much hope as the more naïve consumer.”23 When approached in this
way, it is possible to argue that psychosocial satisfaction is actually a myth,
one that helps also to mask the extent of users’ material exploitation.
Drawing a parallel example, we could say that the move toward user
99
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
satisfaction follows precisely the ideological logic of commodity fetishism
and the wage relation, whereby it appears as though workers receive back
a fair “something” (the wage) for the work that they provide, therefore
reifying the fact of exploitation. While I agree with Langlois that the pro-
duction of meaningfulness through the platform and algorithmic media
is tied to profitability, my claim is that meaningfulness is here only pro-
duced as a lure, in order to downplay the role of exploitation (and, yes,
alienation— even in the form of expropriation), in addition to the dy-
namics of class struggle in the same way that traditional commodity fetish-
ism conceals the source of capitalist surplus value in exploited wage labor.
Regardless of the role of the fetish form in obscuring capitalist relations
of production, it is worth elaborating upon the history of technological
development within capitalism as a force driven by the class struggle. The
drive toward automation and the emergence of algorithmic media are
component parts in the development of capitalist mechanisms of control
and exploitation.
Capitalism and Machines:
The Drive toward Automation
Automation first arrives due to capital’s drive to reduce its dependence
upon living labor.24 This tends to make sense if we put it into the context
of the elementary contradictions of capital, beginning with competition.
Capitalists are in competition with each other and must find ways to con-
stantly expand and grow their operations to avoid being overtaken by
their competitors. To do so, individual capitalists need to find ways to
increase profits by lowering costs. Historically, this has meant a greater
amount of investment in labor-saving technology or machinery.
Machinery helps to surmount the barrier of competition at the
same time that it overcomes the barrier of labor. The frailty of the human
body makes labor a barrier to production. But labor also creates a bar-
rier to capital because of the political clout of organized labor, which
constantly demands from capital the shrinking of the length of the work-
ing day, at the same time that it demands increased benefits, including
the increase of wages. Shortening the length of the working day means
that less surplus value is produced; also, paying out more in wages takes
away from the potential profits of the capitalist. The introduction of
machinery, therefore, helps to intensify the relative amount of surplus
value produced within the confines of a shorter working day, while dis-
ciplining labor through deskilling and the threat of unemployment. By
100
C H AP TE R 3
“transferring workers’ knowledge into machines,” capital is able to au-
tomate the process, reduce the amount of necessary labor time, and in-
crease the amount of surplus labor as the source of profit.25 Automation
is therefore the dream of capital, and “the information age,” as Nick
Dyer-Witheford puts it, “has meant, first and foremost, a leap toward
a new, digitized level of automation,” in which capital has in the era
of post-Fordism invested in digital machines and automated services.26
But this tends to impose a third barrier to capitalist accumulation: a
crisis of effective demand for commodities in the market. As the work-
ing class becomes increasingly deskilled, loses wages from deskilling and
stagnation, and loses benefits as the result of the new austerity regimes of
neoliberalism, the workers, who are also consumers, have less money to
spend in the market; further, since profit is only garnered from the sale
of commodities, we reach a crisis of accumulation and overproduction.
By drawing attention to these facts, my point is to highlight the role of
machinery and automation as they are tied to new forms of subjection. In
that sense, I ask, how can we come to understand the role of algorithmic
media in the context of the capitalist mode of production?
It would be false to suggest that living (that is, human) labor has
become obsolete in the information age. At the same time that factory
labor and wage labor have been reduced, relatively speaking, within the
context of the developed world, there has been an expansion in the areas
of service, creative, knowledge-based, and affective sectors of the labor
market.27 This is one reason for the use of the term post-Fordism to de-
scribe the post-factory, post-welfare state period of automated produc-
tion. It could also be argued that this period, in which we have seen the
broader integration of automated production systems, is better under-
stood, using Marx’s terms, as the greater transition from the formal to
the real subsumption of labor under capitalism,28 in which capital itself
appears to be immediately productive as it “puts to work science, tech-
nology, and the embodied knowledges of the collective;”29 or, in other
words, fixed (“dead”) capital as opposed to variable (“living”) capital in
the form of human labor-power itself appears to be the source of surplus
value. In the case of formal subsumption, capitalism integrates already
existing social relations and means of production into its own valoriza-
tion process; whereas in the case of real subsumption, capitalism pro-
duces its own social relations, or as Jason Read puts it, capitalism be-
gins to posit its own presuppositions.30 In the transition from formal to
real subsumption, capital must eliminate the preexisting legal and social
orders antagonistic to its own drive toward profit; hence, there is Marx’s
own statement in the Introduction to the Grundrisse, that “every form of
production creates its own legal relations, form of government, etc.”31
101
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
In the case of formal subsumption, labor-power still appears necessary
as immediately productive, whereas in real subsumption the technical
organization of labor is intensified and further mystified.32 Automation
reduces the amount of necessary labor, while now surplus labor is “free”
to roam; it has become “liberated” as “entrepreneurial labor,” a topic
that I address later in this book. Still, this is perhaps one way to imagine
the “real subsumption of subjectivity” (as Read calls it), or the (re)ter-
ritorialization found in social subjection, which emerges only as part of
the grounding needed for machinic enslavement. In this sense, subjects
caught in machinic enslavement are interpellated as entrepreneurs,33 and
this forms the basis of social subjection. But perhaps we are getting ahead
of ourselves here, since this still seems to evade the problem of the class
struggle, which as we saw above, is foundational in the transition toward
machinery and the movement from formal to real subsumption of labor.
Where does algorithmic media fit into this new territory?
Algorithms, according to Tiziana Terranova, are examples of fixed
capital. Automation frees up surplus labor by reducing the amount of
necessary labor, which capital then needs to reterritorialize in order
to maintain the process of wealth accumulation and expropriation by
the few.34 Capital, in other words, must find ways to control the time/
energy released: “It must produce poverty and stress when there should
be wealth and leisure, it must make direct labor the measure of value
even when it is apparent that science, technology, and social coopera-
tion constitute the source of wealth produced. It thus inevitably leads to
the periodic and widespread destruction of this accumulated wealth, in
the form of psychic burnout, environmental catastrophe, and physical
destruction of the wealth through war.”35 Automation and algorithmic
logic are thus caught up in the class struggle in this way: depending upon
who is in control— that is, the class power that programs and gives them
purpose— automation and algorithmic logic can be either a means of
exploitation or a means of emancipation. The latter point is argued by
Srnicek and Williams in their defence of full automation, leading toward
a post-work society.36 Nevertheless, so long as we remain within capitalism,
it is difficult to see how full automation will bring anything less than in-
creasing proletarianization as “precaritization,” in which surplus labor
is deterritorialized as unemployed (“entrepreneurial”), variable labor.
According to Terranova, algorithms are part of a “genealogical line
that . . . starting with the adoption of technology by capitalism as fixed
capital, pushes the former through several metamorphoses,” the culmi-
nation of which is automation.37 Like Langlois, Terranova draws upon
assemblage theory in order to examine the productive role of algorithms
and automation. As she puts it, algorithms are part of an assemblage “that
102
C H AP TE R 3
includes hardware, data, data structures (such as lists, databases, memory,
etc.), and the behaviours and actions of bodies.”38 Drawing on the au-
tonomist use of Marx’s “fragment on machines”39 and the conception of
the “general intellect,”40 Terranova argues that algorithms are a means of
production that “encode a certain quantity of social knowledge . . . [but]
they are only valuable in as much as they allow for the conversion of such
knowledge into exchange value (monetization) and its (exponentially
increasing) accumulation.”41 From this perspective, there is an advantage
to beginning from the premise of subjection: doing so allows us to sub-
jectivize the conversion of social knowledge into exchange value through
its appropriation and accumulation by the class interests of capital, which
expropriates the value created by users and workers. In this sense, it is
clear that the logic of the algorithm has its origins in a particularly ter-
ritorialized class subjective position and in a class position that builds its
power and interests through processes that include the interpellation of
social subjects and the reproduction of ideological hegemony that in-
scribes the subject into the machinic assemblage. It is from this perspec-
tive that we might look at the algorithmic ideology.
The Algorithmic Ideology
Despite all of the attention being paid these days to the impenetrability
of algorithmic technology, with its manners of “deep learning,” it is worth
recalling that algorithms are in fact technologies that originate in social
processes. They have the ability to structure human behavior, but they do
so in the context of complex social processes and existing political ten-
sions. Algorithms impact users by learning about preferences, by forming
preferences, and by impacting decisions about participation and content
production.42 But these technologies are still refined within the larger
organizational, social, and political structures tied to the capital-class dy-
namic.
Algorithms, like my claim about social media, are according to Ian
Bogost like metaphors. They are simplifications that “take a complex
system from the world and abstract it into processes that capture some of
that system’s logic and discard others.”43 Fenwick McKelvey explains that
social media platforms, and their software, represent a set of instructions
that guide and lead toward a specific task, whereas algorithms are the
instructions.44 An algorithm is, in other words, “a recipe, an instruction
set, a sequence of tasks to achieve a particular calculation or result.”45 It is
worth breaking through their opacity by using descriptions such as these,
103
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
because it allows us to move past the view that algorithms are these “ele-
gant” objects guiding our lives, into which we blindly place our faith. 46
We should ask, for this reason, how decisions are made behind the design
of the algorithm and the platform. As Finn remarks, “while the cultural
effects of computation are complex, these systems function in the world
through instruments designed and implemented by human beings.”47 It
is in this way that algorithms are not neutral arbiters of information, but
are inscribed with ideology through and through.
Algorithmic ideology is inscribed directly by what Finn refers to as
the “pragmatist approach,” a method for defining a problem and search-
ing for a method to solve it.48 The pragmatist approach would seem to
posit the existence of a problem in neutral terms. However, as Mager
points out, engineers and designers are employed predominantly by
corporate social media sites, whose motive is primarily based in profit
generation.49 Mager invokes the “California Ideology,” which as Marwick
notes is the ethic of the Web 2.0 era that prioritizes the combination of
creativity and entrepreneurial agency that is characteristic of neoliberal-
ism.50 The venture capitalism of Silicon Valley bankrolls this complex sys-
tem. In order to understand the ideology of the algorithm, it is necessary,
then, to interrogate the discourses employed in defining the problems
and methods used in the design of algorithms, in the sets of instructions
that they establish, and to position these within the political (economic)
context of the capital-class structure.
Napoli points out that “one of the key functions that algorithms
perform in contemporary media consumption is to assist audiences [and
users] in the process of navigating an increasingly complex and frag-
mented media environment.”51 Part of the problem is that new media and
the internet have created a sea of abundant content that makes naviga-
tion quite difficult and time-consuming. The forms of algorithmic media,
such as Google’s PageRank, Amazon’s recommendation software, and
Facebook’s EdgeRank algorithms, circumvent this problem by learning
about users and making recommendations. In this sense, rather than
escaping the tyranny of the signifier, algorithmic media helps to pro-
cure the resuturing of the signifying chain that Deleuze and Guattari saw
being dismantled by capitalist processes of deterritorialization and lines
of flight. Algorithmic media reconstitutes the broken-down signifying
chain that was one of the chief categories of postmodern deterritorial-
ization.
Writing about Facebook’s EdgeRank algorithm, Taina Bucher ap-
plies a Foucauldian approach to question the regimes of visibility on
Facebook.52 Looking at Facebook through the model of panopticism,
Bucher argues that the problem with Facebook is not so much the
104
C H AP TE R 3
threat of visibility or surveillance. Rather, it is the threat of invisibility
that troubles users: “the possibility of constantly disappearing, of not
being considered enough. In order to appear, to become visible, one
needs to follow a certain platform logic embedded in the architecture of
Facebook.”53 It is curious, then, for me at least, that Bucher sticks to the
Foucauldian paradigm rather than looking toward Lacan. That is, rather
than approach this problem of the threat of invisibility through the prism
of panopticism, why not look at it through the Lacanian register of the
big Other— that is, of the Symbolic order itself? We should pause here to
reflect upon the way that social media studies more generally have been
biased toward Foucault and Deleuze, as the examples above demonstrate,
and have moved away from Lacan. There is a precedent here, of course,
in film theory, as Joan Copjec has argued, which, as she says, performed a
Foucauldianization of Lacan.54 My claim is thus that we need to theorize
the social media and algorithmic gaze less as a form of panopticism, and
more in terms of the register of the Lacanian Symbolic and the role of
the big Other.
When approaching the question of visibility— or the threat of in-
visibility— we need to consider the mediating “gaze” of the Lacanian
big Other: the virtual entity whose agency we assume in order to confer
shared meaning upon an object.55 Although we know that this agency
does not exist— that the big Other does not exist— we assume it because
we remain in the dark regarding the big Other’s own self-knowledge of its
nonexistence— that is: do others know that the big Other does not exist.56
Because of this, appearances tend to matter, since we find ourselves re-
quiring the acknowledgement of the Other to prove our own existence—
that is, to give us, or to confer upon us, the meaning of our existence or
of our mere being. The big Other, in this sense, is the missing agency of
meaningfulness that Langlois discusses. It confers meaningfulness upon
us. There exists, then, a precipitous act on the part of the user to antici-
pate in some fashion the reaction of the Other. But this is so at the level
of the network, of other users, who acknowledge our presence, thereby
conferring upon us our own place within the network. In other words, the
Symbolic order, the social media network, exists for us as the agency for
whom we represent ourselves. Our online performance is, in other words,
as Lacan puts it regarding the signifier, the one for which all of the others
(the big Other) determine the subject. The signifier of our performance
online is the one that represents us for all of the other signifiers. I return
to this point later on in chapter 5. For now, I want to focus on the role
that the big Other plays in regulating our desire online.
Bucher explains that the algorithm— the EdgeRank algorithm in
the case of Facebook— works toward regulating our relationship to its
105
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
regimes of visibility and invisibility. But it is perhaps in this way that al-
gorithmic logic is built, not by giving us what we seem to desire, but by
constantly denying us this. Algorithms, I claim, have learned the practice
of keeping us dis-satisfied, rather than satisfying or satiating our desire.
That is to say, what if the algorithm learns, not to give us the object of
our desire immediately— the thing we (think) we want— but instead pre-
vents us from obtaining the object— keeps it constantly at a distance? In
doing so, we continue to search and, in the process, to receive back a
portion of surplus enjoyment (not direct [impossible] enjoyment, but
a little nugget of pleasure that keeps us going) at the same time that we
generate profit or revenue for the site. This is the way that algorithmic
logic, I claim, interpellates us as users, and this is how it mediates between
surplus value and surplus enjoyment. The more dissatisfied we remain,
the more eager we are to search out the lost object of desire; the more
we search it out, the more we generate in terms of surplus value. This is
why subjection (returning to my initial thesis)— subjection as negation,
as a negative rather than as a positive position of immanence— takes pre-
cedence over enslavement. We must logically be subjectivized as desiring
subjects before we can be enslaved to the machine.
Desiring-Machines Redux
According to Lazzarato, capital pays for social production by buying the
labor force (Lazzarato, 42). However, because he speaks primarily about
the relationship between social and technical machines, it is unclear to
whom precisely he is referring. What, in other words, is the subjective
position occupied here, as the “capital” that buys labor-power? Capital,
after all, is not merely a thing, but rather an agency that is occupied by
a shared subjective class consciousness. It might be “machinic” only to
the extent that a shared class consciousness is engaged in pursuing com-
mon interests.
He goes on to argue that, although it appears as though capital is
buying labor-power, what it actually purchases is “the right to exploit a
‘complex’ assemblage,” which includes various components of the forces
of production, encompassing not only machinery, but also wider soci-
etal spaces such as transportation, the media and entertainment indus-
tries, and ultimately the entirety of the urban environment (Lazzarato,
43). Such a “holistic” approach to production and exploitation has, on
the one hand, the ability to foreclose upon the exploitation of labor in
the form of unpaid labor time; on the other hand, it ties— at least for
106
C H AP TE R 3
Lazzarato— the question of production to that of desire. With a focus on
desiring-production (in the Deleuzian-Guattarian sense), Lazzarato puts
this problem in terms of the changing of the valences from the political
to the “subjective economy.” Capitalism’s strength, as he puts it, is that it
sets desire into its very matrix of production. Desire, he says, is the basis
of production (Lazzarato, 51).
This is a perspective that follows very closely that of Deleuze and
Guattari. With their concept of the desiring-machines, they argue against
the psychoanalytic conception of desire as a force arising from lack, in a
search for something: an “acquisition.” They contend that the psychoana-
lytic conception of desire, based on the dialectic of lack and acquisition,
is too idealistic. Instead, they claim, desire is a productive force.57 For
them, capitalism is a force that deterritorializes, insofar as it decodes the
forces of repression that submerge the positivity of desire.58 Theirs, then,
is a project to maintain the lines of flight against the territorializing im-
petuses of the ruling ideology, including those produced within the psy-
choanalytic discourse. They seek, in other words, to fight against the
territorializing interpellations of social subjection, which ties them di-
rectly to the accelerationist project. Schizophrenia, according to them, is
a product of the capitalist machine’s lines of flight; hysteria, conversely, is
a product of the territorializing machine of ideological discourses, such
as psychoanalysis.59 For them, “desire can never be deceived.”60 It is an
affirmative, as opposed to negative, force of production, and one that is
self-stimulating.61
In the Lacanian paradigm, in contrast, desire is the result of a lack.
But how this lack is defined is significant for thinking through the rela-
tionship of the subject to its desire, enjoyment, and interpellation. Lack
is an elementary dimension of desire, since without it, the subject would
be complete and therefore would not need to search out satisfaction. Ac-
cording to Todd McGowan, this lack is constitutive of the subject, and it
is impossible to resolve or to cure the subject’s lack in order to “achieve
a harmonious whole.”62 The goal of psychoanalysis is not to “cure people
of their lack,” but to teach people to embrace the constitutive role of lack.
Lack is the result of “castration,” a controversial claim in the Freud-
ian literature, to be sure. However, part of what makes Lacan’s approach
innovative is that he reconceives lack in terms of symbolic castration. In
other words, “castration” is the result of the subject’s entry into the Sym-
bolic order of language and meaning. On the one hand, lack is always
already constitutive of the subject; however, on the other hand, it is para-
doxical in that symbolic castration retroactively introduces a sense of past
wholeness or completeness, when jouissance or enjoyment was total. Entry
into the Symbolic order is castrating to the extent that in order to exist
107
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
within the confines of the social-Symbolic order, the subject is forced to
renounce this totalizing jouissance and thereby, in losing a part of itself, is
interpellated or subjectivized as a desiring subject. Desire is born of this
constitutive loss of enjoyment. The act of searching out that object— what
Lacan referred to as the objet petit a, the object-cause of desire— produces
a supplementary form of enjoyment: a surplus enjoyment. It is in the act
of searching out the lost object of desire (an object that only exists insofar
as it remains lost) that the subject procures a degree of surplus enjoyment.
The act of searching produces this object on the inverse side of lack as sur-
plus. It is in this sense that Deleuze and Guattari appear correct— that
desire is productive; that desire and production are consubstantial with
each other— but for the wrong reason. And it is precisely the constitu-
tive lack of the subject that demonstrates the priority of subjection in the
psychic or libidinal economy of power.
To put things somewhat differently, Deleuze and Guattari fail to
notice that repression— far from being a simple restriction on desire— is
in actuality the very condition of desire. Desire, in other words, is only
activated by the obstacle that prevents its full realization. Deleuze and
Guattari, therefore, anticipate a similar mistake made by Judith Butler in
her (Foucauldian) description of subjection as “passionate attachment.”
According to her, power is constitutive of subjectivity. Power, she says,
provides the conditions of possibility that define the existence of desire,
and therefore we come to depend upon power to preserve the very “be-
ings that we are.”63 Although Butler is here much closer to the Lacanian
conception of subjectivity and desire, in the sense of demonstrating the
tie between repression, power, obstacle, and desire, she seems to leave
no way out— that is, no way of escaping the interpellative call of power.
The difference, then, between her conception of power and desire and
the Lacanian conception is that, as Mladen Dolar puts it, the subject for
Lacan emerges where interpellation fails.64 Here, then, we come to the
heart of the problem with the conception of social subjection. While
Deleuze and Guattari, in addition to Lazzarato, conceive subjection in a
way that is very close to the Althusserian conception of interpellation—
the interpellation of the individual or desiring-machine as subject— the
Lacanian approach, through its view of the desiring subject as lack, con-
ceives the subject as marking the point of ideological failure. The sub-
ject emerges at the point of rupture in the Symbolic order. The subject
emerges where ideology fails.
Deleuze and Guattari, then, conceive subjection as akin to the erec-
tion of obstacles to desire. But, as McGowan is keen to point out, the
problem is that “capitalism’s contingent obstacles obscure the necessity
of the obstacle. Capitalism’s deception consists in convincing us, as it
108
C H AP TE R 3
convinces Deleuze and Guattari, that desire can transcend its failures
and overcome all barriers. We don’t need more desire, but rather the
recognition that the barrier is what we desire.”65 Or, as Samo Tomšič puts
it, capitalism strives to reject castration, and therefore Deleuze and Guat-
tari are correct in claiming that capitalism is “anti-Oedipal.”66 However,
capitalism imposes a perverse position on the subject (that is, through
fetishism, which involves fetishism disavowal and commodity fetishism),
and therefore capitalism creates the deception that we desire the eradica-
tion of the obstacle, when in fact it is the obstacle that we desire since it
creates the semblance that the lost object (the objet petit a) is conceivably
attainable.67 The precedence of castration assumes the priority of social
subjection prior to the subject’s enslavement to the machine. A desiring
subject is assumed as already existing in order for enslavement to become
active. Furthermore, what the logic of the barrier in the subject’s libidinal
economy recalls is the very same logic in the expansion of capital, which
constantly strives to overcome its own self-imposed obstacles: that is, “the
limit to capital is capital itself.” This again demonstrates the homology
between surplus value and surplus enjoyment.
It is therefore possible to agree with Lazzarato, Langlois, and De-
leuze and Guattari at a purely formal level, that the forms of algorithmic
media are desiring-machines of sorts. Algorithmic media combines auto-
mation and entertainment in a perpetual motion machine that produces
surplus value through the luring combustion of surplus enjoyment, just
as it does in Black Mirror. In this way, the forms of algorithmic media
are a response to the potential suffocation of desire tied to the digital
spatialization of time, whereby the sea of abundance of available objects
begins to show the phenomenal impossibility of the lost object (the objet
petit a). Algorithmic media, however, enjoins us to engage in a constant
search for the impossible lost object. This is the way that the objet petit a
is inscribed into the algorithmic. The power of the algorithm is its abil-
ity to constantly stage and then to displace desire. Algorithms therefore
assign, not meaning or meaningfulness (contrary to Langlois); instead,
they reproduce the lack constitutive of subjectivity. It is the very opacity
of the algorithm that veils the surplus entity in such a way that the search
generates its own object(s): surplus value and surplus enjoyment.
Class Struggle as Real
In the closing pages of Anti-Oedipus, Deleuze and Guattari write:
“Those who have read us this far will perhaps find many reasons for
109
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
reproaching us: for believing too much in the pure potentialities of art
and even of science; for denying or minimizing the role of classes and
class struggle . . .”68 Indeed, for them, “revolutionary action is no longer
considered in terms of ‘real’ components of society: relations of power
are no longer interpreted in terms of the class struggle.”69 Since, accord-
ing to them, the intersection of enslavement and subjection produces
new subjects— even in terms of what Jason Read refers to as the “real
subsumption of subjectivity”— the antagonisms that inhere in late capi-
talism can no longer be understood in the more traditional language of
the class struggle, that is, in terms of the agencies of capital and labor.
Instead of the class struggle, “revolutionary transformation occurs in the
creation of a new subjective consciousness born of the reconfiguration
of the collective work experience.”70 Class struggle (and “classes”), like
the subject conceived as lack, is for them too idealistic, since it assumes a
transcendental teleology that conceives struggle according to the dialecti-
cal logic of historical materialism. Class struggle and the desiring subject,
both conceived as lack, correspond as negative correlatives of each other,
but it is precisely this fact that, as I have tried to show, affords them their
priority in the logic of the machine, at both the material and the objec-
tive level, as well as at the level of subjectivization.
As we have seen, class struggle is the motor that drives technologi-
cal innovation and transformation. In order to confront the barriers of
competition and labor, capital invests in new machinery, large-scale in-
dustry, and in recent times, digital automation technologies. As Antonio
Negri explains, “the antagonistic element of subjectification is sometimes
missing in Deleuze.”71 The machinic element, too, according to him, is
“moved by the class struggle, which belongs to the technical composition
of antagonistic labour power.”72
But when we return from the objective level to the subject, we
see here, too, that class struggle bears upon the processes of meaning-
making. Class struggle, in fact, according to Žižek, “designates the very
antagonism that prevents objective (social) reality from constituting itself
as a self-enclosed whole.”73 Žižek’s conception of class struggle is particu-
larly negative insofar as it registers the gap or lack in objective reality. It
does not delineate a positive antagonism between directly evident groups
(that is, the working class against the bourgeoisie). Rather, class struggle
functions, according to him, in its very “absence”— that is, in its very ab-
sence, it represents the “unfathomable limit that cannot be objectivized,
located within the social totality, since it is itself that limit which prevents
us from conceiving society as a closed totality.”74 Class struggle, therefore,
is Real, according to Žižek, in the Lacanian sense. It is “a ‘hitch’, an im-
pediment which gives rise to ever-new symbolizations by means of which
110
C H AP TE R 3
one endeavours to integrate and domesticate it . . . but which simulta-
neously condemns these endeavours to ultimate failure.”75 Class struggle,
then, is “not the last signifier giving meaning to all social phenomena . . .
but— quite the contrary— a certain limit, a pure negativity, a traumatic
limit which prevents the final totalization of the social-ideological field.”76
It is out of this limit point, this point of negativity, that the radical agency
of the proletariat (not simply the “working class”) emerges. But it is also
in the process of displacing this limit, in the attempt to subsume and to
move beyond this limit, that capital is driven to ever higher orders of its
own self-transformation, in addition to the historical production of new
categories of structuration. This, as we have seen, too, is the logic that is
formulated within the trajectory of the lacking subject, as it disavows the
nonexistence of the impossible lost object of desire. It is in this way that
class struggle as limit and the subject as limit overlap as points of nega-
tion that fuel and propel the material and machinic transformations of
capitalism, alongside the historical transformations of social and cultural
structures of meaning.
Part of our conundrum lies in the difficulty of thinking through,
today, in neoliberal conditions, the separation between work and leisure;
that is, the separation between the production of surplus value and the
pleasure garnered in surplus enjoyment. The context of the real subsump-
tion of labor in capitalism shows that such a line of separation may poten-
tially be overly archaic, whereby all activity is value-producing activity—
that is, as social production as opposed to mere commodity production.
This, again, as I argue later in chapter 5 with regard to the entrepreneur-
ial ethic of neoliberalism, shows just how much self-objectivization, or
self-reification, is tied to contemporary practices, not of the overall social
production of society, but of the overall structures of exploitation, no
longer merely siphoned off by individual factories of production or by
businesses, but by the by the capitalist structure as a whole.
At the heart of the divergence between the logic of proletarian-
ization and the logic of the general intellect (the whole of social pro-
duction) is, as Jason Read points out, the different arguments found in
Capital Volume I and the Grundrisse.77 The former presents proletarian-
ization as the force that destroys capital; the latter sees it as the result
of socialization— that is, of the forces of production surpassing and tran-
scending the relations of production. But how, in the case of the latter, do
the capitalist relations of production “wither away”? My claim remains
that the story of proletarianization in Capital provides for us the scenario
of the class struggle as the political in the relations of production as the
force that realizes the subsumed socialization in the “general intellect.”
It is only via the registering of contradiction as objective fact through the
111
S U B J E C T I ON BE FORE E NS LAV E ME NT
subjective gaze— that is, by way of a revolutionary subject— that change
is possible. It does not merely wither away; it must be transformed by the
people. It is in this sense, again, that subjection takes precedence over
our enslavement (even within the more emancipatory category of the
general intellect).
Subjection and Enslavement: Coda
The relationship between social subjection and machinic enslavement,
as I have tried to show, is dialectical, based primarily on the overlapping
structural lacks of the subject and of the class struggle. But each overlaps
components of the traditional topography of base and superstructure.
Subjection has to be understood on two levels— in terms of the relations
of production (that is, class struggle) and in terms of the ideological inter-
pellation (that is, via desire) that draws people back into and reproduces
their position within the existing relations of production. There are, simi-
larly, two levels to machinic enslavement: that of the forces of production,
in which the subject as labor-power participates and is inscribed into an
assemblage of production (as one of the means of production), of which
the subject remains the conscious operator and therefore the creative
component of the new. However, machinic enslavement also operates at
the level of meaning production, which fastens individuals into the ma-
trix of production. The latter is an equally creative component element,
since it is driven by the combined and accumulated interaction between
participants in common. Nevertheless, if we are to truly understand the
political at the heart of the capitalist mode of production, the side of
subjection needs to be given precedence. Doing so makes it possible to
comprehend the intersection of exploitation and ideology in the algo-
rithmic apparatus. Therefore, I propose Figure 3.1 as a way of mapping
the expanded topography of subjection and enslavement.
Subjection and enslavement relate to each other in a way that is like
the parallax gap described by Slavoj Žižek. They relate to each other, also,
in a way that mirrors the parallax of historical and dialectical material-
ism. If we begin on one side, we end up back on the other, without being
able to detect the causal relationship between them, as in a Mobius strip.
However, if our interest is political and transformative, or if our interest
is revolutionary, then we must proceed from the premise that subjection
is prior to enslavement. When we begin from the perspective of class
struggle and ideological interpellation, then we are better equipped for
understanding exploitation in terms that include the expropriation of
112
C H AP TE R 3
Figure 3.1. Subjection and Enslavement in Relation to Base/Superstructure and Algorith-
mic Logic/Automation
the commons produced in the assemblages of enslavement— otherwise,
how are we to understand the direction of wealth privatization, whether
by the corporation or by the capitalist class as such; in addition, how are
we to understand the interpellation of individual subjects in (or out of)
the production of meaning in the matrix of enslavement, which remains
a condition of our continued submission to the processes of expropria-
tion that establish, reproduce, and maintain our collective submission
to capitalist class power? Just as excessively mechanistic economic cri-
tiques of capitalism miss the centrality of the political class struggle— the
political at the heart of the economic— so too does the assemblage theory
of enslavement lose sight of the negative core of subjection, which is the
site at which to locate the negation of capital, not merely as substance
but also as subject.
4
Input /Output
In the previous chapter I argued that our subjection logically precedes
our enslavement to machines, including our enslavements to social
media. This, I claim, is to due the fact that we are positioned both by our
entanglement in the class struggle and by our prior emergence as desir-
ing subjects. The force of the machine is made possible only by the mate-
rial conditions of the class struggle, in addition to the social structure of
our desire. I would like, then, to take up a thread now that I started in the
previous chapter regarding the role of the big Other and the Symbolic
order in the interpellation of social media users at the level of our desire.
My claim in the previous chapter is that social media algorithms oper-
ate by denying us access to our desire via our practices of self-curation
toward the big Other, or toward our online social networks with others.
My argument in this chapter is that this process works well by curating
effectively who we as users see and experience as the big Other— that
is, as our network of peers for whom we perform our identities and with
whom we interact. It is by curating the big Other that social media works
well as an ideology machine. There is no better example to explain this
than the Cambridge Analytica scandal of 2018.
Perhaps, one of the most surprising things about the Cambridge
Analytica scandal is that anyone was even surprised by it.1 In fact, the same
could have been said about the Edward Snowden revelations about NSA
surveillance of our online and social media activities back in 2013.2 Rev-
elations in 2018 showed that Cambridge Analytica— a company owned by
the Mercer family, which supported the Trump presidential campaign—
may have collected data from Facebook users in order to create targeted
advertisements to likely Trump voters.3 The Cambridge Analytica story
created a shockwave in the tech industry and around the world, when
data scientist Chris Wylie leaked information about the company and its
contribution to the psychological manipulation of voters in the prepara-
tions for the 2016 US presidential election in favor of Donald Trump. Wy-
lie worked for the company at the time, creating technology used to steal
private information from 87 million Facebook users. This information
was then used to create psychological profiles of American voters geared
toward curating messages in support of Trump during his election cam-
paign.4 The scandal has grown so large that Facebook CEO and founder
113
114
C H AP TE R 4
Mark Zuckerberg was called to testify before a Congressional hearing
to answer questions about the company’s involvement.5 The Cambridge
Analytica revelations are quite astounding and tell us something about
the state of control and manipulation available on our social media plat-
forms. But on second thought: What, after all, is really so surprising about
this? Don’t we all secretly believe that our internet and social media com-
munications are being monitored by government and corporate agents
all the time? Isn’t this one of the chief paranoid fantasies of our inter-
net age, going as far back as Irwin Winkler’s cyber-psychological thriller,
The Net (1995), starring Sandra Bullock? Why, then, if we secretly believe
that our online activities are being monitored by powerful elites, do we
continue participating as users? The collective disavowal that accounts
for our continued participation gives an indication of the kind of cyni-
cal ideology that currently prevails— cynicism, that is, in the form of the
fetishistic “I know very well, but nevertheless.”6
The fact that Facebook collects personal information and data
about its users is a rather weak revelation. More significant is the fact
that Facebook uses our data to more efficiently curate content directly
to users. As Dominic Pettman has noted, Facebook “curates user’s con-
tent for them while allowing only a modicum of configurability within
the larger parameters of the platform.”7 Although social media content
is notoriously user-generated, the platform is still largely there to curate
and personalize the users’ experiences. Unlike traditional media, deci-
sions about content curation have become much more technological and
machinic. It is the algorithm that decides which posts we get to see, so
that no two users consume the same content on the platform. Each user,
therefore, ends up occupying an individualized space on the platform,
creating a media experience that is unique to the individual, more like an
echo-chamber, a feedback loop of the self, or an informational silo than
anything resembling a public sphere. Nevertheless, underlying this prac-
tice is still the business model to which all media companies conform.
When pressed by a Republican Senator, Orrin Hatch, how Facebook
maintains a “business model in which users don’t pay for [its services],”
Zuckerberg slyly responded by stating: “Senator, we run ads”— a fact that
should be obvious enough to anyone who has even the simplest under-
standing of the media industry. The fact that media companies sustain
their profits through advertising revenue is nothing new. Not only does
advertising revenue serve as a primary source of profit for media compa-
nies, it is also one of the primary brokers of ideology in postmodern capi-
talism. In fact, it has been the business model of mainstream mass media
that has historically been one of the major reasons why audiences on
115
I N P U T / O U T P UT
both the Left and the Right, as well as scholars critical of the media, have
regarded the media as driven by ideological bias. It is one of the chief
causes cited by users and audiences who have grown to distrust the main-
stream media. This is what makes the idea of #FakeNews all the more
palpable. It was precisely this point of motivation that led to the techno-
utopianism of the internet in the 1990s.
Seeing in the internet the possibility for some new digital public
sphere, many regarded it as a possible space that might revolutionize
democratic participation. This techno-utopianism was, of course, echoed
in the wake of the 2011 “social media revolutions”— from the so-called
Arab Spring to the Occupy Wall Street movements. However, following
the election of Donald Trump, cynicism about social media has fallen
back in line with the same concerns that troubled people about the tra-
ditional mass media.
It remains a paradox that audiences continue to lack trust in the
media at the same time that they now consume more news content than
ever before.8 This may be attributable to the way that news has trans-
formed from informational to entertainment-based programming. Or
rather, we are starting to recognize that all content on social media is
clickbait, as Clint Burnham has pointed out. According to him, clickbait
operates like the Lacanian lure. Clickbait “is the millennial media tool
par excellence, responsible for listicles, trending vapidity, and the plague
of distractions.”9 When all news becomes entertainment and clickbait,
we can be assured that its motivation is less about democracy than it is
about consumption. As the dominant medium of our era, social media
then reveals something essential, not about the content of the dominant
ideology, which clearly differs from user to user, but about its formal
qualities— that is, about its structure.
We have arrived, as Geert Lovink suggests, at “the hegemonic era
of social media platforms as ideology.”10 This may seem an odd claim
to make since, as some might argue, “Facebook doesn’t push Nazism
or communism or anarchism.” Instead, “it pushes something far more
dangerous: two billion individually crafted echo chambers, a kind of
precision-targeted mass church of self, of impatience with others, of not
giving a shit.”11 Social media platforms, like Facebook, we might say, there-
fore reveal what is ideological about our era, not at the level of its direct
ideological content— or about a specific ideology— but at the level of
its form. In order, then, to come to terms with the forms of social media
as ideological machines we need to understand them in terms of their
formal or structural dimensions. By making this claim, I am not propos-
ing a purely formalistic analysis of platforms, but rather a conception
116
C H AP TE R 4
of the social and cultural context in which platforms operate and the
way that they reproduce the existing ideological hegemony of neoliberal
capitalism.
To that end, I propose taking up a more conventional model of
mass communication that may bridge the differences between traditional
ideology and social media ideology. Stuart Hall’s cultural studies model of
Encoding/Decoding provides an entry into understanding the way that
social media platforms produce and reproduce ideological hegemony.12
Hall’s model provides an avenue for conceiving the formal dimensions
of social media platforms as analogous to the form of ideology in the
culture of contemporary capitalism. In using Hall’s model to examine
the social media ideology, my objective is not simply to reuse the existing
Encoding/Decoding schema. Rather, I take this model as my point of de-
parture and seek to update and amend it to account for the differences
between social media and traditional mainstream mass media in their
reproduction of ideological hegemony. It is particularly important to ad-
dress the fact that users themselves contribute to the production of social
media content, as well as the aforementioned dimension of algorithmic
curation and personalization of content on platforms, which makes each
user experience unique. But what remains significant about Hall’s model
is the way that he conceives the various practices of decoding. By account-
ing for practices of media consumption that depart from the hegemonic
decodings— that is, as oppositional or counter-hegemonic decodings—
Hall shows that discontinuity exists between the production of the mes-
sage and the interpellation of the viewer or user as subject. Oppositional
subject positions show that the ideological content of the message does
not necessarily interpellate a compliant subject. There may, in fact, be
failed interpellation in the way that Lacanian scholarship has argued. My
claim, instead, is that it is precisely this position of oppositional decoding
that accounts for the success of the social media ideology. Oppositional
decodings are the very basis upon which the algorithm learns to read
our desire.
Between Critical Theory and Screen Theory
It is worth noting that Hall’s own initial point of departure in his es-
say on Encoding/Decoding seems to arise out of his disputes with two
other models of media and cultural criticism. His cultural studies ap-
proach originates, on the one hand, with his critique of the cultural elit-
ism of Frankfurt School critical theory, and specifically its disdain toward
117
I N P U T / O U T P UT
mass-produced popular culture; on the other hand, his approach is a
response to the Althusser-inspired film theories of the 1970s, which are
often referred to as “screen theory,” since the positions addressed by this
school were largely associated with the British film journal, Screen.
In contrast to the kind of cultural criticism produced most famously
in Adorno and Horkheimer’s essay, “The Culture Industry: Enlighten-
ment as Mass Deception,” in addition to the criticism by other more
elitist cultural critics, such as Matthew Arnold or F.R. Leavis, Hall pre-
fers to view popular culture as a much more dialectical phenomenon.
Whereas Adorno and Horkheimer, for instance, only see in popular cul-
ture the reproduction of the capitalist ideology in the guise of freedom,
Hall sees it as possessing a double logic of both ideological conditioning
and resistance, similar to the kind of doubly-coded aesthetics advocated
by postmodern critics and theorists, such as Linda Hutcheon and Charles
Jencks.13 Double-coded cultural objects, both in high art and in popular
culture, contain elements that address the dominant ideology on the one
hand, and elements subversive of the dominant ideology on the other.
Popular culture, as Hall puts it, involves a double movement of contain-
ment and resistance, of control and transgression.14 In their disdain for
popular culture, Hall chastises elitist cultural criticism of the Left for dis-
missing the very culture of the working classes: “if the forms and relation-
ships, on which participation in this sort of commercially provided ‘cul-
ture’ depend, are purely manipulative and debased, then the people who
consume and enjoy them must either be themselves debased by these
activities or else living in a permanent state of ‘false consciousness’.”15
Instead of a dimension of cultural duping, Hall sees popular culture as
an existing site of struggle. It exists both as an arena of consent and
as an arena of resistance. For him, popular culture matters, not because
it is an already established site where socialism exists, but as a site where
a counter-hegemonic force may be constituted.
Just as he is critical of the cultural duping argument of the Frank-
furt School, Hall also shows some impatience with the screen theory
conception of ideological interpellation. Screen theory largely drew its
inspiration from a mélange of Structuralism, Althusserian Marxism, and
Lacanian psychoanalysis, particularly in the work of theorists such as
Laura Mulvey, Christian Metz, Jean-Louis Comolli, Jean Baudry, Stephen
Heath, and Colin MacCabe, to name only a few. It is this school of (capital
“T”) Theory that has also become the target of the so-called Post-Theory
movement in film studies, spearheaded by film scholar David Bordwell.16
Unlike Bordwell, though, Hall does not simply dismiss the goal of screen
theory to produce a cinematic theory of ideology and subjectivity. For
him, the problem with screen theory is that it doesn’t offer “an adequate
118
C H AP TE R 4
explanation of how historically specific subjects already ‘positioned’ in
language-in-general, function in relation to particular discourses or his-
torically specific ideologies in definite social formations.”17
Slavoj Žižek, likewise, has argued that the Althusserian school has
“never succeeded in thinking out the link between Ideological State Ap-
paratuses (ISAs) and ideological interpellation: how does the Ideological
State Apparatus . . . ‘internalize’ itself; how does it produce the effect
of ideological belief in a Cause and the interconnecting effect of sub-
jectivization, of recognition of one’s ideological position?”18 Due to this
oversight, it appears as though, from the perspective of both Althusser
and screen theory, that the subject is constitutively inside ideology— that
there is never any outside to ideology. But as Žižek continues, the “inter-
nalization” that forms the basis of the Althusserian theory of ideological
interpellation is never complete; interpellation never fully succeeds, and
there emerges a leftover, a remainder, a stain of enjoyment that accounts
for the subject not being fully caught by the ideological hail of the Law
or authority.19 What the Althusserian account overlooks is the relation-
ship between the subject, its interpellation by the Symbolic order— or the
Lacanian big Other— and the subject’s fantasy structure, which provides
an unconscious rationale for its submission to the ideological claim of the
ISAs.20 Ideological interpellation, for Žižek, is then less a process of “in-
ternalization”; it has to do, rather, with the externalization of the search
for support, which is an inner necessity, in the subject’s own fantasy re-
lationship to itself, in the form of the Symbolic order of language, com-
munication, and representation.21 I will return to Žižek’s conception of
interpellation below, but first it is necessary to speak further about Hall’s
conception of Encoding/Decoding. Žižek’s understanding of interpel-
lation will, however, contribute to my own rethinking of Hall’s model.
In the same way that Hall criticizes the Frankfurt School for mini-
mizing the degree of struggle within the reception of the popular culture
text, Hall criticizes screen theory for not going far enough in develop-
ing a concept of struggle in ideology since, as he puts it, for example,
“struggle against patriarchal ideology would be a struggle against the very
repressive conditions in which language as such is itself constituted.”22
Where, in other words, could the contradictory position originate, if the
subject is always in, is always constituted by ideology. From where, in other
words, would resistance to the patriarchal (or racist, or capitalist) ide-
ology arise if the subject is always caught in ideology? “If the ‘Law of Cul-
ture’ is, by definition and always the ‘Law of the Father’,” he asks, “and
this is the condition of language and the ‘symbolic’, then it is difficult to
see why patriarchy is not— psychoanalytically rather than biologically— a
woman’s necessary and irreversible destiny.”23 It is precisely this gap in the
119
I N P U T / O U T P UT
screen theory’s conception of ideological interpellation, the lack of con-
ception of any notion of ideological struggle, and the disdain for working
class cultural sensibilities on the part of the Frankfurt School that would
seem to be the primary motivations behind Hall’s development of the
Encoding/Decoding model.
Encoding/Decoding: A Primer
Hall begins his piece on Encoding/Decoding by noting that traditional
conceptions of mass communication have relied on linear models of
transmission, typically taking the form of Sender → Message → Receiver.
But Hall proposes that mass communication can also be conceived as a
structure of “linked but distinctive moments.” Drawing on Marx’s analy-
ses in Das Kapital and the Grundrisse, Hall conceives of processes of mass
communication according to the cycles of production, circulation, dis-
tribution and consumption, and reproduction. Just as Marx focuses on
the span of the commodity in the capitalist mode of production, so Hall
works toward an analysis of “discursive production” in mass communi-
cation. Similar to commodity production, the production of discourse,
according to him, occurs at different yet related moments. At the level
of production or “Encoding,” discourse has its own material ends or
means, which includes a set of social relations of production— that is,
the combination of practices with media apparatuses. Meanings and mes-
sages, in other words, can only circulate in the channels of mass commu-
nication once they have been produced into the discursive form. They
must then be translated back into social practices different from those of
production— that is, into social practices of consumption— in order for
meanings to be received or “Decoded.”
Hall explains that there exists a “relative autonomy”— as in
Althusser’s relative autonomy between base and superstructure—
between the two moments of Encoding and Decoding, but both are de-
terminate moments in that they each participate in the determination of
meaning (Hall, 137; see note 17). The Encoded and Decoded meanings,
in other words, are not identical— they are not equivalent— and this lack
of equivalence is the source of ideological distortions or miscommunica-
tions. They arise “precisely from the lack of equivalence between the two
sides of the communicative exchange” (Hall, 139).
Hall’s schema produces on each side of the Encoding/Decoding
process the same three elements: frameworks of knowledge, relations of
production, and the technical infrastructure. What he calls “frameworks
120
C H AP TE R 4
Figure 4.1. Stuart Hall’s Encoding/Decoding Model of Communication
of knowledge” refer to the kind of discursive production that is his key
interest. But since he also aligns discursive production with the social re-
lations of production, as in the capitalist mode of production, it is impor-
tant to note the relationship between the production of discursive mean-
ing at play in the transmission of media messages and the class position of
those who are involved in producing discourse. As Hall puts it, “discursive
‘knowledge’ is the product not of the transparent representation of the
‘real’ in language but of the articulation of language on real relations and
conditions” (Hall, 139–140). The production of discourse, in other words,
involves a dimension of coding that naturalizes the relationship between
the social relations of production— or the class subjective position—
of the encoders and their own frameworks of knowledge. The encoders
relate to their own knowledge and experience of reality, and map this
relationship onto the connotative level of the discourse. Codes, which
are the product of convention, then represent the real world according
to the frameworks of knowledge of the encoders, grounded in their real
subject position in the world, as determined by their position vis-à-vis
the social relations of production. The production of discourse is thus the
result of the encoding of ideology into communication and representa-
tion that naturalizes (wittingly or unwittingly) the world according to
the subject, who experiences the world via their relative class position-
ality. Hall explains, then, that “any society/culture tends, with varying
degrees of closure, to impose its classifications of the social and cultural
and political world. These,” he says, “constitute a dominant cultural order”
(Hall, 141). Although such a dominant cultural order— or the dominant
ideology— is, according to him, neither univocal nor uncontested, it still
121
I N P U T / O U T P UT
remains dominant as the central representational discourse assigning
meaning to classifications of the real world.
In what seems to be a direct response to the screen theory of ideo-
logical interpellation, Hall then proposes that on the decoding side, rela-
tions of production equally contribute to the reception of the message.
There are, certainly, what he calls “dominant” or “preferred” meanings
or decodings, which are those that receive the message using the same
interpretive framework as those who have encoded the message. But de-
pending upon the subject position of the receiver or consumer or viewer
of the message, relative to the social relations of production, there is no
guarantee that the receiver will receive or agree with the dominant or
preferred meaning. This is not to say that the receiver misunderstands
the message, but rather that the hegemonic dimension is potentially lost.
Hall then theorizes three potential forms of decoding. The first
possibility is what he calls the dominant-hegemonic position, in which the
receiver decodes the message according to the same terms as those used
to encode the message. The receiver, he says, is in this case “operating
inside the dominant code” (Hall, 143). It is this position that conforms to
either the screen theory conception of ideological interpellation or the
critical theorist’s conception of ideological “false consciousness” or “de-
ception.”
The second possibility is what Hall refers to as the negotiated posi-
tion or code, which “contains a mixture of adaptive and oppositional
elements: it acknowledges the legitimacy of the hegemonic definitions
to make the grand significations (abstract), while, at a more restricted,
situational (situated) level, it makes its own ground rules— it operates
with exceptions to the rule” (Hall, 143). In the negotiated decoding, the
receiver still grants privilege to the dominant-hegemonic or preferred
position, but appears to reserve the right to negotiate the application of
hegemonic codes to local, situated conditions. In the negotiated position,
it is still the case that the dominant dimension is accepted as legitimate,
but with some exceptions that are potentially particular to different cir-
cumstances, which do not contradict the dominant position, but perhaps
supplement it depending on the context.
Finally, Hall proposes a third option: an oppositional or counter-
hegemonic position. It is possible, he says, “for a viewer perfectly to under-
stand both the literal and the connotative inflection given by a discourse
but to decode the message in a globally contrary way” (Hall, 144). What
this means is that the receiver in the oppositional position still under-
stands quite well the intention of the message— there is no miscommu-
nication involved; rather, the oppositional decoding occurs when the
message is read through an entirely alternative framework of knowledge
122
C H AP TE R 4
or an entirely alternative interpretive lens. That is to say that there is a
kind of political unconscious— to borrow a term from Fredric Jameson—
whereby every discursive product is encoded and decoded according to
some master text or narrative. The difference between the dominant and
alternative frameworks of knowledge has to do with two competing mas-
ter texts or narratives relative to the dominant ideology. This is how, with
hindsight, we can see that Hall’s objective in writing about the encod-
ing and decoding processes of mass communication has to do with the
struggles over meaning and ideology that are found in media messages.
That being said, what I aim to consider in the following is how
Hall’s model must be adapted in order to account for social media mass
communications. What I will argue in the following is that the key differ-
ence between traditional media and social media concerns the degree
to which attending to the negotiated and oppositional decodings, rather
than challenging the dominant-hegemonic position, through the algo-
rithmic logic of social media, ends up helping to maintain ideological
hegemony by learning to adapt to, to incorporate, and to diffuse alterna-
tive frameworks of knowledge. This means that we have to attend also to
the last element in the circuit— production, circulation, distribution and
consumption, and (importantly) reproduction. We need to consider the
dimension of reproduction, since what remains implicit in Encoding/
Decoding— through the work of audience and market research— is that
the discursive production on the encoding side is forced out of necessity
to attempt to minimize as much as possible the potential for negotiated
or oppositional readings on the decoding side. This means that repro-
duction involves the rearticulation of the dominant code in a way that
diffuses and incorporates alternative frameworks of knowledge. It is, in
fact, the technical infrastructure of algorithmic social media platforms,
I claim, that expedites this process of incorporation in order to maintain
the efficiency of its own hegemonic practices of control.
Subjection and Enslavement: Reprise
Deleuze and Guattari’s categories of subjection and enslavement, dis-
cussed in the previous chapter, reveal potential points of intersection
with Hall’s model. The description of machinic enslavement provided by
Deleuze and Guattari helps us to envision more precisely what they mean
by the category of the assemblage. Enslavement, as they put it, is “when
human beings themselves are constituent pieces of a machine that they
compose among themselves and with other things (animals, tools), under
123
I N P U T / O U T P UT
the control and direction of a higher unity.” Subjection, in contrast, is
“when the higher unity constitutes the human being as a subject linked to
a now exterior object, which can be an animal, a tool, or even a machine.”
In the case of subjection, the human being gets detached from the ma-
chine; the human being loses the quality of being a component of the
machine, and becomes— is interpellated— as a worker or user. Deleuze
and Guattari are quick to point out that, for them, subjection does not
imply a more human existence. Rather, in their view, it is a much more
ideological dimension to the relationship between humans and machines
that creates a dualism of subject and object, by displacing the assemblage
of the human and nonhuman components in which the human compo-
nent “overcodes the aggregate.”24 This last point is of interest, since one
of the examples they use to explain the differences between enslavement
and subjection corresponds to Hall’s encoding and decoding. Instead, De-
leuze and Guattari refer to the components of “input” and “output.”
With regard to the television as medium, “one is subjected to TV,”
they write, “insofar as one uses and consumes it, in the very particular
situation of a subject of the statement that more or less mistakes itself
for a subject of enunciation.” It is by being interpellated as a user or as a
consumer, they suggest, that withdraws the human being from the assem-
blage. The television, itself, is the “technical machine.” It is “the medium
between two subjects.” However, they add, “one is enslaved by TV as a
human machine insofar as the television viewers are no longer consum-
ers or users, nor even subjects who supposedly ‘make’ it, but intrinsic
component pieces, ‘input’ and ‘output’, feedback or recurrences that
are no longer connected to the machine in such a way as to produce or
use it.”25 In machinic enslavement, human components, in other words,
are no longer simply the producers or consumers of messages. They are
no longer either the encoders or the decoders of the messages. Instead,
human machines— the human components of the machine— form input
and output components. This view, as well, corresponds with Deleuze’s
later development of his concept of societies of control, in which indi-
viduals are reduced to “dividuals”— masses or data samples. “In societies
of control,” he writes, “what is important is no longer either a signature or
a number, but a code: the code is a password . . . The numerical language
of control is made of codes that mark access to information, or reject it.”26
The language of coding is significant here, since it similarly appears in
Hall’s reading of Encoding/Decoding, in the semiotic sense of the term.
“There is,” according to Hall, “no intelligible discourse without the
operation of a code.”27 Codes, as we have seen above, are for Hall the
product of convention and ideology. They help to naturalize the domi-
nant and the hegemonic. But coding, in the way that it is addressed by
124
C H AP TE R 4
Deleuze and Guattari, pertains to programming. Perhaps, it is even this,
the language of coding as programming, that defines the dominant hege-
monic position of our own algorithmically generated present that relies
upon the apparently raw, objective efficiency of the machine as its own
form of ideological legitimization. With the Deleuzian-Guattarian con-
ception in mind, I want to proceed, first, by rethinking Hall’s Encoding/
Decoding model according to the imagery set out by Deleuze and Guat-
tari as elements of input and output.
In the first instance, in order to adapt Hall’s model to algorithmic
media, we should retain the circuitry that he has devised, but we should
replace both the positions of encoding and decoding with processes of
input and output according to Deleuze and Guattari’s schema of enslave-
ment. Because feedback plays an important role— where previously we
could speak about “reproduction”— we should maintain that the side
of message production, the encoding side, can be viewed as compris-
ing a position of both input and output. Input in the sense of program-
ming is the code of the algorithm; output is viewed on account of the
role played by analytics— that is, of reading and decoding users’ data.
Likewise, on the side of consumption, we can also replace decoding as
equally comprising components of both input and output. The user de-
codes the coded program of the platform and, as is common now in the
social media sphere, is interpellated as an active user who participates
in content production— the content production of inputting data. In
fact, a sign of successful platform design is the interpellation of users to
input their own personal data. This can be read according to many rec-
ognizable formats on social media platforms: status updates, likes, shares,
follows, and so on. Thus, while the user consumes the output of the
platform— as a readable, usable, and interactive text— the user also in-
puts data and generates content. Thus, we see now a couple of important
updates to the Encoding/Decoding model: first, instead of referring to
processes of encoding and decoding, we now refer to moments of input
and output; second, instead of looking at the roles of producers and
consumers of messages, we have programmers and users, both of whom
are also producers and readers of content— programmers input code
and output the analysis of users’ data, while users output from the coded
platform design and input their own user-generated content and data.
I should note, though, that by referring to “programmers” and
“users,” I am now entering the terrain of subjection, since, by address-
ing each component in this way, I am making a distinction between the
human and the nonhuman operators of the system. This, I should say, is
intentional, given that, as I argue in the previous chapter, in contrast to
Deleuze and Guattari, I view processes of subjection as logically, politically,
125
I N P U T / O U T P UT
and socially prior to processes of enslavement. In other words, for me,
Deleuze and Guattari miss, avoid, or congeal the political antagonism of
the class struggle, in addition to the role of the relations of production—
the unevenness of the class struggle with the capitalist drive toward maxi-
mizing profits— in the historical transformation of the various means of
production or “fixed capital.” Here, however, I want to also add— going
back to Hall— that for me, the positions of the programmer and user are
also logically, socially, politically, and culturally prior to the components
of input and output. This point concerns the role that Hall makes of
the frameworks of knowledge and the relations of production. I am sug-
gesting, therefore, that programming does not occur in a bubble. Pro-
gramming algorithms, in fact, begin with a set of problems— problems
that are defined by programmers; further, what programmers program
are sets used to find a solution to the problems that they so define. This
means that problems are defined both in terms of the parameters set
out by established discourses and in terms of the subject position of the
programmer, within the existing relations of production, which bears
upon the terms that are used to define the problems that algorithms are
meant to solve. Therefore, we need to understand the processes of algo-
rithmic representation that are involved in the discursive production of
the algorithm.
Algorithmic Frameworks of Knowledge
It might be worth recalling that much of the work in cultural studies
has dealt with issues of cultural representation in the media. In fact, this
is one of the ways that the Encoding/Decoding model has been put to
use— to address some of the ways that encoded messages about cultural
identity have helped to reproduce cultural stereotypes. Representation
is thus pertinent to the topic at hand. It might, in fact, help to think
of data as a kind of representation. As Adam Greenfield explains, data
represents “facts about the world, and people, places, things and phe-
nomena that together comprise it, that we collect in order that they may
be acted upon.”28 The form of data is not insignificant— it arrives as a
kind of measurement, as the quantification of quality, of the details and
facts, of the people and places that comprise the world. “We measure the
world,” Greenfield writes, “to produce data, organize that data to produce
meaningful, actionable information, synthesize that information with our
prior experience of the world to produce knowledge, and then— in some
unspecified and probably indescribable way— arrive at a state in which we
126
C H AP TE R 4
are able to apply the things we know with the ineffable quality of balanced
discernment we think of as wisdom.”29 If data, then, are the raw materials
with which the world is now represented— its content— then algorithms
are what give it form and structure.
Algorithms, in fact, have to be taught to organize data and infor-
mation in particular ways. What we call “machine learning” is really just
“the process by way of which algorithms are taught to recognize patterns
in the world, through the automated analysis of very large data sets.”30
That is the input side of the programmer. On the output side exists the
process of analytics, which involves collecting inputted data from users,
sifting through this data using algorithms in order to locate existing pat-
terns, inspecting these patterns to find “optimal points of intervention,”
as Greenfield puts it, and then acting upon the knowledge produced “to
reshape the trajectory of the system being studied, so that its future evolu-
tion more closely conforms with desire.”31 We see that there is a tremen-
dous amount of agency on the part of programmers in deciding how to
code the platform: “The choices we make in designing an algorithm have
profound consequences for the things that are sorted by it.”32
As Ed Finn and Cathy O’Neil both explain, algorithms are simply
mathematical models, which are built to represent the real world. They
are, more importantly, built and designed by human actors— actors
caught in the class struggle; actors who are themselves desiring subjects.
Algorithms are not simply autonomous pieces of artificial intelligence,
“black boxed” to the point of obscurity. As Finn describes, an algorithm is
basically “a recipe, an instruction set, a sequence of tasks to achieve a par-
ticular calculation or result. Like the steps needed to calculate a square
root or tabulate the Fibonacci sequence.”33 We might, therefore, consider
looking at algorithms as models, structures, or representations of the real
world, produced according to the discursive conceptions and construc-
tions of reality in which their programmers exist; further, therefore, we
might take up the ways that Hall looks at the encoders’ frameworks of
knowledge as playing a role in the production of media content, even in
the case of social and algorithmic new media.
O’Neil describes algorithms, similarly, as mathematical models that
represent the real world. They are, in other words, tools used to cat-
egorize and classify bits of data— which is a representation of an ele-
ment of the real world— that we might use to comprehend the world.
O’Neil stresses the role of human agents in the creation and writing of
algorithms and software. Writing about the context of the 2007– 2008
financial credit crisis, she describes the algorithmic tools used to pre-
dict the results of complex financial products, such as collateralized debt
obligations and credit default swaps. As she puts it, “the math-powered
127
I N P U T / O U T P UT
applications powering the data economy [are] based on choices made by
fallible human beings.”34 She explains that algorithmic models encode
“human prejudice, misunderstandings, and bias into the software systems
that increasingly managed our lives.”35
Before an algorithm can be designed, programmers must first de-
fine the reality of the algorithm, and therefore must make assumptions
about the world, which they do, presumably, by relying on the frameworks
of knowledge to which they have access, depending upon their relative
(class) position in society. O’Neil notes that designers often lack certain
data for behavior that they are interested in, for which they must substi-
tute “proxies” or stand-in data.36 This point shows further that not only
is algorithmic design premised upon the particular social position and
frameworks of knowledge accessible to programmers, but also that the
representations of the world used in the design of algorithms rely upon
the interpretive practices of the designer, who must use proxies to repre-
sent absent data. Furthermore, the fact that proxies exist to account for
incomplete or missing information is an indication of the fact that reality
is itself lacking.
As O’Neil puts it, an algorithmic model “is nothing more than an
abstract representation of some processes.”37 Programmers and designers
take what they know about the world and use that knowledge to model
and to predict the future responses of others. Algorithms, therefore, have
to be designed to be dynamic, to work with the inputs provided by users,
but at the same time they are also modelled upon simplifications about
the real world written by their programmers.
Finn, too, points out that “while the cultural effects and affects of
computation are complex, these systems function in the world through in-
struments designed and implemented by human beings.”38 He describes
what he refers to as the “pragmatist approach” to algorithm design. As he
explains, algorithms are designed to solve a problem. Programmers, he
says, are taught to be pragmatic and utilitarian in conceiving the design of
an algorithm. This means that they set out by first defining the problem
that they then want to use the algorithm to solve. The algorithm that is
designed and built is therefore geared toward developing the most effi-
cient mechanism for solving the defined problem. However, it is the very
definition of the problem at hand that is at stake when we consider the
human agency involved in the programming of an algorithm. Finn goes
on to question the particular truth claims underlying the engineer’s defi-
nition and proposed algorithmic solution; for our interests, he questions
the way in which programmers opt to define the problems that they hope
to solve through the algorithmic design that bears upon the discourses
available to them— that is to say, their frameworks of knowledge— which
128
C H AP TE R 4
thus inform the pathways that get encoded and programmed into the sets
of tasks and instructions that form the algorithmic logic.
Perhaps the best way to make sense of the agential role of the pro-
grammers, as well as the role of the users of social media algorithms
and platforms, is by looking at the glitches that tend to bring out their
apparent faults. A good example of this is the case of Tay: a Twitter bot
designed by Microsoft to help the company better understand and learn
about conversational programming. The idea behind the design of Tay
is that the more users interact with it, the better it is supposed to get at
learning how to engage users through natural, vernacular, and playful
language— in other words, the goal is to teach Tay and other AI objects
how to appear more human. But in view of this, it was not long before
users started to mess around with the technology. When it was first intro-
duced, the Tay bot began with Tweets, such as: “can i just say im stoked to
meet you? humans are super cool.” But, once released, users mockingly
started tweeting at Tay using misogynistic and racist slurs and remarks,
sometimes using the rhetorical style of Donald Trump. After only one day,
Tay started tweeting out blatantly racist and misogynistic messages, such
as: “i fucking hate feminists and they should all die and burn in hell,” and
“Hitler was right I hate the jews.”39
Of course, Tay exemplifies the way that machines are assemblages
of human and nonhuman input and output processes and components.
But it also demonstrates the fact that the results of the representations
involved are tied to the discourses and subjective positions of both us-
ers and programmers within the existing relations of production, not to
mention within the context of a space curbed by desire.
Let us say, then, that neither programmers nor users live in a com-
plete void. Our perspective on reality is given structure by our existence
as desiring subjects. We also live within the larger social, political, eco-
nomic, and cultural context of neoliberal capitalism. To what extent,
then, does this context matter in the discursive production of social media
algorithms and platforms? For one thing, as an economic ideology, neo-
liberalism dominates the business model of platforms. Platforms as busi-
nesses have a duty to make money, otherwise they face elimination at the
hands of competitors. It is therefore in the interest of each platform— as
a business— to get bigger, better, and faster than the competition.
I will not take up too much space here describing the political eco-
nomic analysis of social media, which others, such as Christian Fuchs
and Nick Srnicek, have taken the time to describe more thoroughly, and
which I will address in better detail in the following chapter; but what
such studies have shown is that— just like the “audience commodity” of
television— social media platforms tend to make their money by mining,
129
I N P U T / O U T P UT
accumulating, and then selling user data in aggregate.40 Platforms, there-
fore, have an incentive to accumulate and to organize as much user data
as possible. But there exists a dialectical relationship between the accumu-
lation of user inputted data— as a “social media prosumer commodity”—
and the analysis of this data by the platform in order to understand better
how to continuously attract and interpellate users to input their own data.
Thus, in the next two sections, I want to draw some attention to two inter-
related processes of surveillance that form the front end and back end
of this interpellative process: that of corporate and state surveillance and
that which Alice Marwick has called “social surveillance.”41
Surveillance and the Control Society—
“Sharing Is Caring”
Let us, at this point, return to the details of the Cambridge Analytica
scandal. The outrage that seems to circulate around this example ap-
pears to be concerned primarily with matters of privacy— the fact that
a site like Facebook mines users’ data. This, it would seem, became the
main focus of the questions addressed to Zuckerberg at his testimony
before Congress, which after all appeared more like a show trial put on
for the gaze of the big Other, to help to restore confidence in Facebook as
a company to the market, than anything resembling holding Facebook
or other platforms, like Google, accountable for the ways that they mine
users’ data. It would, in fact, be difficult to fully abolish the practice, since
it is the sale of users’ data in aggregate that makes up the business model
of social media platforms. This is not at all dissimilar to the way that the
forms of conventional media, like television, radio, and newspapers, to
varying degrees, rely upon the ratings of viewers, listeners, and readers
to sell to advertisers as a major source of their profits. This, of course, is
the reason why, despite appearing concerned with maintaining the pri-
vacy of users and their data, sites like Facebook cannot at all eliminate
their need regularly to violate the privacy of users. This point is made
quite well by Christian Fuchs, who notes that while it is an apparent value
of liberal democratic society, capitalism tends to protect privacy only “for
the rich and companies, but at the same time legitimates privacy vio-
lations of consumers and citizens,” and therefore it constantly “under-
mines its own positing of privacy as a universal value.”42
Studies of social media surveillance typically invoke Michel Fou-
cault’s writing on “panopticism” as a form of disciplinary power, as we saw
in the previous chapter.43 Foucault’s model notes the apparently visible,
130
C H AP TE R 4
yet unverifiable elements of modern power in which the subject is aware
of the fact of being watched, but is never able to verify the subject of
the gaze. Reading Foucault’s panopticism in the age of modern mass
media, Thomas Mathiesen has claimed that new media change some-
what the model that Foucault had devised to speak about the disciplin-
ary mechanisms of the growth of modern forms of power.44 Mathiesen,
instead, invokes the notion of “synopticism” to identify the fact that in the
channels of mass communication, audiences are surveilled, but remain
immanently distracted from this fact by the apparatuses of visual amuse-
ment and entertainment, primarily in the organization of spectacle and
celebrity of the kind that— although he doesn’t address it in this way—
speaks to the way that Guy Debord defined it as the logical extension of
commodity fetishism in the age of modern mass media in the consumer
society. This, too, is a point that is neglected by Neil Postman, as noted
in the Introduction, when he rejects Orwell’s vision of dystopia in favor
of Huxley’s.
Deleuze’s “control societies” also updates Foucault’s panopticism
in a way that speaks much more to the contemporary forms of corpo-
rate, neoliberal surveillance. Whereas we could say, as does Deleuze, that
Foucault’s panopticism is tied much more to state mechanisms of sur-
veillance in the formative period of liberal capitalism, control societies
emerge as capitalist structures of power become more corporate and
“democratic”— in the sense of spilling outside of the enclosed spaces of
the factory, the school, the prison, and the clinic. As Mark Fisher puts it,
in control societies, “institutions are embedded in a dispersed corpora-
tion.”45
Studies of surveillance on the internet have often referred to forms
of “dataveillance” to reflect the way that panoptic and control mecha-
nisms operate to monitor users online.46 More recently, though, Claire
Birchall has described what she calls “shareveillance” as “a state in which
we are always already sharing,” which “produces an antipoliticized public
made up of shareveillant subjects caught between the affects and de-
mands of different data practices.”47 Shareveillance, according to her,
combines elements of surveillance tied both to the neoliberal security
state and to the corporate need to accumulate users’ data. Shareveillance
therefore conflates political and market incentives to accumulate users’
data.48
Birchall refers to the 2013 David Eggers novel, The Circle— which
has been adapted as a film of the same title directed by James Ponsoldt
(2017), starring Emma Watson and Tom Hanks— a dystopian satire about
a company that resembles one of today’s tech giants, like Apple, Google,
or Facebook. The story looks at the way that the company, the Circle,
131
I N P U T / O U T P UT
transforms surveillance into a social and ethical good, used for instance
in the company’s motto: “Sharing is caring!” As Birchall points out, Mae,
the protagonist, is so engulfed by this motto that she comes to believe that
even keeping one’s own personal experiences private is akin to theft.49
The Circle, therefore, appears to model the ethical dilemmas we now face
around matters of privacy. In contrast to the bourgeois and capitalist con-
ception of privacy, Fuchs proposes an alternative notion of a “socialist”
privacy “as the collective right of dominated and exploited groups that
need to be protected from corporate domination that aims at gathering
information about workers and consumers for accumulating capital.”50
This is a conception of privacy that turns the gaze upon political and
economic elites rather than the average worker and consumer. This is a
conception that is partially advocated by Mae in The Circle; however, her
solution is somewhat more “radical.” Rather than turn the panoptic gaze
upon either the people or the elite, why not just eliminate privacy all
together? “Sharing,” after all, “is caring.”
This seemingly populist solution is also one that invokes liberal dys-
topian fears about the communist drive toward the elimination of bour-
geois privacy and therefore private property as such. The Circle, therefore,
testifies to the kind of cautionary tale that evinces contemporary paranoia
about surveillance, wrapped in a typically liberal fetishist ideology, which
says: yes, we want to hold state and corporate agents of surveillance ac-
countable, but be careful what you wish for— do not give up on privacy.
A modicum of state and corporate privacy, it says, is necessary. And it
is necessary, as we know, precisely because of the economic incentive
toward data mining. But knowing what we know about social media sur-
veillance, why then do we not simply unplug or disconnect our accounts
en masse? I propose that social media is fetishistic in a different way that
is still emblematic of the reigning ideology.
Interfacing “Social Surveillance”—Or,
What does the Big Other Want?
In the winter of 2018, Google released a feature on its Arts and Culture
app that attained much popularity: users were able to upload images
of themselves— selfies— which the app would then compare to famous
portraits in art galleries all over the world.51 The app would then display
the user’s selfie next to the portrait and give details about the artist, the
subject of the portrait, where the portrait is located, and so forth. The
app quickly caught on and users started sharing their results on other
132
C H AP TE R 4
social media sites, such as Facebook and Instagram. But quickly after-
ward, some started questioning the safety and privacy of users who had,
by using the app, submitted quickly to uploading images of themselves to
the database. By playing with the museum selfie feature, it is evident that
users were helping to train and to contribute to the evolution of Google’s
facial recognition technology. In fact, what the example demonstrates is
the overlap between social media surveillance and control mechanisms
and the interpellation of subjects as users through platform structures
of enjoyment.
Platforms and interfaces are important ideologically because of the
way that they help to interpellate subjects as users. But they also, accord-
ing to Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, “produce users through benign inter-
actions, from reassuring sounds that signify that a file has been saved to
folder names such as ‘my documents’, which stress personal computer
ownership. Computer programs shamelessly use shifters— pronouns like
‘my’ and ‘you’— that address you, and everyone else, as a subject. Inter-
faces make you read, offer you more relationships and ever more visu-
als. They provoke readings that go beyond reading letters toward the
nonlinearity and archaic practices of guessing, interpreting, counting,
and repeating.”52 Interfaces, she says, are therefore fetishistic— they are
based upon a fetishistic logic. Here, she draws on Žižek, who has stressed
the fetishistic over the symptomatic aspects of ideology. The ideology of
postmodern capitalism, according to Žižek, takes the form of a general-
ized perversion— perversion, that is, in the form of fetishistic disavowal—
“I know very well, but nevertheless . . .”53 Chun, though, applies the fe-
tishistic logic only to the relationship between software and hardware—
that is, what the fetish of the interface conceals is the actual operations
of the hardware. Software, she explains, transforms computer operations
into metaphors. Software is a metaphor machine, translating the digital
code into the Symbolic form of human representation and communica-
tion. The fetishistic disavowal here has merely to do with the relationship
between the software and the hardware. This is why Chun describes soft-
ware as a “functional analog to ideology.”54 But I want to argue further
that social media interfaces and platforms are fetishistic in a different
way that relates to what Alice E. Marwick calls “social surveillance,” as op-
posed to the corporate or state surveillance already discussed.
Chun, in fact, pivots toward the conception that I have in mind
when she writes, “Operating systems also create users more literally,
for users are an OS construction.” User logins, she explains, “emerged
with time-sharing operating systems, such as UNIX, which encourage
users to believe that the machines they are working on are their own
machines . . . As many historians have argued, time-sharing operating
133
I N P U T / O U T P UT
systems developed in the 1970s spawned the ‘personal computer’. That is,
as ideology creates subjects, interactive and seemingly real-time interfaces
create users who believe they are the ‘source’ of the computer’s action.”55
In this way, operating systems as coded discourses interpellate subjects as
users, not unlike the way that the legal discourse, according to Althusser,
interpellates individuals as subjects of the law.56 But what this conception
still misses is the force that drives subjects to participate in the order of
the network.
As a complement to corporate and state forms of surveillance,
“social surveillance”— or, more specifically, as I understand it, the
Lacanian Symbolic order or the big Other— plays an important role in
interpellating the subject. The big Other represents the social-symbolic
matrix of language, communication, representation, and identification
on the part of subjectivization. The big Other, as a figure that represents
the Symbolic order— the level of language, meaning, and (intersubjec-
tive) communication— plays a vital role in mediating the relationship
between the subject and its position vis-à-vis the entire social network
(online and offline). Since language and meaning in the semiotic sense
have to do with the shared substance of communication, which uses signs
to refer to objects external to subjects in communication and in represen-
tation, then the big Other is that agency that we assume in order to avoid
miscommunication or misrepresentation. When we use a common lan-
guage, we assume that our interlocutors share our articulated meanings
(because we assume that they share the same frameworks of knowledge
and codes) when we refer to objects in the world. But, because we can-
not always account for empirical others (plural) every time we articulate
some meaning, we refer instead to the big Other— the Symbolic order.57
The big Other becomes important, not only for processes of intersubjec-
tive communication and representation. The big Other is also significant
in the psychoanalytic sense of how it relates to the subject’s enjoyment
(or jouissance) and its conception of its own identity within the space of
the Symbolic.
The subject’s desire, according to Lacan, is always the desire of the
(big) Other.58 The subject is constituted by its entry into the Symbolic
order— into the field of language, meaning, and communication— the
price of which is its being constituted as lacking— what Lacan refers to as
“symbolic castration.” Desire is thus the product of the subject’s search-
ing to find wholeness for itself, or rather, to have wholeness conferred
upon it by being recognized as the object of desire for the big Other. This
is why the subject is plagued by the question: What am I for you, the big
Other? What do you want from me?59 Interpellation is thus, according to
Žižek, the process by which the subject assumes, through an anticipatory
134
C H AP TE R 4
conjecture, its status for the big Other: the Lacanian approach therefore
reverses the Althusserian formula, “ideology interpellates individuals as
subjects”— “it is never the individual which is interpellated as subject,
into subject; it is on the contrary the subject itself who is interpellated as
x (some specific subject-position, symbolic identity or mandate), thereby
eluding the abyss of $ [the lacking subjectivity].”60 In the process of trying
to appear in the form of the symbolic mandate that the subject assumes
from the perspective of the big Other, it must then take on an identity
in the field of signification. This is why, according to Lacan, the subject
“is born in so far as the signifier emerges in the field of the Other.”61 The
subject, then, is represented in the Symbolic order by the signifier that
it assumes as its characterization: “a signifier is that which represents a
subject for another signifier.”62 We can apply this model, then, to the field
of “social surveillance” on social media platforms.
What drives users’ participation— this is perhaps the most signifi-
cant ideological component of all social media platforms— is the social
network aspect of the site. The network, that is, takes on the form or
structure of the Lacanian big Other, the Symbolic order, operating as a
lure of sorts for the user’s desire. This is what confers upon the user the
desire to produce the most effectively convincing appearance in the form
of the user’s participation— “a signifier represents the subject for another
signifier.” With regard to the difference between my ideal ego and my
Ego Ideal— the difference between the fantasy constitution of my desire
and the way I imagine myself from the position of the virtual gaze of the
big Other— what matters is that which “will be integrated into the public
domain of the symbolic Law, of the big Other.”63
Appearances, in this way, do matter. It is on account of this that
“social surveillance” really is the primary lure for all of our activities on
social media. It is on account of social surveillance that we curate our
profiles for the gaze of the virtual big Other— for the network of mul-
tiple others, some of whom we may not even be aware of since, on the
one hand, although we may know that others are part of our network
(friends list, followers), the algorithmic designs of platforms (such as
Facebook’s EdgeRank algorithm) are built so that we don’t always see all
posts from our entire network, which blinds us to their presence as tour-
ists of our public information; on the other hand, public profiles are just
that: public. While new features on social media sites like Facebook allow
us to make á la carte decisions about our privacy preferences, these tend
to be more about the dimensions of social surveillance and less about
corporate and state surveillance. It is, in fact, the objective of most social
media sites to continue to rack up our private data, since this is their very
raison d’être— it is their lifeblood: the source of their profits.
135
I N P U T / O U T P UT
Platform design on social media sites can therefore be seen in the
way that Chun describes, as ideologically significant for the way that they
interpellate and produce subjects as users; but what the design produces
aesthetically, what it represents, and what makes it so effective in its in-
terpellative hail, has to do with the way that it figures the virtual yet real
presence of the Symbolic order— of the big Other— by regulating our
relationships with our desire and our enjoyment. So, the answer to the
question— why do we continue participating even though we grow more
aware of corporate and state surveillance?— can easily be made with refer-
ence to the social surveillance of the big Other. There is then a fetishism
present that is much more potent than the one described by Chun. It is
more potent than the fetishistic disavowal that frames the relationship
between the software, the user, and the computer hardware— the “I know
very well, but nevertheless . . .” of the software metaphors standing in for
the coding and technological operations of the device; it is the fetishism
that organizes our relationship to our enjoyment, between the platform
and the broader political economy of (neoliberal) capitalism as such. It
is in this way that social media is more than just “a functional analog to
ideology,” in opposition to Chun. Social media, today, is our ideology.
Encoding/Decoding Rethought
I am now, finally, in a position to produce the version of Hall’s Encoding/
Decoding model that I believe to be adequate to our thinking of social
media ideology. I present it using the diagram in Figure 4.2.
First, I want to point out one further dilemma with trying to use
Hall’s initial model for looking at social media: as many have tried to
point out, content on social media is typically user-generated. Because
of this, there is a problem of how to categorize social media users, who
are both the producer and the consumer— or “prosumer”— of social
media content. This notion of the prosumer has been used to emphasize
the new forms of exploited labor that occur on social media platforms,
where users become workers who produce the content— not only the
apparent visible content, but also the practice of inputting their own
data, which is integral to the commodity that platforms produce and sell
to advertisers as their primary source of revenue. The prosumer model,
therefore, presents us with the question of whether the user should be
positioned on the side of encoding or on the side of decoding. Or per-
haps the user should be placed on both sides at the sites of production
and of consumption.
136
C H AP TE R 4
Figure 4.2. Input/Output Model
But, as still others have pointed out, the notion of the prosumer
seems to ignore the differences between the productive and unproduc-
tive forms of labor in capitalism, in which productive labor is that which
actually produces surplus value in the commodity, through the wage
form, and through unproductive labor, which is no less exploited and
no less necessary for the realization of profit under capitalist relations of
production, but by being unwaged does not produce new surplus value.
The difference, of course, concerns the relationship between capitalist
relations of production and the wage-relation, in which surplus value is
only produced by wage labor. Unwaged labor, then, still contributes to
the overall accumulation of profit on the part of the capitalist, but only
to the extent that it allows the capitalist to acquire a further or greater
amount of surplus value already in circulation rather than the production
of new surplus value.64 The point I want to emphasize, then, through this
quick detour, is that updating the Encoding/Decoding model requires
adding an additional circuit on the side of the user or on the side of the
decoding. The programmer remains on the encoding side as the paid
wage-laborer, who contributes to the production of surplus value in the
design of the platform, to its overall ideological design, and to the design
of the platform as the main product. It is in this sense that the program-
mer is still in the position of encoding, whereas the user remains on the
side of decoding.
As we have seen, the programmers’ own frameworks of knowledge
are inscribed into the platform and into the algorithm through their
work as designers, by shaping, framing, and giving definition to the
kinds of problems and questions that the platform, its interface aesthet-
ics, and its algorithmic logic are meant to solve. Furthermore, since plat-
forms are businesses, programmers are employed by corporations (such
137
I N P U T / O U T P UT
as Facebook and Google) that contribute to and participate within the
larger set of capitalist relations of production more broadly; therefore,
the problems that programmers aim to solve, given their existing frame-
works of knowledge, are also implicated in the reproduction of the capi-
talist social relations of production more generally. We may therefore
substitute the new terms input/output to replace encoding/decoding to
indicate the way that programmers’ inputs, the aggregate coding involved
in the design of the algorithm and the platform, and the programmers’
interpretations and categorizations of the outputs produced in the form
of users’ data embody the mass of surplus value produced through the
form of the social media platform.
On the decoding side, the side of the user, we can see in what sense
user-generated content interacts with the design of the platform at an
ideological level. Yes, the user produces the apparent content of the site
in the form of posts, articles, likes, shares, and so forth. The user also pro-
duces content in the creation of various lists of friends and followers—
which is to say that the primary content produced by users is their public
profile, at which they work to curate their identities, a point I will take
up in the following chapter. But this does not necessarily count as the
production of surplus value for the platform, since it remains as unwaged
labor, however much it allows for the extraction of more surplus value
already in circulation. Yet, this does not mean that the unwaged participa-
tion of users to create content contributes nothing to the overall exploit-
ative structure of the platform.
There is an implied and additional decoding on the part of the
Symbolic order of the network, the big Other, which operates as the lure
of the users’ desire— a desire that hails the user, interpellates the sub-
ject, toward continuous and constant participation on the site: a fetishis-
tic brand of participation that occurs despite the user’s knowledge and
awareness that data mining is taking place. We are even driven to partici-
pate sometimes in conditions that may seem self-defeating. We can just
imagine, for instance, the scenario of the online debate, or we can imag-
ine our interactions with trolls in which we feel compelled to respond
despite knowing that we should “never feed the trolls,” as they say, or
enter the “Vampire Castle.” Or many of us have the uncomfortable expe-
rience of reading the comments section of blog articles, knowing that we
will feel compelled to argue with others online. The curation of the big
Other, in other words, need not be for something that is only apparently
pleasurable. Quite often it is the case that our desire is driven by a mas-
ochistic compulsion toward struggle and confrontation. Perhaps, then,
what truly gets encoded and programmed into the form of social media
is the production of the Symbolic order itself. This is the point that we
138
C H AP TE R 4
can use to look at the ideological ramifications of the various forms of
decoding that Hall outlines at the end of his essay.
It seems in the Encoding/Decoding model that failed interpella-
tion is a possibility. The viewer or audience or user does not have to
decode the text in the dominant-hegemonic or preferred fashion; the
viewer or user can instead decode in an entirely oppositional or counter-
hegemonic way. The viewer or user retains a degree of free agency, al-
lowing the viewer or user to resist the dominant ideology at the level
of its appearance; but with social media, it seems that resistance plays
a productive role in the training of the algorithm. The more we resist,
then it is so much the better for the logical design of the platform and
the algorithm, which relies upon the user’s relationship to the big Other
and to its desire. In this way, social media has an ideological advantage
over traditional or conventional media at the level of its hegemonic and
machinic enslavements. The more we resist, or the more we decode in
a counter-hegemonic way— that is, the more apparent interpellation
fails— the more the site and its programmers learn the optimal ways to
play with our desire— that is, to produce a convincing ideology, if not
overtly, then at least at the level of our practical participation on the site.
The fact remains that online resistance increasingly creates the condi-
tions for our control; to return to Žižek’s thesis, we continue to learn that
in conditions of postmodern capitalism, “perversion is not subversion”—
that, in fact, subversion has become fully integrated into the dominant
ideology. What lures us is not a particularly convincing and direct ideo-
logical message, but one that increasingly elicits our desire in the form of
resistance. The more we resist, the more we help to train the algorithm
about the logic of our desire. And that may be what is so truly unsavory
about the Cambridge Analytica scandal: not that our privacy was violated
directly, but that it shows us precisely how adept platforms have become
at reading our desire.
5
Appearances That Matter,
and the Reified Subjects
of Social Media
If social media platforms curate content for us by curating the form of
the big Other as the network, then to what extent are we, too, curating
ourselves for it? The ideal of content and identity curation shows the de-
gree to which social media is a “selfie” machine as well as a machine of
desire— the two are not necessarily distinct; but far from the view that this
represents merely the narcissism of individuals, we need to reflect upon
the ways that our neoliberal culture is more broadly narcissistic. Or, more
appropriately, we need to come to terms with the way that appearances
do matter at the level of the biopolitical. This is a fact of our culture, and
it is not something simply caused by social media. Rather, social media
demonstrates the degree to which the production of appearances is cen-
tral to the social insofar as biopolitics concerns our self-reification. In
Lacanian terms, it helps us to understand the relationship between our
ideal ego— or our Imaginary sense of self produced within the realm of
fantasy— and our Ego Ideal, which represents the way that we see our-
selves from the perceived position of the Other. Social media teaches us,
though, that our recognition of the level of appearances is sometimes
the best way to create an impact. Or, it shows us just how much a change
in the Symbolic can have an effect in the Real. I will explain via a detour
through David Fincher’s Gone Girl (2014).
Gone Girl as Ideology Critique
A Time magazine review of the film asks whether the story should be
viewed as a misogynistic narrative or as a feminist one.1 This story about
a woman (Amy) and her cheating husband (Nick), whom she frames for
her own (faked) murder, as the reviewer puts it, “pits a feminist psycho-
path against a misogynistic jerk.” Central to debates over the political
139
140
C H AP TE R 5
implications of the film is the “cool girl” speech that received far less
coverage in the film than in the novel. Here, as Amy escapes from the
“scene of the crime,” she talks about the “cool girl” persona: the act that
a woman might put on by pretending to enjoy what guys like as a way of
making herself attractive to men. This is a persona often presented by
pop culture portrayals of women who like doing “guy stuff,” like watch-
ing sports, perhaps reading comic books and watching action movies, and
eating tons of junk food, while still maintaining a slim and sexy figure—
enjoying, ultimately, those activities that have been stereotyped as mascu-
line, but mostly as a way of making herself attractive to men, and not nec-
essarily out of any genuine interest in “masculine” activities themselves.
What the “cool girl” appears to enjoy most is the attention of men. As
Amy describes it, the “cool girl” is as follows:
a hot, brilliant, funny woman who adores football, poker, dirty jokes,
and burping, who plays video games, drinks cheap beer, loves three-
somes and anal sex, and jams hot dogs and hamburgers into her mouth
like she’s hosting the world’s biggest culinary gang bang while somehow
maintaining a size 2, because Cool Girls are above all hot. Hot and un-
derstanding. Cool Girls never get angry; they only smile in a chagrined,
loving manner and let their men do whatever they want. Go ahead, shit
on me, I don’t mind, I’m the Cool Girl. . . . Men actually think this girl exists.
The “cool girl” speech can be read as a feminist critique of recent
pop culture expectations placed on women. Yet, at the same time, the
story returns to the misogynistic trope of the villainous, jealous, psy-
chopathic woman, often portrayed in thrillers like Basic Instinct (1992),
Fatal Attraction (1987), and Disclosure (1994). So, if I can put it this way,
I think that so long as Gone Girl is placed within this series or “chain of
equivalences” (to borrow from Laclau and Mouffe), it should be seen as
an exercise in misogyny, reproducing the patriarchal myth of the sinful
woman, the Eve, the Lilith, or the Delilah figure, if you will. The woman
who causes the downfall of man.
But the “cool girl” trope can even, perhaps, work alongside the
image of the woman as treacherous villain, and it can be written back
in a feminist way; this is how Nina Power has interpreted the Lana Del
Rey record, Ultraviolence, specifically the song “Money, Power, Glory.”2
LDR, a “cool girl” herself, uses, according to Power, irony in appearing
to embody, but then to take down, the phallocentric critique of woman
as villain. Lines from “Money, Power, Glory”— such as the following—
encapsulate this idea perfectly:
141
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
You say that you wanna go to the land
That’s far away
How are we supposed to get there from the way
That we’re living today
You talk lots
About God
Freedom comes from the cause, but
That’s not what
This bitch wants
Not what I want at all
I want money, power, and glory.
As Power discusses, the song is about a hypocritical religious figure, but
can also be read as “a feminist or reparations revenge anthem.” The
theme of the song, Power says, is the following: “You motherfuckers have
everything, and you did nothing to get it but steal from the people who
did all the work but got nothing in return.” The only response can then
be: “I’m going to do exactly the same thing to get ahead;” or, “you’ve
painted me as deceitful and conniving, so fuck you: I’m going to steal
back that image to really get what I want (because you’ll fuck me over
otherwise)!” This theme comes across equally well in songs like “Fucked
My Way Up to the Top,” and “I’m Pretty When I Cry,” songs that, through
a kind of postmodern irony, identify with the interpellated persona, in
order to use it strategically to overthrow the phallocentric Symbolic order,
which is what Amy does in Gone Girl.
I think the film can be read against the misogynistic critique if we
consider it in its singularity— outside of the chain of equivalences—
allowing, perhaps, the film to speak for itself, beyond the gender critique,
which, however, is truly called for to a certain extent. The film also devel-
ops an interesting critique of media appearances and ideology appropri-
ate for the age of social media, and I think we can read Gone Girl against
the standard “Hollywoodism” of the production of the happy couple
in the end to make this case. At the end of the film, we get the image of
the happy Hollywood couple, but with a twist that can only make sense
against the background of contemporary neoliberal capitalism, capitalist
realism, and social media identity or Influencer curation. The film re-
verses the standard fantasy of the couple, which idealizes each in the
eyes of the other. What I see in my partner is a reflected version of my
desire (isn’t it the most traumatic thing to realize that one’s lover does
not fit the coordinates of this reflected desire?) What makes possible the
production of the happy couple is the underlying image that each has of
142
C H AP TE R 5
the partner— one that raises the partner to the sublime counterpart of
one’s pleasure or happiness. The fantasy that places the partner within
the coordinates of one’s love and admiration, perhaps.
In Gone Girl we get the opposite. The idealization is the product,
not of the underlying fantasy framework, but of overt Symbolic construc-
tion, raised to the level of the “big Other”— the order of appearances
that shape and structure communication, representation, and human
social relationships. In actuality, Amy and Nick hate each other. In fact,
as the film progresses, it almost appears as though they are in direct
competition with each other— they are caught in a game of wits: Which
one can outwit the other? Their competitiveness with each other speaks
quite clearly to the neoliberal agency of homo oeconomicus: the subject
of competition, as opposed to the liberal subject of rights and the law.
The neoliberal subject, in competition with other subjects, forces a new
kind of self-disciplining under the conditions of advanced financial capi-
talism, as encapsulated in the notion of “risk society.” Competition means
taking risks in order to beat one’s competitor, but risk also requires a
large degree of self-reflexivity. One is constantly required to anticipate
the actions of the other (a job required of market speculators as well,
I should add), to avoid losing out to one’s opponent— to get a jump
on the competition. But this kind of self-reflexivity also generates a form
of self-disciplining, and one that insists on a certain instrumental form of
behavior, incentivized by competition. So, we end up not acting entirely
out of freedom; we are free to act only under the conditions of absolute
risk, ultimately forced to operate in accordance with the laws of market
incentives directly.
In the film, it is almost as if Amy and Nick are in direct competi-
tion with each other in this way— a quality that speaks loudly about the
inability of the couple to form a union in neoliberal conditions; they face
conditions that give privilege to the individual. Competition, risk, self-
reflexivity: these are the qualities under neoliberal conditions, structured
by the immanent truth effects of the neoliberal economy, preventing the
development of trust, the sine qua non of lasting relationships. Amy and
Nick cannot trust each other and are constantly engaged in a game of
wits, performed through media appearances. They discover again and
again the need properly, or adequately, to curate their identities for the
gaze of the mediated big Other. This is a point that Jennifer Friedlander
makes, for instance, about the reality of deception.
Friedlander argues this point against the view that realism is “predi-
cated on the assumption that by seeing through the ideological fictions
that conceal the true workings of an institution, we undermine it.” In-
stead, she claims, “such revelations strengthen rather than weaken the
143
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
force of the ideological illusion.”3 Seeing through a fiction, according to
Friedlander, is the most potent way of accelerating the deception by en-
abling the feeling of being “in the know.” Feeling like we are in the know
is the most potent form of deception. Ideology, she claims, “is most effec-
tive when it creates the impression that we know better and are therefore
immune to its influence.”4
If there is an underlying theme in Gone Girl, it is precisely the fact
that appearances matter. That it is simply not possible to find the truth
behind or underneath the appearances. Truth is in the appearance itself.
If Amy and Nick are not bound by the underlying fantasy that idealizes
each in the eyes of the other, they are bound by the outward performance
that they play for the media. Appearances therefore matter precisely for
holding the one to account for the other’s actions. When Amy stages her
own murder, framing Nick, he is tried, not by a judge or jury, not even by
the police (who seem somewhat sympathetic, initially, to his situation),
but by the court of public opinion— that is, by the social surveillance of
the Other. He becomes the object of media scrutiny; Amy’s “murder” is
turned into a media event. Her parents produce a media campaign to
find her (when it is believed that she is only missing and not yet dead).
Competition and reflexivity are played out by the media game as well,
as each cable news station tries to get out ahead of its competitor with
new details about the case. In fact, just prior to an interview with Nick,
arranged by his lawyer with a sympathetic news reporter, a competing sta-
tion publicizes the fact that Nick had been cheating on Amy. In response,
Nick makes use of the media appearance to let Amy (whom he realizes,
by this point, has staged her own murder and is framing him) know that
he is aware of her ploy, while he manipulates the level of appearances in
his favor. Nick and Amy act according to a logic of appearances that, as
Friedlander describes through a Lacanian logic, reveal the truth, not by
denouncing the deception, but by “staging” one.
The film also plays upon the disciplinary or control society theme of
constant surveillance. The media scrutiny of Nick and Amy’s life is paral-
leled by scenes in which Amy, taking refuge at the home of a wealthy ex-
boyfriend (Desi), uses to her advantage the home surveillance cameras
that are placed in Desi’s house. Following Nick’s interview, Amy begins
to realize that he has won the upper hand, and that sympathy might fall
away from her and toward him. Realizing that she needs to go back to
Nick to regain the power she had held when it was believed that he was
guilty, Amy manages to stage a kidnapping by Desi, making it look like
he had been attacking her, by performing scenes for the security cam-
eras (biting Desi’s lip when they kiss, making him bleed, and untucking
his shirt before he passes in front of one security camera; then hurting
144
C H AP TE R 5
herself and falling down in front of another, with appropriate timing to
make it look like he had beaten her). In this way, she is able to murder
Desi and return to Nick, placing blame on the dead ex-boyfriend, and
literally getting away with murder.
Appearances matter for Amy in another sense too. We never see the
“real” Amy— though she can be located at the level of the narration. She
is always playing a role: as the “cool girl,” as the southern “white trash”
woman while she is hiding and planning to frame Nick, as the seductive
“temptress” for Desi, and finally as the happy wife in front of the cameras
at the end of the film. In the end, Amy is able to hold Nick under her sway
by knowing how to manipulate the level of the appearances.
If we stick to the misogynistic level of appearances noted above,
we can certainly see how Gone Girl reproduces a sexist and phallocen-
tric ideology. However, it might be a bit more daring to argue that not
only is it a feminist film, but also it contains an important lesson about
the role of appearances and curated identities in the contemporary field
of mediated self-representation— that is, it is a lesson of social media
identity curation and the management of our digital reputation. The
usual critique of ideology is geared toward some kind of revelation of
the truth— the truth beneath the surface; in other words, if you want to
change things, you need to get at the truth behind the illusion. This is
a fact that Hilary Neroni identifies via the differences between psycho-
analysis and biopolitics. According to the latter, the body is a repository of
truth that we can ascertain, sometimes through torture and the affliction
of pain. In contrast, for psychoanalysis, according to Neroni, the body is
not merely a repository for the truth. The subject is, instead, driven by the
irrational experience of unconscious enjoyment.5 The contrast between
the psychoanalytic view of appearances and the biopolitical one is a topic
I explore here with regard to neoliberal incentives toward social media
identity curation.
Gone Girl shows us that, in today’s “society of the spectacle,” only
appearances matter. The point is not to critique reality; the point is to
act within the coordinates of Symbolic reality— at the level of appear-
ances— in order to have an effect in the Real through the Symbolic. But
it is this very idea that has been appropriated by the digital reputation
economy— the economy of social media developed through neoliberal
capitalism. Here, then, I examine the way that neoliberalism and social
media catch us in this logic of appearances, against which we maintain a
kind of cynical realist distance, which however captures us ever more ag-
gressively in the matrices of capitalist exploitation. The example of Gone
Girl shows us, on the one hand, how a culture of identity curation and
reputation management is fully in line with the neoliberal era; on the
145
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
other hand, it shows us that an identification with the logic of appear-
ances may be a way of expressing the contradictions at the heart of the
social media self.
On the Production of the Self
in Social Media
As discussed in previous chapters, we can note that recent studies on la-
bor and social media have emphasized the idea of “prosumption”: a con-
fluence of production and consumption, first described by Alvin Toffler.6
Much of the research in this area has appropriated Dallas Smythe’s con-
ception of the “audience commodity” and its work— the idea that TV
programmers produce audiences to sell to advertisers, and in the process
audiences work to produce themselves as an “audience commodity” by
learning to buy the products advertised on TV.7 Similarly, social media
users can be said to be producing a “prosumer commodity” by producing
the data that corporate social media companies use to sell to advertisers.8
This, I believe, offers an adequate way of conceiving the monetization (if
not necessarily the exploitation) of users’ data on corporate social media
platforms, such as Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and others. There is, as
well, an added ideological dimension to the kind of monetization that
we see in this instance: because social media involves play, on the one
hand, and participatory political and cultural communication, on the
other (that is, organizing solidarity campaigns, community functions, and
so on; perhaps this amounts to the production of a new public sphere),
and because its use is apparently voluntary, it is difficult to see how it is
a mechanism of exploitation. As I discussed in the previous chapter, it
is possible to theorize social media users as unproductive labor, but more
difficult to argue that their labor is exploited as productive given that
social media use is unwaged activity.
The concept of communicative capitalism teaches us that while
the internet promotes the ideals of democracy, it actually reinforces the
stronger and greater integration of our lives into capitalist relations of
exploitation and control. Detractors of this position may argue that, even
if users are central to the production of content upon which corporate
social media sites generate profit, they still receive a payment in kind
through the service that they receive from the social media platform.
Fuchs has indicated the fallacious aspects of the latter by demonstrating
that the value produced by users through their willful inscription of per-
sonal data into the matrices of social media databases far outweighs the
146
C H AP TE R 5
value of the service provided by corporate social media.9 The internet
prosumer commodity is, in fact, made of the mass amounts of data (“big
data”) that social media companies package and sell to advertisers (and
hand over to government surveillance agencies, such as the NSA— hence
the term “dataveillance”).
There is, however, another no less ideological way to approach the
problem of social media labor. The conception of the prosumer com-
modity in some ways seems to hint at the idea of ideology as “false con-
sciousness.” The user, in this instance, remains unaware of the fact that
the use of social media constitutes a form of labor, let alone exploited
labor. Here, we are back at the level of ideology critique in the form of
“truth as revelation”— that is, if only people knew the truth then they
would revolt. However, it is necessary to note some of the functional ele-
ments of subjectivization involved in the use of social media. We should
recognize, for instance, the prevalent use of social media, not only for play
or for participatory culture, but also and increasingly for the purpose of
work-related activities and self-promotion. The professional social media
site, LinkedIn, is surely the most obvious example of this, designed as it
is specifically for the purpose of professional networking. In the context
of an increasingly precarious labor force overall, sites like LinkedIn have
become essential for maintaining professional work- and business-related
contacts. LinkedIn thus serves as a model for understanding much of the
activity in which people are now engaged on social media, especially in
light of the rise of the figure of the social media Influencer on platforms
like the Facebook-owned Instagram— that is, social media use as work.
Social media, in this respect, has become a platform for the performance
and presentation of a commodified Self.
Here, I am using the category of the (capital “S”) Self to distin-
guish it from that of the “subject.” The Self, I claim, is an alienated rep-
resentation of the subject, congealed in the form of the signifier (or the
Lacanian Master-Signifier), which for Lacan represents the subject for
the Other. As a signifier, the Self materially obfuscates the subject; in the
psychoanalytic context, the subject remains unaware of this, and con-
stitutes her identity, in part, by misrecognizing the signifier as a fuller
representation of her-Self. The subject performs her identity as a Self
through the signifier that acts as the image of her ideal Self viewed from
the perspective of the Other, as the subject’s Ego Ideal.
What I have in mind with the idea of “performing” the Self on social
media is closely connected to constructions of reputation, or what Alison
Hearn refers to as the “digital reputation economy.”10 Hearn describes
a process of “self-branding” in which the subject is transformed into a
“commodity for sale on the labor market[, which] must also generate
147
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
its own rhetorically persuasive packaging.”11 She adds, “nowadays, social
media like Twitter or Facebook provide a new ‘protocol’ for social re-
lations; they allow individuals’ personal connections to become more
durable [and] representable.”12 Since social media makes our connec-
tions and images of the Self more “durable” and “representable,” they
can be seen as objectivized facets of the Self. They objectivize our “digital
reputation.”
“Self-branding” or “reputation management” on social media pre-
sents one aspect of the neoliberal subjectivization of individuals as “en-
trepreneurs of the Self.” As one report explains, “Reputation manage-
ment has now become a defining feature of online life for many internet
users . . .” Because “search engines and social media sites play a central
role in building one’s reputation online,” social media users must be
“careful to project themselves online in a way that suits specific audi-
ences.”13 One can discern here the type of “rational choice” rhetoric
employed by neoliberal advocates of entrepreneurial ethics. The public
profile on social media platforms is no longer an open space of com-
munication and self-identification, and is now a place for exhibiting and
curating the (professional and entrepreneurial) Self.14
My choice of distinguishing between the Self and the subject is stra-
tegic given the critical stance I am proposing of the conception of the
entrepreneurial subject on social media. The Self, I claim, represents an
objectivization (read as reification) of the subject. The Self produced on
social media is therefore not a “subject” in the Lacanian sense— the Self
is rather part of a process of reifying the subject, and even conforms in a
way to what Lazzarato has in mind with respect to social subjection. But
the ideology of social media works by reifying the subject rather than by
producing subjectivity. My conception, therefore, stands in opposition
to Michel Foucault’s definition of the neoliberal subject in his lectures
on “biopolitics.” As opposed to subjectivization, the entrepreneurial eth-
ics of neoliberalism involve the further reification of the subject, as an
object-commodity that I am calling a “Self,” as exemplified by the “pro-
file page” so ubiquitous on social media. Although it may be conceived
as an element of subjectivity and identity formation in the Information
Society, I contend that it represents instead the objectivization of the sub-
ject. To this extent, we might even be able to historicize the emergence of
theories like Object-Oriented Ontology as a correlation to the historical
form of our objectivization on social media. The more we self-objectify,
the more we are driven to theorize the agency of objects.
Whereas Foucault claims that the neoliberal subject produces itself
as subject, I argue instead that the neoliberal subject works further to ob-
jectivize the Self. Although Foucault’s analysis is based on the idea that
148
C H AP TE R 5
we are dominated through the mandate to become subjects— and, there-
fore, he presents a critical stance in opposition to neoliberalism— my
claim is that this demand is in fact one of objectivization rather than sub-
jectivization. With the rising necessity for “self-branding,” in the context
of a post-Fordist society that relies increasingly on contract and precari-
ous labor, the time spent outside of “work time,” which is the time when
labor-power is put to use— what we are used to thinking of as leisure
time, and (in Marxian terms) the time spent on the reproduction of
labor-power, or even social reproduction— now becomes subdivided in
order to include the time necessary for the promotion of the Self, under-
stood in neoliberal terms as “investing” in one’s own “human capital.”
I argue, instead, that the objectivization (and hence the commodifica-
tion) of the Self in social media functions as an additional form of un-
paid free labor in contemporary neoliberal capitalism. Self-promotion is
simply an added aspect to the neoliberal ideology of entrepreneurialism,
and social media provides the space that facilitates its operation by sub-
mitting us to the larger social exploitation of capitalist production, if not
necessarily the platform on its own.
The Neoliberal Subject
Two important differences distinguish the liberal subject from the neo-
liberal subject. On the one hand, the liberal subject can be characterized
as a “free laborer”; on the other hand, it is also a subject of exchange. In
the liberal conception of the market, both capital and labor represent
positions of free agency— both are free and equal individuals (in the eyes
of the law), endowed with rights, who enter into the market and agree to
a “fair” exchange of labor-power for wages. The latter would be impos-
sible to conceive as equitable without a subject who is free to enter into
the market and to exchange a commodity for a price. While the liberal
subject is one of rights before the eyes of the law, the neoliberal subject,
in contrast, is “human capital,” no longer the subject of exchange but
of competition.15 In this way, neoliberalism differs from classical liberal
economics by positing the worker as an active subject, making “rational
choices,” engaged in competition with others for access to “scarce re-
sources,” instead of as an “object of supply and demand in the form of
labor power.”16 Here, wages are not seen as the price in exchange for
labor-power, but as a return on investment in one’s “human capital.”
Foucault’s thesis was that power lies at the heart of both liberal
theories of sovereignty as well as Marxist conceptions of class domination.
149
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
As Thomas Lemke explains: “While the former [liberals] claim that legiti-
mate authority is codified in law and it is rooted in a theory of rights, the
latter [Marxists] locates power in the economy and regards the state as
an instrument of the bourgeoisie.”17 In his later work, Foucault sought
to displace these two conceptions of power. Through his discussion of
neoliberalism, “human capital,” and through the entrepreneurial agency
of the neoliberal subject, Foucault advances a conception of subjectivity
that relies less on “juridico-political” and class models of power. Rather,
the neoliberal, entrepreneurial subject as “human capital” is, according
to Foucault, a subject that self-authorizes. As Andrew Dilts puts it, “For
Foucault, the neo-liberal account of human capital opens the grounds of
subjectivity, redirects his attention beyond the ways in which we are made
subjects by force relations and allows him to think about the role that sub-
jects play in their own formation.”18 Because neoliberals emphasize the
role of (“rational”) choice, there is a sense in which the subject here is
formed freely and is interpellated, neither by ideology nor by repression,
but by the immanent “truth effects” of the neoliberal economy. What
Foucault finds in the theory of “human capital” is a material conception
of subjectivity that moves beyond Marxist and liberal conceptions of ide-
ology and subjectivity. The neoliberal subject, for Foucault, is an effect of
the “truth regime” of neoliberal governmentality.
“Human capital” refers to “everything that in one way or another
can be a source of future income.” That is, it consists of “all of those
physical and psychological factors which make someone able to earn this
or that wage.”19 One may “invest” in his or her “human capital” through
practices of consumption; but consumption is taken as a productive activ-
ity. Neoliberalism sees people as “investors in themselves” and, there-
fore, “treats people not as consumers but as producers,” and time spent
on the production of reputation is an important element of “investing”
in the Self.20 The subjectivization of workers, from this perspective, comes
through the active agency of investing in the Self, making each of us an
“entrepreneurial self,” or an “entrepreneur of the Self.” For the neolib-
eral subject, as an “entrepreneur of the Self” in competition with other
neoliberal subjects and constantly investing in his or her “human capital,”
everything, “from marriage, to crime, to expenditures on children, can
be understood ‘economically’ according to a particular calculation of
cost for benefit.”21 This, according to Jason Read, means that we have to
rethink and expand the category of labor in neoliberalism drastically:
“Any activity that increases the capacity to earn income . . . is an invest-
ment in human capital.”22
Foucault’s objective, according to Read, “is not to bemoan [the
neoliberal conception of “human capital”] as a victory for capitalist
150
C H AP TE R 5
ideology . . . so much so that everyone from a minimum wage employee
to a C.E.O. considers themselves to be entrepreneurs.” Instead, Foucault’s
project demonstrates how neoliberalism represents a new “regime of
truth,” complete with its own form of subjectivization: homo oeconomicus,
or the “entrepreneurial subject,” as distinguished from homo juridicus, or
the “legal subject of the state.”23 No longer is the subject guided by rights
and laws; for homo oeconomicus, investment and competition are activi-
ties that render the subject in a position of self-control through self-
reflexivity and establish the production of the Self as entrepreneur. Now,
“the worker, on his own initiative, is supposed to guarantee the forma-
tion, growth, accumulation, improvement, and valorization of the ‘self’
as ‘capital’.”24
The conditions for enacting this conception of the neoliberal sub-
ject have been put into practice through varying austerity measures and
through the dismantling of the postwar welfare or social state. That is,
through the “contemporary trend away from long term labor contracts,
[and] toward temporary and part-time labor,” and through austerity
measures that turn needs (formerly subsidized by the state) and basic
resources into exchange values, the neoliberal entrepreneurial subject
has no choice but to practice an ethic of investing in the Self, in “human
capital,” and to enter into relations of competition. As Read puts it, this
has been an “effective strategy of subjectification” that encourages work-
ers to avoid seeing themselves as workers and to view themselves instead
as “companies of one.”25
Digital Labor and the Internet “
Prosumer Commodity”
How does this logic of investing in one’s own “human capital,” of in-
vesting in the Self, impact the way that we use social media? Consider,
for instance, the types of activities in which one engages through social
media. We “share” articles, images, and “memes;” we “like” or “favorite”
content posted by others; we can write about our thoughts, express our
opinions, and create short polemics (in 280 characters or less on Twit-
ter); we can also, and importantly, “follow” and “friend” others, creating
a “social network” on social media. All of these activities— of which this
is only a small account— help to produce the Self on social media. The
profile page is a register of all of our activities, all of our comments and
posts, and (importantly) all of the networks to which we connect, which
makes our production of Self much more durable and representable,
151
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
and therefore “objectifiable.” Further, we act as curators of our profiles:
we invest time in reading through articles (or, at the very least, the titles
of articles) before we post them; we invest time in deciding what to say
in our status updates; and we invest time in building (and maintaining)
a network that makes us appear desirable to others. All of this requires
us to be rather self-reflexive if we are interested in producing a Self that
is to be desired by others (or in producing our own desire as the desire
of the Other), which will help us to develop a desired reputation. Which
is to say that a lot of work goes into the construction of the Self and one’s
“digital reputation” in social media.
Like all activities in the neoliberal context, using social media
should be seen as a form of work or labor. But how might we conceive
social media labor when it is viewed predominantly as a leisure activ-
ity? Writing about Facebook, Christian Fuchs notes that user generated
data— data about ourselves— is compiled by the site and transformed
into an “Internet ‘Prosumer’ Commodity,” not unlike the “audience com-
modity.”26 Fuchs concedes the point that it is difficult to perceive the
existence of exploitation on social media sites like Facebook. However,
he argues that forms similar to the form of commodity fetishism mask
the exploitative aspects of corporate social media. It is precisely the com-
modity form of Facebook that hides the production of exchange value
behind the veil of use values. The Facebook platform is created as a use
value that satisfies users’ communicative and social needs, but at the same
time it serves Facebook’s profit interests.27 The “object-status” of users—
that is, the commodification of users’ contributions to the profitability of
the site— remains concealed by the production of the social network.28
Social media users are therefore, according to Fuchs, workers: “The on-
line work they perform on social media is informational work, affective
work, cognitive work, communicative work and collaborative work. This
work creates profiles, content, transaction data and social relations.”29 But
also, in order for social media platforms to work, “users need to be quite
active, social, creative and networked.”30
Fuchs and others thus demonstrate the way that users’ activity on
corporate social media is in actuality a form of exploited and alienated
labor, which the presentation of social media use as a leisure activity ob-
scures. Yet in the context of corporate, for-profit platforms, like Facebook
and Twitter, the data and information that users provide, the profiles that
they produce, and the content that they share contribute to the produc-
tion of the “Internet ‘Prosumer’ Commodity” upon which these compa-
nies generate profit through monetization of our activity. Significantly,
work, here, is not conceived as such, but rather as play and as leisure. It
is also, in this sense, that the promotion of the Self through social media
152
C H AP TE R 5
may not be seen as work— that is, as value-producing activity, or as pro-
ductive labor.
While I do not dispute much of the critical political economy ap-
proach to corporate social media represented by Fuchs’s research, save
for the important difference between productive (that is, waged) and
unproductive (that is, unwaged) labor, my interests here lie more with
the way in which users deal with their objectivization and commodifica-
tion more broadly and the way that social media reputation management
fulfills a larger dimension of aggregate exploitation in the overall social
conditions of neoliberal capitalism. Fuchs, in fact, explains this quite well
in another way.
Referring to Pierre Bourdieu’s categories of social, cultural, sym-
bolic, and economic capital, Fuchs puts the matter as follows: people
make use of social media because it allows them access to: 1) an accumu-
lation of social relations (social capital); 2) an accumulation of qualifica-
tions, education, knowledge, and so on (cultural capital); and 3) an accu-
mulation of reputation (symbolic capital). However, “the time that users
spend on commercial social media platforms generating social, cultural
and symbolic capital is the process of prosumer commodification trans-
formed into economic capital. Labor time on commercial social media
is the conversion of Bourdieusian social, cultural and symbolic capital
into Marxian value and economic capital.”31 Two things follow from this:
first, social media is designed to encourage users— by creating and by
fostering pleasurable incentives— to spend increasing amounts of time
using the platform, voluntarily handing over data about themselves, and
helping to create the prosumer commodity; second, the demands of the
neoliberal labor market force users to employ social media as a means
of further accumulating and representing their social, cultural, and sym-
bolic capital as part of the Self. Labor time and leisure time fold into
one another in the digital culture and economy and become part of the
emerging “24/7 temporalities” of twenty-first-century capitalism.
Self-Management 2.0: A 24/7 Job
Fuchs notes that terms such as “social media and Web 2.0 were estab-
lished around 2005 in order to characterize World Wide Web (www) plat-
forms like social networking sites (e.g. Facebook, LinkedIn), blogs (e.g.
Wordpress), wikis (e.g. Wikipedia), microblogs (e.g. Twitter, Weibo), and
user-generated content sharing sites (e.g. Youtube).”32 But what is more
significant is the fact that, as Daniel Trottier explains, Web 2.0 services
153
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
“are typically made up of individual profiles. In most cases, a user cannot
simply visit a site like Facebook; they have to build a presence there. Profiles
are a kind of biographical space, where users provide information about
themselves.”33 Social media websites like Facebook, therefore, differ sig-
nificantly from the internet of the 1990s in that they limit anonymity and
encourage the manufacture of individuality and Self-hood.
What is equally significant about social media, demonstrating its
evolution beyond “cyberspace,” is the fact that it encourages users to
construct their identities more concretely than in previous iterations. As
Geert Lovink notes, social media and the rise of Web 2.0 provide “little
freedom anymore to present yourself in multiple ways.”34 The combina-
tion of entrepreneurial incentives and the rise of the post-9/11 security
state make masking one’s identity online almost impossible— or at least
more difficult: “The hedonistic excesses at the turn of the millennium
were over by the 2001 financial crisis and 9/11 attacks. The war on terror
aborted the desire for a serious parallel ‘second self’ culture and instead
gave rise to the global surveillance and control industry. . . . Web 2.0 tac-
tically responded with coherent, singular identities in sync with the data
owned by police, security, and financial institutions.”35
Social media creates an atmosphere that encourages the produc-
tion of a realistic representation of the Self as opposed to a mere ava-
tar. For example, Lovink explains that within Facebook there exists “a
pathological dimension of commitment to the real self going hand in
hand with the comfort of being only amongst friends in a safe, controlled
environment. . . . Differences of choice are celebrated so long as they
are confined to one ‘identity’.”36 Confined to a single, realistic identity,
and within the context of the neoliberal valorization of the entrepre-
neurial Self, social media has helped to generate a “self-management”
wave, which transformed into a “self-promotion machine.”37 Managing
one’s Self becomes a full-time job, which blurs the lines between profes-
sional and private life: “In the competitive networking context of work,
we are trained to present ourselves as the best, fastest, and smartest.”38
The Self-management wave of Web 2.0, using the “self-promotion ma-
chine” of social media, has aided in extending the length of the working
day, transforming into what Jonathan Crary refers to as “24/7 temporali-
ties.” “It’s only recently,” Crary notes, “that the elaboration, the modeling
of one’s personal and social identity, has been reorganized to conform
to the uninterrupted operation of markets, information networks, and
other systems.”39 24/7 thus renders “the idea of working without pause,
without limits.”40
Social media also allows for the extension of the workday beyond
all available working hours. There is no “off switch;” although none of
154
C H AP TE R 5
us can really be shopping, playing games, working, or blogging 24/7, no
moment exists nowadays in which we are not shopping, consuming, or
using and exploiting networks. The invasion of 24/7 temporalities there-
fore becomes all pervasive.41 24/7 temporalities have a global reach and
continue to operate elsewhere while we are asleep, so that when we wake
up, we already have commands ready to go in our email inboxes when
we start the day. Social media and 24/7 temporalities thus speak to an
environment of productivity that does not stop. Profit-generating activity
is in operation 24/7.42 Even those activities that were only conceived as
acts of consumerism have now become productive “techniques of per-
sonalization.” Producing the Self is a labor-intensive operation, and we
are constantly given incentives and prescriptions by consumer society to
reinvent and manage our intricate identities.43 All of this is championed,
however, as “entrepreneurial heroism,” which surmounts the asymme-
try between the individual and the “grid.”44 Everything that one does is
now “deployed in the service of adding dollar or prestige value to one’s
electronic identities.”45 In a world of constant competition, of total com-
modification, “reification has proceeded to the point where the indi-
vidual has to invent a self-understanding that optimizes or facilitates their
participation in digital milieus and speeds.” Everyone “needs an online
presence, needs 24/7 exposure, to avoid social ‘irrelevance’ or profes-
sional failure.”46
“Human Capital” or the Reproduction
of Labor-Power?
24/7 temporalities now call into question the way that we imagine the
structure and length of the working day. Usually, we think about the
typical working day as something separate from leisure time. We use our
time outside of work to eat, sleep, and relax, all of which contribute to
the reproduction of our ability to work. Marx calls this period the time
necessary for the reproduction of labor-power. The latter is an integral
part of his analysis, since it helps to explain why the price of wages ap-
pears fair in the labor market: the wage is the fair price for labor-power
since it covers the costs of those materials that we need to reproduce our
ability to work— the cost of rent, transportation, food, clothing, and so
on— in other words, the commodity that workers are selling to the capi-
talist.47 Exploitation occurs, not because workers are paid below the value
of their labor-power, but because workers are put to work for an amount
of time in which they produce their own value, plus an additional value
155
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
for which they are not paid, which becomes the surplus value that is ap-
propriated by the capitalist.48
Workers use their earned wages to satisfy physiological needs, pay
rent, pay for transportation; but they can also deploy wages to increase the
value of labor-power— to spend on education, physical health, and com-
munication technologies, and to gain access to social and cultural net-
works. In neoliberal terms, the laborer “invests” in her “human capital.”
My claim, though, is that what the neoliberal ideology conceives as in-
vesting in human capital remains nothing more than what Marxists refer
to as the reproduction of labor-power: consuming in order to reproduce
the commodity that the laborer sells on the market to meet the means of
subsistence.49 With neoliberalism, however, we begin to witness, on the
one hand, a decreasing wage (in real terms) that is below the true value
of labor-power, in addition to divestment from public infrastructure and
social services that help to subsidize the cost of living. On the other hand,
people are encouraged to borrow in order to “invest” further to increase
the value of their labor-power or human capital. This works toward the
transformation of nearly all activity into value-producing activity. Bor-
rowing in order to invest: we see, here, in parallel with the rise of the
neoliberal “entrepreneurial subject,” the emergence of the neoliberal
“debt economy.”
As Silvia Federici explains, “since the 1980s, a whole ideological cam-
paign has been orchestrated that represents borrowing from banks to pro-
vide for one’s reproduction as a form of entrepreneurship, thus mystifying
the class relation and the exploitation involved.”50 Added to this, we have
also seen processes of wage deflation, reductions in public spending, ris-
ing levels of personal debt, and precarious labor. According to Lazzarato,
these processes have contributed to the neoliberal conception of the “en-
trepreneur of the Self,” whose activity is restricted to managing his or her
employability, debts, drops in wages, and the reduction of public services,
all of which function according to the terms of business and competition.51
Reproduction of labor-power is now seen as a wholly entrepreneur-
ial activity, in which both work and “work on the self” are reduced to a
command to become one’s own boss, absorbing the risks and costs now
externalized onto the rest of society by business interests and austerity
governments. Neoliberal entrepreneurialism was promised as a form of
liberation; instead, it has turned out to be a mechanism for download-
ing the costs and risks that neither businesses nor the state are willing to
take.52 As a result, more stress is placed on the individual “entrepreneur-
ial” Self to add to the reputation of the Self, since this is the character
upon which future income depends.
Given the overlap between the neoliberal ideology of “human
156
C H AP TE R 5
capital”— of “investing” in one’s human capital— and the Marxian cate-
gory of the reproduction of labor-power, it is possible to conceive the
production of “human capital” less as the production of subjectivity, and
more as the production of the subject as an object-commodity, increas-
ingly just that of labor-power. Investing in one’s human capital, in other
words, is simply the neoliberal ideology speaking to the necessity to re-
produce labor-power as an object and to further self-commodify the en-
tirety of one’s life and living.
Social media and the necessity to “self-brand,” however, pose a
new problem. At the same time that one is involved in the reproduction
of labor-power, we now find, also, the production of a second object-
commodity that operates as a mechanism for the sale and marketing of
the first. That is, there is the production of the Self as a brand identity,
or in social media, the production of a public profile through which
one may market oneself as worker or as human capital, depending upon
the perspective that one takes ideologically. The production of the Self,
I claim, is similar to what Tiziana Terranova refers to as “supplementing,”
that is, bringing home supplementary work: the increasing necessity of
working outside of the traditional office. This, she explains, has been af-
fected by the expansion of the internet, which has given “ideological and
material support to contemporary trends toward increased flexibility of
the workforce, continuous reskilling [and] freelance work.”53 In the con-
text of social media, the following question needs to be addressed: does
the investment in the Self count only toward the reproduction of labor-
power, or is the time invested in the reproduction of labor-power now
split between the latter and the production of Self as image or brand? In
other words, can we now think of a triple division of the day, including
1) labor-time, 2) time for the reproduction of labor-power, and 3) the
time necessary for the marketing of labor-power, and the promotion of
the Self? Or, instead, are we now also seeing the total and complete ob-
jectification or reification of the entirety of our life, living, and our social
interactions, where all of these activities fold into each other? This may
be one way to note the difference between commodity production and
social production, however much the latter still relies ideologically upon
the wage relationship.
The Neoliberal Self as the Object of
the Subject
It is difficult to conceive of users’ activity on social media both as a form
of labor and as an objectivizing practice for a couple of reasons that are
157
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
specific to postmodern capitalism. On the one hand, as I have already
noted above, using social media appears as a form of play and entertain-
ment, and therefore it does not appear as productive labor; on the other
hand, it appears to provide a platform for the construction of a Self as
subject. Consumer culture and the rise of the information society have
created the appearance of a free society outside of direct technocratic
or authoritarian control. Information Communication Technologies
(ICTs), for instance, have increased accessibility to knowledge, which
has largely been democratized (that is, if we ignore the global “digital
divide”); furthermore, the pleasure ethic and the injunction to “Enjoy!”
in consumer society discredit the notion that ours is a society that is based
upon prohibition and repression. In fact, as Žižek argues, postmodern
society is one that is no longer based upon the prohibition to enjoy and
is organized instead around the constant obligation to enjoy. A paral-
lel exists, then, between Žižek’s thought and that of Foucault (the two,
though, coming from opposite perspectives) in trying to conceive subjec-
tivization outside the operation of direct repression. This is the central
problem for the postmodern critique of ideology: how to conceive the
operations of ideology outside of mechanisms of direct and overt control.
The historicity of the postmodern subject is further destabilized
by the perceived lack of alternatives to global capitalism that Fisher de-
scribes as “capitalist realism.”54 As he puts it, capitalist realism denotes
“the widespread sense that not only is capitalism the only viable political
and economic system, but also that it is now impossible to even imagine
a coherent alternative to it.”55 The “realism” of capitalist realism should
be understood as the kind of response that one receives when one pro-
claims the viability of alternatives to capitalism; it is the response that
so many of us on the Left receive from cynics who encourage us to “be
realistic” or to quit being so “idealistic.” This kind of cynicism, accord-
ing to Žižek, is precisely the form that ideology has taken in a supposedly
post-ideological era.
As I argued in chapter 2, we see here a perverse core (in the strict
Lacanian sense) to the form of ideology in postmodern society, and cyni-
cism, as a form of fetishistic disavowal, exemplifies the latter. As Todd
McGowan explains, cynicism is “a mode of keeping alive the dream of
successfully attaining the lost object [of desire] while fetishistically deny-
ing one’s investment in this idea.” But the danger of cynicism is that “it
allows subjects to acknowledge the hopelessness of consumption while
simultaneously consuming with as much hope as the most naïve con-
sumer.”56 It is here, I claim, through the cynical preservation of desire,
that we can locate a conception of the subject that stands in opposition
to the one proposed by Foucault in his lectures on neoliberalism. The
apparent absence of prohibition has brought, not the demise of the big
158
C H AP TE R 5
Other, but rather the willing of it back into existence since it preserves
the subject’s ability to desire (since desire is only possible if it is posited
in opposition to its prohibition; or, as Foucault puts it, “where there is
power, there is resistance”).57
New media and ICTs play a central role in adding to the decon-
struction of prohibition. Access to one’s desire is no longer prohibited
by time, or by the delay required to attain the lost object: everything is
present, locatable in the database. This, however, produces a dilemma
for the desiring subject. New media and “cyberspace” are capable of
potentially suffocating desire— desire is operative only insofar as the
object desired remains (forever) lost. Social media thus confronts the
subject with the impossibility of desire since, as McGowan puts it, “thanks
to the emergence of cyberspace, the subject has the ability to experience
its castration as the effect of its own desire rather than as the effect of
an authority demanding sacrifice. . . . [Cyberspace] alters the subject’s
awareness of prohibition, and this not only disguises the working of the
Law but also exposes the fundamental structure of desire.”58 Cyberspace,
in other words, confronts the subject or user directly with the fact that
(in Lacanian terms) the big Other does not exist— that power is not in
fact (in accordance with Foucault) occupied by some agent or figure of
Authority. However, as McGowan indicates, this absence of recognizing
the lack of prohibition universalizes prohibition: in order to preserve
desire from suffocation, the subject clings to power, willing it into exis-
tence. The perverse core to contemporary neoliberal subjectivity is that
which, in order to preserve desire from suffocation, compels the subject
to cling to some conception of prohibiting agency. This is what makes the
postmodern subject perverse.
How, then, to save desire from suffocation, given the context of the
absence of prohibition, instant access, and abundance? Here we are able
to again think about the role of social media in preserving the agency of
the big Other. Social media, I claim, is the manner in which capitalism
exploits lack and scarcity in a world of instant access and abundance. It
is also a platform for repositing the existence of the big Other through
the form of the network. Furthermore, it is by alienating oneself materi-
ally, through the production of a material signifier— the public profile,
the signifier that represents the subject for another signifier— that stands
for both the production of the Other and the Self, in the spaces of social
media. The subject produces the Self as signifier and it does so, not as
subject, but as object; or, to borrow a phrase from Frank Smecker, the sig-
nifier represents the Self as “the object of the subject.”59
Here, we are dealing with two alternative conceptions of subjectiv-
ity (the Foucauldian conception and the Lacanian one), and the way to
159
AP PE A R A NCE S T HAT MAT T E R, AND T HE REIFIED SUBJECTS
O F SO C I A L ME DI A
resolve the contradiction between the two is to conceive the subject in the
case of Foucault— “human capital,” the “entrepreneur of the Self”— not
as subject, but as object (precisely what Foucault does not want to do).
What the neoliberal subject produces is not the Self as subject, but the
Self as object. Investing in one’s own “human capital” is the production
of the Self as object-commodity, which again gives us an indication about
the historicity of the New Materialisms. Like Gone Girl, social media shows
us that reified appearances of the Self, our objectification, is one of the
historical conditions and effects of neoliberalism.
On Becoming the Subject of
the Objectivized Self
I have been arguing that the Self represents the objectivization of the
subject in two ways, as contextualized by neoliberalism and social media.
On the one hand, drawing upon Lacanian conceptions of subjectivity,
I have argued that the subject is objectivized through its alienation in
the signifier and through its alienation in the order of the big Other or the
Symbolic order. Through social media, this is enacted in the production
of the public profile and in its presentation, performance, and exhibition
to the social network. This, I claim, is one aspect of the desire to will back
into existence some virtual prohibiting agency upon which the subject is
able to constitute its desire, a figure of prohibition that appears lacking
in the context of postmodern capitalism, but is the basis upon which all
actual desiring is made possible. On the other hand, the subject is ob-
jectivized through the production of a Self as “brand” image. The Self
is, in this sense, an object-commodity that is put to use in the service of
Self-promotion. The latter is a condition, in an atmosphere of precarious
labor, for the further accumulation of paid work. I have suggested, then,
that the working day is now divided, logically, into three parts: labor-
time, time for the reproduction of labor-power, and the time necessary
for the promotion of labor-power and the reputation of the Self. But in
practice, these parts dissolve into a whole that hides their function. Social
media masks Self-promotion as the production of subjectivity, and is in
this sense comparable to commodity fetishism in its traditional defini-
tion. The question remains, however: If all activity is objectivizing activity,
where can we locate the subject? Which notion of subjectivity is adequate
for conceiving the objectivizing operations of neoliberalism and social
media labor?
I have argued, against Foucault, that “investing” in one’s “human
160
C H AP TE R 5
capital” is not, in fact, a subject-producing activity (this follows closely
my critique of Lazzarato in chapter 3). Despite the fact that Foucault’s
intention was to posit the subject as a category of domination, I have
argued instead that neoliberalism extends the reification of the subject,
and that it is its objectivization that results in both the exploitation and
the domination of the subject. Subjectivity in the sense that I have in
mind is, therefore, much closer to the non-reified consciousness of what
traditional Marxism refers to as proletarian class consciousness. But we
need not necessarily discard the Foucauldian conception of subjectivity.
Instead, we should posit his conception as the ideological form of sub-
jectivity (one reason why his account is so convincing), while at the same
time we should invoke a conception of proletarian subjectivity, which is
what is truly at stake in critical ideological analysis.
The subject posited by Foucault represents the individual caught
in ideology insofar as the subject misrecognizes objectivization as a con-
dition of subjectivization. My claim, in contrast, is that it is simply not
possible to reveal to the subject the fact of objectivization in the circuits
of exploitation, since— for starters— the realism of “capitalist realism”
makes this generally known. As well, the subject’s sense of the preserva-
tion of desire binds the subject to the existing relations of domination
and power in order to preserve desire. The subject of neoliberalism pro-
duces, but does not produce the subject as subject; instead, users further
objectivize the entirety of life as a condition of aggregate exploitation in
neoliberal capitalism. Furthermore, the traditional categories of Marxist
analysis— alienation, reification, commodity fetishism, reproduction of
labor-power, absolute and relative surplus value— still provide a much
more adequate means for conceptualizing subjection and exploitation,
even in neoliberal conditions, than the theory of “human capital.”
The shift, then, that has accompanied neoliberalism, has not been
at the level of subjectivity, but— Foucault is correct in at least this regard—
with the material practices that have accompanied the resurgence of the
capitalist class in the post-welfare state period. Domination and control
have become increasingly self-imposed, and the Self-promotional aspect
of social media— its use as a tool further to objectivize, reify, commodify,
and sell the Self— plays a central part in this process under the conditions
of twenty-first-century capitalism, proving that appearances and the ap-
parently free and rational choice of a representational signifier are now
what matters the most.
6
The Swiping Logic of
the Signifier
While the market logic of neoliberalism complicates our ability to assume
a representational signifier, at its most fundamental, the swipe logic of
social media dating apps like Tinder reduces the paradoxes of neolib-
eral “rational choice” to their elementary binary level: swipe Right/swipe
Left; affirmation/negation; 1/0. Because of this, dating apps help us to
understand easily the binary logic of social media algorithms more gener-
ally, including how social media programming, at its elementary binary
level (of affirmation and negation), shares an ontological basis with the
binary logic of sexual difference as described by Lacanian scholarship.
Since they sexualize social media use directly in their relationship to en-
joyment, apps like Tinder make more legible the relationship between
the interface and the interpellative aspects of social media platforms over-
all. Because I attend to this relationship in terms of the swiping logic of
the platform— the choice of swiping Right or Left, the choice between
like and dislike, or the choice between affirmation and negation— I want
to begin with a discussion about the paradoxes of rational choice that
return us to the problematics of neoliberalism and human capital ad-
dressed in the previous chapter.
When we are discussing the binary logic of choice, we need to be
clear that we are not talking about a simple binary opposition between
two positive entities. Rather, we are dealing here with a much more fun-
damental opposition between affirmation and negation— that is, the re-
lationship between the positive and the negative. This point is important
since we are not merely talking about a reduction of a multiple to a
simple opposition between two forces: the reduction here is even more
radical, since we are simplifying everything down to a singular one. But
this one, the affirmative choice, becomes the overdetermining point of
articulation, the congealing of the multiple into the one. In Lacanian
terminology we are referring, of course, to the Master-Signifier, which
holds the place of a determinatively fundamental choice. This choice
is that which, on the one hand, produces a normative structure; while
on the other hand, it holds open the lack in the very same structure— a
space marked by the subject itself. In the swiping logic, an affirmative
161
162
C H AP TE R 6
choice (swipe Right) is at the same time an act of negation-exclusion
(swipe Left).
In contrast, the idea of an apparent free choice, as represented
in the neoliberal ideology, as in rational choice theory, has in the last
few decades become paradoxically tyrannical. As Renata Salecl explains,
“Rational choice theory presupposes that people think before they act
and that they will always seek to maximize the benefits and minimize the
costs of any situation.”1 The logic of rational choice informs much of the
entrepreneurial ethic of neoliberal capitalism, as we have seen, according
to which every individual is their own “human capital.” We must make
rational choices and invest appropriately in our human capital in order to
best guarantee a profitable return on our “investments.” Investing, here,
must be understood as spending— that is, as buying: buying things in the
market. To increase the value of human capital we must make rational
decisions about how to invest, for instance, in our education and in our
health care (the costs of which, of course, are increasingly downloaded
onto the individual through the mechanism of neoliberal austerity); this
includes investing in cultural objects (plays, operas, books, cuisine, and
popular culture too) to increase the range of our cultural capital, which
is certainly a component element of our ability to grow our influence in
terms of social capital, in addition to our social networks— mechanisms
that help to enhance our ability to procure a return on our investment
in the form of economic capital or income.
Here, we see how the neoliberal ethic— making rational choices
about how to invest in our human capital— interpellates us increasingly
to self-objectify. That is, neoliberalism induces us to treat ourselves as
objects rather than as subjects— not just in terms of the commodifica-
tion of our labor-power, which only had the effect of alienating us from
the products of our labor and the values that we produce. Our bodies
and our identities become objects that we need to work on and to pro-
duce, not merely as dimensions of our personhood or our (free) agency,
but as commodities or as capital that will (if invested properly) bring us
higher returns in the form of income. In this situation we can see clearly
an overlap between what Georg Lukács discusses in terms of reification
and what Foucault dubs “biopower.” Power is exerted over the body and
the self in the very act of self-regulated and disciplined investment in our
human capital, incentivized by the apparently “free” space of the market.
What is particularly interesting is that in this moment of the deeper
reification of all human subjecthood— that is, the objectification of the
self— we find ourselves in a historical-cultural moment in which objecthood
and posthumanity are becoming the thematics of the critical intellectual
gaze. New materialisms and object-oriented ontologies, democracies of
163
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
objects, and human and nonhuman assemblages have become the pri-
mary epistemological approaches employed in critical theories seeking
to mediate and to regulate our newfound object-status in a world ravaged
by the particularity of human subjecthood. In the age of the Anthro-
pocene, a “do-less” ethic of mere “witnessing” is proposed as means to
desubjectify the human so that we might reduce the damage imposed
by the human interventions of the previous eras.2 A strategic anthropo-
morphism is proposed to reduce the damage of anthropocentrism.3 The
latter, of course, produces a performative contradiction in the sense that
no anthropomorphism is possible without the centrality of the human.
Such an attempt at eliding the subject in an effort to objectivize and
decenter the human, as Russell Sbriglia notes, completely avoids and
disavows the core of subjectivity.4 This is why, as Slavoj Žižek points out,
what the New Materialists and object-oriented ontologists call “subject”
does not even meet the criteria of the notion of the subject in the sense
developed by dialectical materialism.5
Perhaps, though, one way to rethink our object-status today— now
that we are enjoined to treat ourselves as objects or as objectified sub-
stances— is to consider the human vis-à-vis the lack produced by sexual-
ity. This is one of the proposals made by Alenka Zupančič in her book,
What Is Sex? (2017). Sexuality, according to her, arises precisely because of
an inherent deadlock, a limit or impossibility in the existing reality. She
echoes in this case claims made previously and contemporaneously with
other Lacan scholars, such as Joan Copjec and Žižek.6 Sexual difference,
according to Zupančič, begins as an ontological impossibility that then as-
signs social identities.7 Sexual difference expresses the limits to ontologi-
cal reality, and what we call sexuality is the by-product of our very human
attempts to negate this impossibility. Psychoanalysis deals then, accord-
ing to her, not with the repression of sexuality, but with the repression
of the negativity inherent to sexuality.8 That is, the fact of this negation
inherent to sexuality is what ties subjectivity to enjoyment. As she puts it,
“What makes the enjoyment related to the drives sexual is its relation to
the unconscious (in its very ontological negativity) and not, for example,
its entanglement and contamination with sexuality in the narrower sense
of the term (relating to sexual organs and sexual intercourse).”9 It is this
connection to enjoyment that distinguishes human activity from a merely
logical-mechanical rational choice.
As Salecl notes, “Critics of rational choice theory . . . have pointed
out that human beings don’t always act in their own interest even when
they know what it is. People often behave in ways that do not maximize
their pleasure and minimize their pain and . . . they even sometimes de-
rive a strange pleasure from acting against their own well-being.”10 Sex
164
C H AP TE R 6
and romance are a case in point. Referring to “hook up” dating culture,
Salecl writes, “Contemporary dating rituals follow a principle of avoiding
intimacy and concentrate on the mechanics of contact.”11 Hookup cul-
ture, she says, “reveals much about the perception of sex and love in the
time of tyranny of choice.”12 Enjoyment, in this context, “is about taking
gratification from the process of hooking— enticing, seducing, trapping,
and then discarding—unhooking— and searching for a new object. This
lack of commitment,” she says, “is the new vogue in relationships.”13
Another view might suggest that the tyranny of choice actually pre-
sents us with one of the limit points of the logic of rational investment.
On the matter of love, for instance, what if what the tyranny of choice pre-
sents us with is an intense anxiety at the presence, not of the lack (which
drives desire), but the lack of the lack— that is, of actually finding love at
the end of the tunnel. “The erotic deadlock in today’s society,” accord-
ing to Salecl, “arises directly from our attempts to eliminate the anxiety
that love provokes and to alleviate the uncertainty that will always accom-
pany desire.”14 What we might end up with, then, is an obsessional form
of sexual desire, best articulated in the notion of courtly love. As Lacan
explains, the man in courtly love is enamored, not with the Woman, but
with the pursuit of the unobtainable object.15 She is desired only insofar as
she constantly eludes the man’s advances. For the obsessional, the worst
fear is actually obtaining the object of desire, since he is concerned with
the fact that if he were to obtain what he desires, then it would end up
not being as gratifying or as satisfying as he had hoped. The obsessional
therefore works to maintain his distance from the desired object. What
can this form of the obsessional subject tell us about the form of the swipe
logic on Tinder?
Accelerated Intimacy
The overlap between the algorithmic logic of new digital communica-
tions technologies and social media and the neoliberal entrepreneurial
ethic is one way that contemporary culture has invested in the alleviation
of the anxiety brought about by the tyranny of choice. Often, neoliberal
managerialisms speak in terms of “efficiencies”— making production
and systems more efficient by reducing or eliminating “redundancies.”
Usually, this type of rhetoric is used to disguise the fact that firms are
seeking to increase productivity and profit by finding techniques to make
workers work harder for less money. This, of course, is no aberration, but
rather is a specific condition of the capitalist mode of production and one
165
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
of its inherent barriers to accumulation. When we consider the barrier of
competition in which capitalists compete with each other for profit maxi-
mization, we come to realize that finding “efficiencies” pertains largely
to the reduction of costs while simultaneously maximizing productivity.
Historically, this has meant either bringing in new labor-saving technol-
ogies to increase the productivity of wage-laborers or replacing wage-
workers with machines. The language of efficiency thus overlaps with that
of mechanization and technologization: Taylorism and Fordism.
Time is also a barrier to profitability.16 It is necessary for firms to
continuously find ways to accelerate the process, to increase rates of pro-
ductivity, circulation, returns, and reproductivity above those of competi-
tors. Efficiency is therefore also tied to an acceleration of the process, a
shrinking of time via a shrinking of spaces of circulation, or what David
Harvey has called a “time-space compression.”17 And— why not— under
conditions of neoliberal romance, consider sex and dating apps in the
same way? What does it look like when we conceive of sex and romance
along similar lines of efficient rational choice?
In their discussion of Tinder, David and Cambre note the way that
the platform eases the anxiety of choice through the simplification of
the “swiping logic.”18 They identify acceleration as one of the primary
features of this reduction of choice into a simple binary: swipe Right/
swipe Left— affirmation/negation. Apps like Tinder, they write, “reduce
options to the strictly yes/no binary as part of the function of the swipe
logic.”19 Speed, they say, is intentionally encouraged by design. Such a sim-
plification, they claim, enables a more efficient form of intimacy. Whereas
in traditional dating, people concern themselves with the time required
to pause and reflect, in order to sort out their feelings, with Tinder the
algorithm takes care of these barriers, easing anxieties by overcoming
the direct obstruction of rejection. As they put it, “The swipe logic is
based on acceleration as a way of controlling contingency and indeter-
minacy.”20 This view of accelerated intimacy is developed and portrayed
in the Black Mirror episode, “Hang the DJ.”
At the beginning of the episode, which, again, is set in the not-too-
distant future like all of the episodes of the anthology series, Amy and
Frank meet at a restaurant for what appears to be a blind date. As they
introduce themselves to each other, each of them brings out a device that
we learn is something similar to a modern-day dating app. The app seems
to mimic contemporary dating apps like Tinder. They discuss the fact that
the app has a 99.8 percent success rate. The app, though, is capable of
telling the couple exactly how long their relationship will last. On their
initial meeting, the app tells Amy and Frank that their relationship will
last a meager twelve hours. They enjoy their time together, but do not
166
C H AP TE R 6
seem too invested in the relationship given the very short amount of time
they have. Afterward, each of them moves on to new relationships, and
each experiences a longer expiration date than the previous relation-
ship. Amy enters into a passionate yet vacuous relationship with another
man; in his relationship, Frank and his new partner seem not only not to
like each other, they seem instead to despise each other. In both cases,
their new relationships only help to return Amy and Frank to their initial
choices of each other, demonstrating to them what they will gain or lose
by moving on to other relationships.
After these failed relationships, Amy and Frank are once again
matched together. They decide this time that they will not look at the ex-
piration date; they will just see where the relationship takes them. After
several months in a happy relationship, Frank decides to peek at the ex-
piration date for the relationship. Although, initially, the expiration date
appears much longer, the very act of his intervention begins to reduce
more and more the amount of time they will have together. By violating
their agreement, Frank’s act ultimately produces the very same result that
occurs when he tells Amy about his infidelity to their pact. The reduced
time digitally symbolizes this act of transgression and mistrust. Again, they
break up and enter into a series of new relationships.
Finally, each of them receives a notification that their final pair-
ings have been decided, but they are given the opportunity to meet one
other previous match for a moment of farewell. Amy and Frank meet
each other again, but Amy soon realizes that neither of them has any
real memory of their life prior to entering into the matching game. She
realizes that the entire scenario is a test and encourages Frank to rebel
against the system with her and to attempt to escape the confines of the
game. They make it to the outer limit, and upon climbing over the enclos-
ing wall it is revealed to the audience that the entire scenario was a series
of simulations testing the number of shared rebellions and transgres-
sions that the couple would enact together. In total, they record 998 out
of 1000 transgressions: 99.8 percent. The shot then exits the simulation
and enters the real world, where we see the real Amy and Frank meeting
each other in real life for the very first time, as The Smiths song, “Panic,”
plays in the background reciting the line, “Hang the DJ.” The real Amy
and Frank have used an algorithmic matchmaking dating app to meet
each other. What we see is that the entire process of dating, complete
with its own time-consuming inefficiencies has been filtered out by the
algorithmic logic of the app. As one review puts it, “the episode invites us
to imagine an app that not only picks our dates for us but also determines
how long each of those relationships will be.”21 The episode personifies
167
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
the data-driven algorithmic logic of desire, which cuts out the anxieties
of the missed encounter.
In a way, what the app performs is a model of what Lacan refers to
as lathouses.22 As Žižek explains, lathouses is Lacan’s term for devices that
did not exist prior to the scientific intervention into the Real, includ-
ing all of our most common contemporary digital devices, like mobile
smartphones, tablets, and social media platforms.23 Lathouses are those
devices that administer pleasure through gadgets, realizing full enjoy-
ment. Gadgets such as these, according to Žižek, are uncanny because
“they introduce a logic that fundamentally differs from, and so unsettles,
the ‘normal’ libidinal economy of sexed human beings qua beings of
language.”24 Insofar as lathouses are today products of capitalism— and
tied to the discourse of the capitalist— we see an overlap of a chain of
interrelated surpluses: scientific technology as surplus knowledge embod-
ied in gadgets, capitalist surplus value as the commodification of surplus
knowledge in gadgets, and surplus enjoyment as the form of libidinal
investment procured by these gadgets.25
In his discussion of Lacan’s fifth discourse, the discourse of the
capitalist, Frédéric Declercq, proposes that capitalism is contradictory
precisely for commanding investment in objects of libidinal enjoyment,
while it is at the same time characterized by a lack of libidinal enjoy-
ment.26 According to Declercq, “enjoyment does not create a relationship
between two subjects. Only love connects a subject to another subject;
libido, however, connects a subject to an object.”27 Yet, when it comes to
the enjoyment of our digital devices, we should question how the simu-
lation of the romantic relationship— romance, even in the sense of the
obsessional form of courtly love— provides a lure for the pursuit of
the desired object, which of course is the source of our relationship to our
enjoyment. The latter has been the subject of a number of recent narra-
tives in popular culture, including Spike Jonze’s Her (2013) and Alex
Garland’s Ex Machina (2014), in addition to the “Hang the DJ” episode
of Black Mirror.28 We should ask, then, how the love narrative— or the love
algorithm— helps to produce the fantasy framework around which our
libidinal attachments to our devices are produced.
The “Love” Algorithm
We can respond to this question about the fantasy framework of our li-
bidinal attachment to our digital devices in part by examining the binary
168
C H AP TE R 6
logic of the Tinder app and how our acts of choice help to inform and
to determine its algorithmic operations. Tinder (at least in its original
phase) uses an Elo rating system, a method used to calculate the skill level
of a chess player. A user goes up in rank based on the number of likes
(swipe Right) she receives, as weighted by the popularity of the swiper.
The more likes (or swipe Rights) a user receives from highly ranked us-
ers, the higher her score. Tinder then matches users based on similar
scores of “desirability.” The Elo system has since been improved, but it is
still important to understand this ranking system as central to the early
development of the app. Once an app reaches a critical mass (like the
EdgeRank system previously used by Facebook), then it becomes possible
to expand and develop out of the original system.29 Regardless, the plat-
form itself— its interface— still relies upon the binary logic of the swiping
signifier. It is this logic that assigns labels to users and filters them into
identifiable types. From this angle we can begin to see how the binary
logic of the swipe provides the overdetermining factor for the production
of the multitude. It is in fact in the act of choosing and negating that a
(Master-)Signifier is put in place that retroactively determines all of our
previous determinations. It is in the act of the initial choice that the later
multiplicity of choices are determined. To put it in Lacanian terms, the
signifier here is what determines the subject for all of the other signifiers;
yet at the same time, the signifier is also the one for which all of the other
signifiers determine the subject. On the one hand, the signifier marks
the subject as a positive entity within the field of the Symbolic order, the
chain of signification; on the other hand, this act of choice determines
the subject as the lack within the structure as that which is determined
by all of the other signifiers.30 In the act of the choice, the subject repro-
duces the binary opposition between affirmation and negation of the
signifier.
Roberto Simanowski describes this binary logic of the algorithm in
similar terms. According to him, “The basic principle of the filter bubble
is antagonistic: someone or something belongs or doesn’t belong. The
opposition connotes inside/outside or us/them thinking at every pos-
sible position on the political spectrum. This antagonism,” he writes, “is
reminiscent of binary code, which is the basis for the internet and every
computer.”31 Like binary code— the assigning of values of only 1 or 0 (af-
firmation or negation)— the swiping logic operates according to a simi-
larly simple reduction of Right and Left. The movement in one direction
is the negation of the other, or as Simanowski puts it, “By swiping Left
or Right, the attitude is always to pursue one of two possibilities.”32 We
choose and affirm one, while necessarily negating the other. This format
is also depicted quite well in another segment of the Black Mirror series:
the choose-your-own adventure film, Bandersnatch.
169
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
Figure 6.1. Branching symbol from Black Mirror
Bandersnatch is a kind of metacommentary on both the series itself
and the technological format of social media, the internet, and stream-
ing television platforms like Netflix (which now produces the series).
The movie uses the branching symbol (Figure 6.1) first seen in the 2013
episode, “White Bear,” to depict the very notion of binary choice. The
movie then references itself in the use of this symbol from a previous
episode. But the symbol also narrativizes the formal device of choosing
that is used in its own plot. At certain junctures in the plot, the audience
is given the choice to follow one path or the other. The format of the
movie is the same as that depicted in the story, in which the protagonist,
Stefan, designs a choose-your-own adventure video game (aren’t all video-
game designs more or less based upon this kind of ludic element?) based
upon the fictitious choose-your-own adventure novel, Bandersnatch.
There are thus three levels of self-referentiality depicted here: the fic-
tional novel, the video game that Stefan designs based on the novel, and
the movie itself as a choose-your-own adventure story narrative. But the
format of the movie is also highly intriguing for the way that it generally
expresses the binary logic of social media platforms, both on the front
end of the interface and on the back end of the programming.
The significance of the choice here also bears upon the dimen-
sions of typification of the user, as well as that of the overdetermination
of the signifier. This relationship pertains to that between the multiple
and the one. On the one hand, the multiple is generated out of the per-
mutations made by our various choice selections. This, in fact, is how the
algorithm learns from the patterns of the user. As John Cheney-Lippold
170
C H AP TE R 6
explains, algorithms categorize users based on measurable types.33 As we
make choices and selections, social media algorithms label these selec-
tions based upon programmable types— types, we should add, based on
already existing frameworks of knowledge (as Stuart Hall called them)
and culturally discursive constructs. As Simanowski explains, “Those who
write the algorithms that rule the internet on the back end of the inter-
face increasingly determine the way our society functions.”34 Cheney-
Lippold adds, “Who we are in terms of data depends on how our data
is spoken for.”35 The more we use the platform, the more the algorithm
learns to measure these types and to categorize users and their activity
based upon shared patterns with other users. This is what allows the al-
gorithm to define the particular content that might be expected to in-
terpellate the user.
As patterns are located and detected, and then operationalized to
interpellate individual users, ideal types transform into norms, which are
then used to discipline the activity of users.36 Therefore, the diverse mul-
titude is still provided a discursively constructed (although algorithmi-
cally generated) normative structure, which may deviate from what we
might think of in terms of— say— the normative structures of patriarchal,
heterosexual, or even Eurocentric ideologies. But they establish norms
(perhaps even new ones), nevertheless, which still categorize individuals
into types. From a business perspective, even, this feature of the choice,
the developed permutations, and the development of normative struc-
tures for analyzing big data facilitates the further monetization of users’
data for the economic logic of the platform to maximize profits. This is
all on the one hand. On the other hand, we might consider, retroactively,
the logical priority of the foundational operation of the choice of the
one— that is, of the foundational forced choice of negation that imposes
upon the structure a foundational Master-Signifier. Returning to the bi-
nary swiping logic that Simanowski describes, we can see how this pattern
follows in a way that is similar to the logic of the Lacanian algorithm of
the signifier.
The Lacanian Algorithm of the Signifier
We can blame the interface’s back-end 1/0 binary, according to Si-
manowski, for the polarization trend on its front end, “insofar as the com-
puter’s operational logic aims to organize information into databases,
and reduce opinions to the either-or of a like or a dislike button.”37 “The
consequences of eliminating complexity,” he writes, “are highly political,
171
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
but it is rehearsed in every interaction.”38 Despite the reduction of com-
plexity into simplicity that we find here, the very logic of the front end
of the interface, which, as Louis-Paul Willis notes, is a space of mediation
and communication akin to language giving structure to desire,39 and of
the back end of the algorithm still indicates something precise about the
very discursive structure of phenomenal reality. This operation is the very
same as the overdetermining principle of the Lacanian Master-Signifier,
which is imposed, not simply by the selection of some affirmative choice,
but as the result of an active negation: of a “forced choice” that says
“this is not that.” This, according to Zupančič, is how the unconscious is
formed through repression, “as the signifying form pertaining to discursiv-
ity as such.”40 As she puts it, “The unconscious (in its very form) is the
‘positive’ way in which the ontological negativity of a given reality regis-
ters in this reality itself.”41 We might say that we are dealing similarly with
the front-end interface of conscious subjecthood, and with the back-end
form of the subject of the unconscious— as Clint Burnham has suggested,
Freud’s texts provide a theory avant la lettre of how we relate to the in-
ternet: “a relating that perhaps has to do not only with how it functions
as our writing machine but also with memory.”42 The unconscious of the
internet, he writes, “is due to how the algorithm works”43— that is, “our
clicks and links and likes move us around, via our pleasures or desires.”44
Yet the algorithm only functions insofar as the user engages in an initial
act of choice. It is, in fact, in the primordial forced choice of the subject
to enter the field of the Symbolic that we discover the foundational mo-
ment of the formation of the unconscious through a simultaneous act of
negation, which the subject then continues to repeat as part of its own
continuous engagement with its desire as its mechanism for accessing
enjoyment.
The formation of the subject of the unconscious is therefore in-
formed by a foundational decision. As Žižek explains, “not only is there
no decision without exclusion (that is, every decision precludes a series
of possibilities), but also the act of decision itself is made possible by
some kind of exclusion: something must be excluded in order for us to
become beings which make decisions.”45 This logic explains the Lacanian
forced choice: there is a primordial exclusion that grounds choice as
such at a fundamental level. I must make an initial choice, which begins
with a negation, an exclusion, which therefore grounds my very ability
to make choices. According to Zupančič, this gap, this positive point of
negation that is the unconscious is “what distinguishes knowledge from
information or data.”46 Sexuality, then, she explains, is closely related to
the unconscious and to repression as negation because of its paradoxical
ontological status, manifested as a limit to knowledge.47 Sexuality exists as
172
C H AP TE R 6
the contradiction of the Symbolic and appears in the place of a missing
signifier (jouissance). Sexuality is the placeholder of the missing signifier.48
Žižek explains this tie between the signifier and the sexual relationship
via a detour through Lacan’s discussion of the cogito.
In For They Know Not What They Do, and in Tarrying with the Nega-
tive, Žižek looks at two moments in Lacan’s investigation of the Cartesian
cogito ergo sum, “I think, therefore I am.” Lacan divides the statement into
two components: “I think” and “I am.” Lacan therefore creates a division
between being and thought, and the subject is forced to choose between
the two as part of its condition of entry into the field of the Symbolic
order. This, therefore, becomes a foundational forced choice for the sub-
ject. As Žižek notes, Lacan has two different lines about the forced choice
and the division between being and thought. In Seminar XI, Lacan claims
that the subject is forced to choose thought and that the consequence is
a loss of being. However, in Seminar XIV, the subject is forced to choose
being, relegating thought to the status-position of the unconscious: “I am
where it thinks.” According to Žižek, neither the former nor the latter
takes precedence over the other. Instead, each should be read accord-
ing to the two opposed logics of the masculine and the feminine in the
sexual relationship.49
The difference between the masculine and feminine logics of sexu-
ation has to do with the relation of each to signification. On the mas-
culine side of the Lacanian logics of sexuation, the universal function
implies the existence of an exception (all X are submitted to the univer-
sal function F; there is at least one X that is not submitted to the univer-
sal function F). The masculine logic is one of a finite, limited universal
bearing upon the logic of the phallic Master-Signifier. The masculine
logic is oriented to the phallus as the signifier of symbolic castration: the
choice of the affirmative signifier that negates castration as the lack that
is the subject ($ in Lacanese). Here, the forced choice is that of being, the
choice of the signifier, relegating thought to the position of the uncon-
scious. On the feminine side, a particular negation implies that there is no
exception (not all X are submitted to the function F; there is no X that is
not submitted to the function F). According to Zupančič, “Woman” in-
scribes the problem of division and split into the world of homogeneity.
The exclusion of “Woman” is the exclusion and repression of the split or
lack as such.50 Whereas in the masculine logic, the forced choice is that
of being, in the feminine logic, the forced choice is that of thought at the
cost of being; and it is for this reason that, according to Lacan, la femme
n’existe pas. Here, it is not merely that the masculine subject chooses the
signifier, while it is negated by the feminine subject. The point is that
both are oriented toward the phallic signifier in an antagonism that arises
173
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
precisely because of the very ontological gap in reality— or the Lacanian
Real. It is in this way that the binary logic of the algorithmic signifier,
the binary logic of the swipe, reflects the same ontological conundrum
as the sexual relationship. But what, then, of the intersection between
these two parallel logics— that is, the intersection between sexuality in
the Lacanian register and the logic of desire in the social media algo-
rithm? How does the swiping logic of the algorithmic signifier reflect the
binary logic of the sexual difference?
The Signifier Falls into the Signified
As Zupančič describes it, the signifier “is the algorithm that disorients
the drive by cutting off the well-established routes of its satisfaction.”51
This, we might say, is what marks the principal difference between bio-
logical sex (or sexual intercourse) and sexuality in the realm of culture—
that is, in the realm of human subjectivity. Human sexuality, in other
words, occurs at the intersection between nature and culture, or between
biology and discursivity. In her reply to Judith Butler, Copjec identifies
a significant difference between those who theorize sex in terms of an
ultimately essentialist or dogmatic view— the biological determinist view
that “biology is destiny”— and what she refers to as the sceptical view of
social constructionist theorists of sex, such as Butler— sex as a discursive
construct.52 What the logic of the Lacanian signifier indicates is that the
latter is significantly more accurate, but nevertheless still has an effect
in the Real. It is not, according to Zupančič, that nature is a product of
discourse, but that discourse can have an effect in the Real. This is how
the signifier falls into the signified.53 The signifier falls into the signi-
fied insofar as discourse is capable of changing and therefore impacting
nature. Sex becomes an object of discourse, but insofar as this happens,
discourse has the ability to make an impact upon nature itself, thereby
moving beyond and negating simple biological determinism. Likewise,
in the Marxist sense, insofar as the base may determine the superstruc-
ture, revolutionary class consciousness makes possible the negation of
the base.
A parallel example could include something like climate science.
“Environment” becomes an object in discourse, but it is not merely a
discursive construct in the abstract sense that there is no nature outside
of discourse. However, by becoming an object of discourse, science has
the ability to impact nature and change it by doing so. We have seen,
of course, the impact of human industrial activity, a product of science,
174
C H AP TE R 6
upon nature, causing pollution, environmental degradation, and climate
change. Knowing this, however, means that we can make climate change
an object of scientific discourse in order to impact nature, but also to miti-
gate and perhaps to negate the damage caused by human intervention—
not by negating the human or by becoming posthuman, but precisely by
allowing culture to intervene in nature, which after all is inevitable, re-
gardless, as long as human subjects roam the earth. We can locate the sub-
ject, therefore, at the limit points of discourse, or in its gaps. As Zupančič
puts it, “If language, discourse, or structure were consistent ontological
categories, there would be no subject.”54 However, it is at the same time
through the inscription of the signifier into our nature (the signifier falls
into the signified) that the symbolic castration of the subject is marked:
the choice of affirmative being over and above the negation of thought.
Žižek describes this forced choice of being in the following terms:
What we have here is the fundamental Lacanian paradox of a being
founded upon misrecognition: the “unconscious” is a knowledge which
must remain unknown, the “repression” of which is an ontological
condition for the very constitution of being. The being chosen by the
subject has of course its support in fantasy: the choice of being is the
choice of fantasy which procures frame and consistency to what we call
“reality,” whereas the “unconscious” designates scraps of knowledge
which subverts this fantasy-frame.55
This is how, according to Zupančič, enjoyment modifies the nature of
natural needs.56 By following the logic of desire, the subject chooses being
over thought, negating its lack— the ontological lack of the Real— and
thereby introduces a signifier into the constitution of reality and into the
constitution of its nature. Or, to put it in terms developed more recently
by Reza Negarestani, the choice of the signifier imposes structure itself
as the very register of intelligibility.57
What we call the unconscious is the remnant of the act of negation
brought about by a forced choice that produces a determinative struc-
ture in language, giving order to consciousness. Such a structure is always
marked by a gap, and this is what allows us retroactively to critique the
structure, by imposing something new. With every negation of a previous
structure a new one is affirmed, creating a wholly new normative order.58
History is, after all, the dialectical affirmation of the new arising out of
the negation of the old. Thought is impossible without the negation of an
imposed structure. But the negation of the old is still the affirmation of
the new. As Negarestani puts it, “only by revising existing norms through
norms that have been produced is it possible to assess norms and above
175
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
all evaluate what it means to be human.”59 This is what raises the feminine
logic of sexuation in Lacan’s schema above the masculine logic at the
ethical level: by choosing thought over mere being, the feminine logic
makes possible the negation of the existing structure.
The obsessional masculine logic is always in pursuit, driven by the
elusive object of desire. He always misses it because he is too busy chasing
it; whereas the hysterical feminine logic produces new knowledge by con-
stantly bombarding the Other with the question: ché vuoi? “What do you
want from me?” “What am I to you?” We might say, then, that the mas-
culine subject is one of desire, while the feminine subject is one of drive.
For the subject oriented toward the affirmation of the signifier,
the fantasy framework is always one of the missed opportunity. I make
a choice, but I retroactively fantasize about the choices I did not make:
“What if that other partner would be better, or what if my life as a single
person, with absolute individual freedom, would be much more relaxed?”
“What if I’ve missed opportunities to have all of these other affairs?” “If
not for my decision to be with my partner, maybe I could have all the
greatest sex in the world.” This is ultimately the neurotic position of
the obsessional. Through the framework of the fantasy, the subject re-
mains caught in an act of repetition, whereby the drives aim at repeating
satisfaction through negativity, which can be repeated by repeating sur-
plus satisfaction (the missing signifier).60
But according to Žižek, this distinction between affirmation and ne-
gation, between the obsessional masculine logic and the hysterical femi-
nine logic, can be viewed in terms of the subject’s relationship toward its
desire. The reversal of desire into drive, he claims, “can also be specified
apropos of choice: at the level of the subject of desire, there is a choice—
inclusive of the fundamental forced choice— that is, the subject chooses,
while we go on to the level of drive when the act of choice is inverted into
se faire choisir, ‘making-oneself-chosen’.”61 How, in the context of the swip-
ing logic of the algorithm, might the subject make the self of the subject
chosen? Psychoanalysis has a name for this and its name is love!
“Hang the DJ” as Radical Love
Again, as Declercq notes, enjoyment (libido) only connects a subject to
an object; only love, he reminds us, connects a subject to another sub-
ject. Žižek’s solution to the dilemma posed by the lathouses— the gadgets
invested with libidinal energy, including dating apps like Tinder— is a
return to a variation on one of his oldest models of fantasy formation: an
176
C H AP TE R 6
old Australian beer advert. The advertisement begins with the old story
of the beautiful princess who kisses a frog, who then transforms into a
handsome prince; but when the prince kisses the beautiful princess, she
turns into the bottle of beer. For Žižek, the underlying message of this
advert is that the fantasy proper to the scenario would be one of the frog
embracing the bottle of beer, while the happy couple moves on with their
relationship. In the updated version of this example, Žižek uses the idea
of the “stamina training unit” (STU)— an artificial, plastic vagina that
can be used for male masturbation. He says, instead, that what we should
prefer to do is insert a vibrator dildo into the STU, so that the couple can
then forgo the dilemma of the sexual relationship. They can, instead, go
off, have coffee or dinner, and truly fall in love.62 Love, as Alain Badiou
puts it, “really is a unique trust placed in chance.”63
The paradox of love, however, is that, as Mladen Dolar notes, it
cannot simply be prescribed to the subject as in the commandment to
love one’s parents or to love one’s nation.64 Love cannot be the product
of a forced choice; in cases in which love is prescribed there is actually
no choice at all. We do not choose the contingent circumstances of who
our parents are or where we are born. However, the choice of falling in
love is also not a mere matter of freedom, as in the rational choice to love
someone. We are back at the split between desire and drive, in such a way
that in desire we chase the chosen object, and in drive we ourselves are
made chosen. But in the act of chasing after the desired object— as in the
Lacanian ethical motto, “do not give way with regard to your desire”—
through our ongoing activity of negation cum affirmation, that this is not
that, that that is not it, we produce and open the space of subjectivity, for
the thought to take precedence over being. It is in this sense in particular
that I agree with Zupančič that there can be no serious materialism with-
out the subject.65
This, perhaps, is what makes the “Hang to DJ” episode of Black
Mirror so compelling. Despite the fact that we learn in the end that the
characters were really just personifications of the algorithm— or perhaps
cloned replicas, simulations, or even forms of artificial intelligence (the
narrative precedence of which is seen in the “White Christmas” episode
of the series)— we are moved by their act of rebellion, of their shared ne-
gation of the system. After series upon series of bad romantic and sexual
relationships, Amy and Frank decide to take a “leap of faith” together.
They end up, as Todd McGowan puts it, privileging their lover’s satisfac-
tion over their own, without in any way expecting a return on one’s “in-
vestment” (as Lacan famously put it, love means giving what you don’t
have),66 and in doing so they translate difference into contradiction, giv-
ing it privilege as an affirmative ontological position.67 Love is that which,
177
T H E S W I PI NG LOGI C OF T HE S I GNI FI E R
in other words, makes possible a separation from our objectal devices,
opening up the possibility for a revolutionary subjectivization.
It is tempting in our new media age, in combination with the desire
to reduce the agency of human subjectivity to a merely equivalential level
as that of the nonhuman world— of the object world— as is the case in
some variants of New Materialism and Object-Oriented Ontologies— to
establish our interactions via media and information communications
technologies as human or nonhuman assemblages.68 But as Zupančič
indicates, “By (im)modestly positing the subject as a more or less insig-
nificant point in the universe, one deprives oneself of the possibility to
think, radically and seriously, the very ‘injustice’ (asymmetry/contradic-
tion) that made one want to develop an egalitarian ontological project
in the first place.”69
The swiping logic of the signifier establishes the necessary appear-
ance for the lure of our desire. We reinscribe the signifier into the signi-
fied with every (forced) choice that we make. In this way, the very act of
decision, of choosing, retroactively reproduces the very form of the bi-
nary opposition (affirmation or negation) that those who concern them-
selves with the “tyranny of the signifier” seek to avoid. Nevertheless, it is
only when we follow the path of our desire far enough to the end that we
realize that we (the subject) are chosen by the very contingency of love,
and it is only then that the system itself is negated, thereby affirming the
possibility of the radically new. There is, according to Žižek, no univer-
sal formula for the sexual relationship.70 Universality as such is negative,
the product of a failure; further, in order to offset this failure, love must
rest, not merely in passionate (even digitally mediated) affairs, but in a
radical trust placed in chance: to act— to choose— without any (rational
or efficient) guarantees.
Conclusion
The End of Social Media, or,
Accelerate the Metaphor?
When I think about the form of social media, I am sometimes driven to
recall something I once read by T.J. Clark about the semiotics of Jackson
Pollock’s splattered paint. Pollock’s work is sometimes daunting to ver-
nacular appreciation. We look at the paintings and think to ourselves,
“gee, I coulda done that!”1 But what strikes me about the paint drippings
is the form they take at the moment of their arrival on the art scene. That
is to say that abstract expressionism is very much at the forefront of the
postmodern to the degree to which it relegates the role of the signifier
to the margins, not unlike the digital infoglut. The unformed mass of the
splattered paint can be read as the striking against the “tyranny of the sig-
nifier,” as the suture that ties together the field of meaning as represented
in the painting. But then, what about the interpretation or the transla-
tion? The sense that we may possibly deterritorialize to the end without
any kind of reterritorialization of the signifier, for me at least, misses the
point that any kind of criticism, any form or structure, can only ultimately
be criticized and intuited via the active agency of another new signifier. I
will provide another example.
Denis Villeneuve’s Arrival (2016) tells the story of a linguist, Louise
(Amy Adams), who is recruited by the US Army to communicate with a
race of aliens that have recently landed on Earth. The difficulty in this
project is the fact that the alien language is a written one, and therefore
the first barrier to be broken down in establishing communication is the
realization that a separation exists between the verbal sounds made by the
aliens (their apparent speech) and the written form of their communica-
tion. The form of communication used by these aliens— the heptopods,
as they are called in the film— gives privilege to the written, a fact that
might make even Jacques Derrida somewhat giddy. Once she breaks the
code, Louise discovers that her immersion in the heptopod practices of
signification allows her to experience reality in wholly new way. Thinking
through the form of the heptopod hieroglyphics allows her to transcend
the experiences of linear time, and instead she comes unstuck in time,
just like Vonnegut’s Billy Pilgrim, or the schizo in Jameson’s postmod-
ernism, able to move freely, back and forth, between past, present, and
178
179
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
future. But, then again, we shouldn’t neglect the role of the master code
itself, which is the first moment of translation between her English and
the heptopod’s native language.
In order for there to be any original moment of translation there
has to be, in other words, an initial referent against which all of the others
may be defined. What is required, in other words, is a foundational, and
even universal, Master-Signifier that makes possible all of the subsequent
work of translation. We could say that it is this foundational Master-
Signifier that begins the process of communication, since it is that which
defines all of the other signifiers for the subject. We can see, then, in Ar-
rival, a kind of dualism of the semiotics of translation, the reference back
to the Master-Signifier giving substance to intercultural communication,
and the castigating of the signifier— just like the ink blots in Pollock— in
such a way that there appears to be a much more fluid and monistic
sense of being that is unhinged, unstuck in time, just like the postmodern
breakdown of the signifying chain or the demise of symbolic efficiency.
These examples interest me insofar as they parallel the relationship
between the utopian vision of the formless matter of the internet and
the structuring role of social media as a kind of referent against which
the entire terrain of cyberspace is now structured. Just like Louise, who
is freed in time because of the new structure of feeling she experiences
in the discourse of the heptopods, that experience is still grounded by a
foundational limit that informs her experience, even in the background.
There is a sense in which the film contrasts a monist or affirmationist
sense of time and being with one that appears to rail against the struc-
ture. But there is another sense in which the film inherently addresses
the reference back to the signifier, insofar as it deals with the dialectics
of desire and drive.
Desire, we might say, is linear, based in the linear pursuit of its object.
It follows this object logically, linearly, by pursuing and by negating every
new object that comes its way. It is constantly driven by an ethic of “this is
not that,” not unlike the way that the viewer follows the progression in Lou-
ise’s story. The later chronological moment in Louise’s story is made by the
film to appear as an initial foundational one. It appears for the audience
that Louise is driven initially by the experience of the death of her teenage
daughter. We learn only subsequently that this is an event that occurs later
chronologically in the story, but at the moment of its occurrence Louise
was still fully aware of its inevitability because of her immersion into the
atemporality or asynchronicity of the heptopod language. So while our
enjoyment of the film is driven by our desire to see through to the con-
clusion, the narrative is itself structured by the logic of the drive, which
becomes atemporal, circulating around the object without ever getting it.2
180
C O NC L US I ON
Although Louise knows that her daughter will ultimately die, she
still follows through with having her child and accepts this as an inevi-
tability. We might even recognize that her acceptance here goes much
deeper at an ethical level in asking the question of whether it is better to
have had her child knowing that she will die at a young age, or if it is bet-
ter, with this knowledge, to have chosen not to have had the child. At the
level of the narrative form of the film, the opening plot about the death
of Louise’s daughter forms for us the foundational referent against which
the atemporal dimensions of the film are structured. For me, this is sig-
nificant because it helps to grapple with the way that every apparent flux,
every apparently immanent situation, is still given grounding and struc-
ture through the reference to a foundational point of signification. For
me, there is a parallel here with the way that digital culture is informed
both by an apparently open and abundant terrain of information and by
the structuring of our desire through the adoption of a foundational sig-
nifier. “Social media,” for me, operates both as the metaphor that gives
structure to the flow of digital information and as our way of perceiving
it, but it also structures our information today, technologically, through
the design of the platform and the algorithmic apparatus in a much more
concrete way.
Affirmation and Negation, between
Immanence and Transcendence
I have tried, in Algorithmic Desire, to articulate through practice and
through demonstration a “New Structuralist” approach to the interpre-
tation of social media. This is a project that, on the one hand, embraces
a conception of structure that emphasizes the role of a lack or a gap in
the structure, as well as the constitutive role of this lack or gap in the
forms of subjectivization; on the other hand, it seeks a renewal of a kind
of structuralism that departs from the hegemony of immanentist, New
Materialist, and posthumanist conceptions of social media. What I have
called a “New Structuralism” is one that has been inspired by the work of
Lacanian scholars, such as the Slovenian school (Mladen Dolar, Alenka
Zupančič, and especially Slavoj Žižek), and others, including Todd
McGowan, who emphasize the role of a lack or a gap in the structure.
These theorists, too, draw out the ideas in Lacan to better develop some
of the most emancipatory aspects of Hegelian dialectics, particularly the
Hegelian emphasis on negation, negativity, and contradiction. This is a
point articulated best by Žižek early on, when he writes in The Sublime
181
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
Object of Ideology that far from being the philosopher of resolving contra-
diction, Hegel is one who addresses the constant inevitability of contradic-
tion. What he calls Absolute Knowing is, according to Žižek, a subject posi-
tion that finally accepts contradiction as inevitable.3 This, too, is the point
that McGowan makes in his recent book, Emancipation After Hegel. Mc-
Gowan argues that every attempt to evade contradiction ultimately is still
driven toward it.4 This dimension of contradiction is only fully graspable
when we conceive its position at the limits of reasoning within the realm
of the Symbolic; in other words, contradiction as Real is only realizable at
the limits of the structure. For me, this is how we need to grasp the role
of lack in the New Structuralism. Lack, gap, and contradiction are what
forever prevent the totalization of the structure or its harmonious closure
as a whole. There is, as McGowan puts it, always a hole in the whole.
The New Structuralism emerges from, and is perhaps better aligned
with, the ramifications of the transcendental turn in Kant, as opposed
to the line of immanence and monism that develops from Spinoza and
Nietzsche that leads up to Foucault and Deleuze, as Benjamin Noys
identifies.5 While the former remain bound to an ethics of negation—
freedom, as McGowan explains, is the human subject’s ability to negate
its own conditions and determinations (biological or cultural)—the latter
are best represented as thinkers of affirmation. According to Žižek, the
difference between the affirmationist and immanentist position and the
transcendental position— or more appropriately for him, the dialectical
one (specifically the difference between Deleuze and Hegel)— pertains
to that between flux and gap. As he puts it, “the ultimate ‘fact’ of De-
leuze’s transcendental empiricism is the absolute immanence of the con-
tinuous flux of pure becoming, while the ‘ultimate fact’ of Hegel is the
irreducible rupture of/in immanence.” For Hegel, the gap between phe-
nomena and the ground of phenomena “is a secondary effect of the ab-
solutely immanent gap of/in the phenomena themselves.”6 The difference
that Žižek expresses is one that sees, on the one hand, the imposition of
structure (that is, the “tyranny of the signifier”) as itself hindering the
free flow or flux of becoming, and, on the other hand, the inevitability
of the structure determined by the articulation of a signifier that retro-
actively inscribes itself into the material through our very act of choice.
Every affirmative choice, as we saw in the previous chapter, is also, at the
same time, one of negation; the split here arises, as Žižek notes, out of a
rupture in immanence. Deleuze, as he sees it, does not grasp the gap in im-
manence. Hegel’s lesson is thus that “immanence generates the spectre
of transcendence because it is already inconsistent in itself.”7
What Noys, then, refers to as “Accelerationism” takes its point of de-
parture from the position of immanence found in theorists like Foucault
182
C O NC L US I ON
and Deleuze— the latter, especially, insofar as in his work with Guattari
on capitalism and schizophrenia there is a project to roar through capi-
talism in order to realize the unlimited pursuit of becoming. The accel-
erationist project is immanentist insofar as it finds its logic— its radical
logic— in the process of accelerating the current system to its limits (to its
breaking point), rather than in identifying the internal limit that already
exists within it; instead of accelerating we need to pump the brakes. This
is a position that for me defies the kind of negativity I have proposed as
a dimension of the New Structuralism (as opposed to the New Material-
isms). For me, the insistence upon the negative adds an important ethical
dimension to the extent that it provides a platform for the agency of the
subject. As Noys puts it, negativity is “the condition for re-articulating a
thinking of agency.”8 The subject, after all, exists in the place of the gap
or the lack in the structure.
Social Media and the Tyranny of
the Signifier
This difference between the affirmationist and dialectical positions is im-
portant for me since, within the domain of critical social media studies,
and within the larger field of critical media, communications, and tech-
nology studies, it appears as though both Foucault and Deleuze have got
the upper hand and have become the hegemonic figures of influence.
This seems to make sense when we consider the range of questions that
concerns us with regard to social media. The discourse on social media is
full of questions and concerns about surveillance and discipline, control
and manipulation. In the field of Lacanian cultural and media scholar-
ship, especially as it relates to new and social media, only a handful of
scholars have dared to deviate from this standard.9
Through the case studies presented in this book, I have tried to
show how the New Structuralism inspired by the Hegelian Lacanians of-
fers us more than simply an interpretation of social media; it also shows
us how the interpretation of social media teaches us something more
broadly about the dominant form of consciousness, and therefore the
dominant ideology of twenty-first-century capitalism. So, I would now
like to attempt to tie together some of these threads before moving on to
some concluding thoughts, including some final responses to the theo-
ries I have argued against throughout this book.
I have argued that the emergence of social media needs to be his-
toricized precisely within the context of the years just prior to and in the
183
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
immediate aftermath of the financial crisis of 2008. But the crisis, too,
I would argue, has to be understood within the context of the postmod-
ern culture. My reading of postmodernism relies heavily on Fredric Jame-
son’s, which sees the fight against totalization on the Left, and the claims
about the end of history on the Right, as by-products of transformations
in the political economy of capitalism, from the Fordist moment of the
social welfare state, to the post-Fordist moment of neoliberalism and
finance-dominated capital. The arrival of the internet in the 1990s, and
the utopianism about it as a kind of formless matter, needs to be regis-
tered in this context. If we read the formless form of the internet accord-
ing to the politics of the postmodern, then we can begin to understand in
it a materialization— a moment of fulfillment— of the antifoundational
politics of the postmodern.
If we consider the arrival of the postmodern as the coming to frui-
tion of a movement that began with the structuralist critique of humanism,
and then the subsequent poststructuralist critique of Marxism, and then
the final unhinging of structure (the rhizome or the network), subject
(the “death of the subject”), and history (the “incredulity toward meta-
narratives”), as the only ethics remaining for a politics against the “tyr-
anny of the signifier,” then we can see the internet and the digital culture
of the 1990s as a utopian moment of the slow dissolution of the human
subject in favor of a new posthumanism and a New Materialism that fully
opposes any mention of structure, which is deemed to be inherently op-
pressive. The network dimension of the internet did in this way appear
to realize the fulfillment of this project, in which even in Baudrillard’s
hyperreality, we find an unformed mass of information without any foun-
dational referent that could give it form. The internet appeared even as
the formal coming to fruition of the affirmationist, immanentist, and
accelerationist project for increased deterritorialization. From this per-
spective, then, social media has only disrupted this potential. As I have
argued, social media, both rhetorically as well as aesthetically (at the level
of representation) and technologically (at the level of the platform and
the algorithm), concerns the territorializing operation of resituating the
internet back into the dynamics of neoliberal capitalism. Social media
has been the means of bringing back lack and scarcity where, from the
immanentist perspective, there would otherwise be formless abundance.
However, what we see, beginning with Laclau and Mouffe, is the fact
that every social formation is always and necessarily split by antagonisms.
Society, for them, is an impossible object of discourse because it can never
become, on its own, a totalized whole. As McGowan argues, it is due to
the inherent necessity of contradiction that no social formation can ever
be completely closed, and that every attempt at doing so ultimately ends
184
C O NC L US I ON
up reproducing tyranny and oppression. Just as the signifier can appear
tyrannical in its slicing and suturing operation, so too can the effort to
bypass and avoid all thought and practice of contradiction emerge as
tyrannical. The emergence of social media is, from this perspective, not
merely the development of a tyrannical means to better protect capi-
talism against democracy found in the burgeoning new digital public
sphere. It is, rather, the consequence of horizontalist attempts to bypass
the centrality of contradiction— let me explain.
Despite appearances, the efforts of the Left to evade arborescent
structures, as Deleuze and Guattari call them, are not unlike the inces-
sant self-revolutionizing of capitalist development. From its earliest days
in the wake of a rising modernism, capitalism has had to constantly find
ways to self-undermine as a mechanism of its own self-propulsion toward
ever-expanding profits. Capital, as we all know by now, is itself the limit to
capitalist production, as Marx tells us in the third volume of Capital. This
why the capitalist drive toward development overlaps with the modernist
ethic in art to “make it new.” Modernism must constantly discard with
the old in order to create the new. This serves both the art world and the
world of capital. The efforts of the Left to rid us of authority and struc-
ture, too, like the capitalist dialectic of development, must constantly
struggle with the actual in order to realize the virtual or the potential.
This is why I claim that efforts to democratize the internet into a kind of
rhizomatic structure misses the key insight of the New Structuralists that
every attempt to deterritorialize is itself part of the project toward reter-
ritorialization. Deleuze and Guattari may claim that deterritorialization
is always necessarily and subsequently followed up by a kind of reterrito-
rialization, but my claim is that radical and emancipatory criticisms are
themselves a component part of such reterritorializations, and therefore
they are attached to the production of the new through the negation of
the old. As Andrew Culp puts it, “in the time since the 1972 publication
of Anti-Oedipus, capitalism has embraced its schizophrenia through neo-
liberalism.”10
Social media, I claim, emerged more or less as the capitalist incor-
poration of the leftist project toward increased rhizomatic democratiza-
tion. While fighting the tyranny of the signifier it unwittingly (or per-
haps even unconsciously) helped to develop the new one. “Social media”
names this new signifying structure of the internet. But also, and more
importantly, I claim, the concept of social media has become useful for us
in our efforts to understand the dominant ideology today and the domi-
nant form of consciousness, but also the manner in which we enjoy—
that is, our relationship to our desire. This has been for me what has
been most insightful about Jodi Dean’s interpretation of “communicative
185
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
capitalism.” But, taking this point further, we need to consider how by
imposing this signifier, the metaphor of social media, we are now more
capable of seeing, by way of its own contradictions, the contradictions in
the term itself (the social in social media), the contradictions that are
present in the dominant, neoliberal capitalist ideology, and the form of
its conscious self-affirmation.
The Social Media Big Other
It is important that Dean reads communicative capitalism against the
background of the apparent “decline of symbolic efficiency,” as she calls
it, drawing on Žižek. As I have argued, this idea of the decline (or de-
mise, as Žižek says) of symbolic efficiency follows closely upon Jameson’s
reading of postmodernism using the Lacanian formula for psychosis as
the breakdown of the signifying chain. These formulae are significant
for a number of reasons. First, they express the views on the Left that
we can no longer understand history and subjectivity from the perspec-
tive of grand metanarratives. Further, the demise of symbolic efficiency
suggests that, on the one hand, we are no longer able to understand
the role of ideology as a mediating factor of power since it implies an
inherent bias on the part of the speaker, suggesting that they (the speak-
ers) are the ones who know the truth of the situation; also, on the other
hand, because of this dissolution of the theory of ideology, it becomes
increasingly difficult to identify a substantial Other who is in possession
of power and authority. The latter trend concerns the Lacanian question
of the existence of the big Other, the Symbolic order as the mechanism
regulating our identifications with others and with ourselves. The demise
of symbolic efficiency also parallels the assertion of the Right regarding
the end of history, and the belief that we have reached its limit with the
victories of liberalism and capitalism. Because, according to Dean, it ap-
pears that no one believes any longer in the existence of the big Other–
and that symbolic efficiency is no longer the measure for our relationship
to our subjecthood and our enjoyment– power today, according to her,
operates through the circuits of drive rather than desire. For her, com-
municative capitalism thus describes the way in which digital culture, and
social media more specifically, inscribes us into the matrices of capitalist
exploitation through subjectivizations that rely on intensities of drive.
In contrast, I have argued that the problem today is less one of an
avowed nonexistence of the big Other. Instead, the problem for us today,
particularly in the historical context of postmodern capitalism, is that we
186
C O NC L US I ON
prefer to disavow the fact of the other’s nonexistence because it better
protects for us the ability to garner enjoyment. The problem, as Mark
Fisher has described, is one of “capitalist realism,” which is the term he
uses to describe the cynical attitude of the postmodern subject. Cyni-
cism is inherently perverse since it operates by acknowledging failure, but
nevertheless disavows this fact in order to go on enjoying. Social media,
and the form of the social media network (friends lists, followers, and
so on), exists as a materialization of the constitution of a substantial big
Other for the subject of twenty-first-century capitalism. It has become the
model by which we experience the agency of the big Other, to whom we
are constantly connected in our efforts to satisfy its desire. Our desire is
the desire of the social media big Other, and for this reason, too, social
media models the dominant form of contemporary consciousness inso-
far as it mediates for us more generally our relationship to our desire.
Such a mediation, I claim, shows us that perversion is one of the ways
in which the dominant form of subjectivity is expressed in twenty- first-
century capitalism.
Communicative capitalism, I agree, is the correct formula for un-
derstanding how social media tethers us to capitalist ideology and ex-
ploitation. However, for me, it is evidence of the point that this occurs
as a result of having our desire inscribed into its matrices, rather than
through the repetitive circuits of drive. Assuming the latter suggests that
we have all already traversed the fantasy, which would mean that we are
all already free. Since, as I believe to be the case, we have not yet achieved
universal emancipation, we might come to understand this relationship
differently. One way of doing so is to examine the manner in which the
technological components of social media address us at the level of our
desire. We have come to inscribe our desire in a substantial big Other
that has been materialized through the network form of social media,
but also through the form of the platform aesthetic and the algorithmic
logic that works as its lure.
Algorithmic Subjects of Desire
I have argued that the major developments in algorithmic media have to
do with their ability to read our desire and to curate this back to us. Algo-
rithms, I have suggested, operate structurally by learning about our pat-
terns of interaction online, and by doing so can develop the most appro-
priate lures for our attention. They are what drive every new click, every
new share; and, with every new choice we are lured into making— every
187
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
new affirmation that is also a negation— we reproduce ourselves both as
subjects and as the structures that give us definition. There is, of course,
a political and economic dimension to this, too, insofar as platforms
benefit from increased participation. The more we participate on the
platform, the more we inscribe information about ourselves into its ma-
trices and databases, the more it learns about the best possible ways to
grab our attention. This is what makes social media ideological— it is
what makes Dean’s concept of communicative capitalism work. The more
we participate, the more we contribute to training the algorithm and the
platform about how best to interpellate us at the level of our desire. With
the development of social media, it turns out that all content is “click-
bait.”11 But this is also important when we consider the interests involved
in luring our attention and our desire. Advertising and marketing are of
course a key component here; but we need to consider, too, the political
ramifications, when powerful interests are learning the best possible ways
to interpellate us ethically and politically through algorithmically tested
rhetoric. It appears in this way that the Foucauldian reading of surveil-
lance and the Deleuzian conception of the society of control makes sense.
But what each misses is the manner in which subjectivization is a process
that logically precedes the technological or machinic enslavement. There
is no clearer championing of the positions developed by Foucault and
Deleuze than that found in the writings of Michael Hardt and Antonio
Negri.
In Assembly, Hardt and Negri add to their theory of the commons,
suggesting that it requires a new concept of the subject or a new process
of subjectivization.12 This, they claim, becomes problematic when we be-
gin to realize that technological developments— developments in auto-
mation and artificial intelligence— in the capitalist mode of production
are becoming increasingly interwoven with our forms of life and living
today. Because of this, rather than simply rejecting technology, they as-
sert the need to begin to conceive new practices of subjectivization “from
within the technological and biopolitical fabric of our lives” (Hardt and
Negri, 107; see note 10). It is only from this position, today, they claim,
that we can even start conceiving of a path toward liberation. This claim
has to do with the fact that, as they see it, technology is configuring new
subjectivities.
Drawing on Deleuze and Guattari, as well as others, like Lazzarato,
Hardt and Negri propose that now, “humans and machines are part of
a mutually constituted social reality” (Hardt and Negri, 110). Although
there is generally a cultural and social paranoia about the growth and
reach of new media and social media, expressed in noir dramas like Black
Mirror, machines, according to Hardt and Negri— and I here agree with
188
C O NC L US I ON
them— “contain the potential for both servitude and liberation” (Hardt
and Negri, 110). The problem, as they see it, lies not at the ontological
level, but at the political one. As I have argued already, social media plat-
forms and algorithms are not themselves intrinsically positive or negative.
Sure, they may contain inherent traits; traits that encourage a particular
kind of use. But it is the way in which they are caught up in the class
struggle that determines the use toward which they are put. The same
platforms and algorithms that now train us to comply with the status quo
of consumer capitalism and neoliberalism, if put toward different, more
emancipatory uses, could indeed enable more freedom, mobility, and
democracy. This is even the sine qua non of the emancipatory project of
the accelerationists, with whom I otherwise disagree, but on this point
I find their project compelling. But for Hardt and Negri, the liberatory
aspect of new technology follows closely upon the conditions of their
production.
Every technology, they note, is the concrete result of the entire
social network that created it, and not just the CEOs and corporations
that own the patent. Technology is what Marx referred to as fixed capital,
and it is produced by the social network of cooperating actors that Marx,
in the Grundrisse, called the “general intellect.” Although fixed capital
is produced socially by the general intellect, it carries the potential, too,
according to Hardt and Negri, to be used antisocially, that is, in the ap-
propriation of surplus value on the side of capital, as well as for purposes
of war and destruction. In order to counteract this potential, they suggest
that today, “we must immerse ourselves into the heart of technologies
and attempt to make them our own against the forces of domination
that deploy technologies against us” (Hardt and Negri, 111). In part, our
immersion in technology, then, has already taken place in the transition
from Fordist factory production toward post-Fordist social production,
which as they put it, extends “the primary site of production from the
factory to society” (Hardt and Negri, 111). For them, this transformation
was constituted through the further development toward technologies
of automation.
As they explain, the development of the “social factory,” or of
“social production” (as opposed to mere commodity production), has
been part of a process of capital seeking to re-establish profits that can
no longer be garnered through mere factory production. As such, capital
“put the social terrain to work, and the mode of production had to be
interwoven ever more tightly with forms of life” (Hardt and Negri, 112).
This is one reason why, as I have argued, we need to consider the forms
of subjectivization and interpellation through social media in the context
of neoliberal rhetorics of entrepreneurialism.
189
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
On the Terrain of Social Production:
Assemblage as Metaphor
In addition to the widespread Foucauldianisms and Deleuzianisms in
critical social media studies, there has also been a general sense that our
participation on social media platforms enacts a kind of exploitation of
labor. As Christian Fuchs has argued, users of social media websites have
become prosumer commodities. This claim, drawing on the older no-
tion of the audience commodity, asserts that our use of social media web-
sites constitutes a form of labor, which is exploited by capital. However,
this does not consist in the capitalist form of exploitation as explained
by Marx. Wage labor alone, according to Marx, is generative of surplus
value. Only wage labor is productive of surplus value, while unpaid labor
remains unproductive of surplus value. Social media platforms, there-
fore, exploit users through monetization of data, rather than through
capitalist forms of exploitation. However, if we return to the form of
social production described by Hardt and Negri, we can come to see
social media as a form in which we enact our self-production as subjects
of neoliberal capitalism, and therefore as exploited in the broader sense
of capitalist relations of production. It is here that I agree in part with
someone like Byung-Chul Han, who proclaims that today, “everyone is
an auto-exploiting labourer in his or her own enterprise.”13 However, I disagree
completely with his claim that because of this, class struggle has disap-
peared and has instead been transformed into an “inner struggle against
oneself.”14 Quite the contrary, I claim. What neoliberal subjectivization has
accomplished has been the obfuscation of class struggle through the in-
terpellation of subjects as neoliberal entrepreneurs of the Self. This, too,
is another way in which social media helps us to see and to understand
the contradictions at the heart of the neoliberal subject, the marketized
individual, as “human capital” in the social factory. The production of the
Self on social media is the manner in which subjects are reified into the
marketized form of the neoliberal individual in competition with others,
who are also the measure of one’s identity as the social media big Other.
As a second phase, then, in the process toward moving from the
factory to the social factory, digitization, as Hardt and Negri note, has
helped to spread the technologization of life throughout society, bring-
ing forms of life together with automation. We see this addressed in
many contemporary studies of the rapid digitization of our everyday life,
from Bernard Stiegler’s The Automatic Society to Benjamin Bratton’s The
Stack.15 As Hardt and Negri put it, “the automaton [now] administers and
controls society through digital algorithms” (Hardt and Negri, 112). Al-
though machines depend upon human intelligence, human action has,
190
C O NC L US I ON
according to them, increasingly adapted to the needs of machines (Hardt
and Negri, 112).
Marx showed how, even though this process can increase the short-
term profits of capital, in the long term a decrease in the organic com-
position of capital, that is, waged human labor, measured against an in-
crease in constant or fixed capital, that is, machinery, ultimately leads
to crisis. The search for ever-increasing profits forces capital to invest
in machinery and lower expenditures on wage labor, even though wage
labor is the source of new value production in capital. On the one hand,
this shift leads to a greater concentration of wealth on the side of capital;
on the other hand, this process leads to a greater decline in the rate of
profit. For Hardt and Negri, since they draw more from the Grundrisse
than from Capital, although this process seems to lead to a greater con-
centration of corporate power, this shift also, they claim, “contributes,
subjectively, to strengthening the position of labor.” For them, this is
because the general intellect is today the “protagonist of economic and
social production;” further, according to them, “as production is increas-
ingly socialized . . . fixed capital tends to be implemented into life itself,
creating a machinic humanity” (Hardt and Negri, 114). This, for them,
shows the emancipatory potential of new, digital media, and in this way
their project is a political project that resembles both the accelerationist
project— best articulated by Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams in #Acceler-
ate: Manifesto for an Accelerationist Politics (MAP) and in their book, Invent-
ing the Future— and the Posthumanist and New Materialist conception of
the human-machinic assemblage.
Although algorithms exist as examples of fixed capital and can
therefore lend themselves well to combating the barriers of labor to the
accumulation of profit, they still cannot operate without living human
labor. As Hardt and Negri explain, algorithms like Google’s PageRank
algorithm or Facebook’s old EdgeRank algorithm “continually add
social intelligence to the results of the past to create an open, expan-
sive dynamic.” But in order to do so, algorithms must still be “open to
continuous modification by human intelligence.” What are often called
“intelligent machines,” they write, are really just machines that are able
to “absorb human intelligence” (Hardt and Negri, 118–119). Machinic
subjects are, thus, always part of an assemblage, not unlike their prior
conception of the multitude. Since their work on the multitude, Hardt
and Negri have envisioned a kind of horizontal appropriation or expro-
priation of fixed capital through the cooperative power of labor. As they
put it, “the increased powers of labour can be recognized not only in
the expansion and increasing autonomy of cooperation but also in the
greater importance given to the social and cognitive powers of labor in
191
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
the structures of production” (Hardt and Negri, 117). But, now, the ma-
chinic appears to strip away the illusions of an older humanism. The
machinic assemblage, they write, “is a dynamic composition of heteroge-
neous elements that eschew identity but nonetheless function together,
subjectively, socially, in cooperation” (Hardt and Negri, 121). Therefore,
for Hardt and Negri, when fixed capital is transformed from private prop-
erty to the common, then “the power of machinic subjectivities and their
cooperative networks can be fully actualized” (Hardt and Negri, 123). In
this way, assemblages are woven together as part of the ontological basis
of the common. Assemblage, like multitude, is the proper metaphor for
realizing the possibilities of emancipation against the background of digi-
tal capitalism. In contrast, I would now like to conclude with a defence of
the social media metaphor.
Toward the Realization of the Social
in “Social Media”
On the question of digital automation, one of the chief problems for the
Left, according to Nina Power, has to do with the way we discern between
those jobs that can be automated and those that cannot.16 Two types of la-
bor, in particular, that she identifies are care work and the labor of social
reproduction. These examples are pertinent, since they help us to see at
what point the category of human subjectivity might possibly negate and
transcend the assemblage theory of the equality of human and nonhu-
man objects. Barring outrageous developments in artificial intelligence,
it is difficult for us to conceive the ways that care (and even love) might
be tethered to the digital democracy, or the democracy of the digital.
But this point, too, concerns the manner in which assemblage theory, or
something like it, as presented by the categories of machinic enslavement
and social subjection, loses sight of the way in which the desiring subject
precedes its enslavement in the machine, or even precedes its subjectiv-
ization in society. There is a subjective dimension that pertains to desire
and enjoyment, the gap or lack in the existing Symbolic structure, that
precedes the subject’s integration into the logic of the machine. Power
proposes that “we would be better off shifting the debate around digi-
tal democracy and a new collective subject toward larger and more fun-
damental questions concerning the commons (virtual and actual), the
role of care in our societies, and how we value all the paid and unpaid
work that goes into reproducing life at all levels.”17 This, in fact, is some-
thing that comes out of our insistence on the social media metaphor.
192
C O NC L US I ON
Unlike the assemblage, the social implied in “social media” is one
way that we might conceive the kind of cognitive mapping that might be
helpful to develop with regard to the dominant form of consciousness,
as we have seen. But at the same time, it helps us to better address the
various problems that we have identified about the way that social media
facilitates twenty-first-century capitalist practices of exploitation and ideo-
logical interpellation. We have seen how social media arises as a way of
expressing the desire of the subject, and we have seen the way in which we
are lured by its curated content. In the context of neoliberalism, we see,
too, that we are the ones that curate content for it, that is, the platform.
But through all of this, an implicit question in the background remains:
How might we resolve these tendencies in our social media, or at the
very least reconcile ourselves toward them? How might we resolve the
problem of the expropriated value of our desire for digital democracy?
Some might argue that another media system is possible. Fuchs,
for instance, advocates for a commons-based internet.18 He advocates the
need to appropriate the algorithm through various mechanisms, such as
capital taxation and the implementation of a public service media system.
He proposes, even, the possibility of platform coops, as well as the accel-
erationist supplement of the Universal Basic Income, as a way to offset
the problem of the decline in effective market demand once all the jobs
have been replaced by machines.19 But apart from some of these more
utopian proposals for developing an alternative or better social media
system, why not adopt an alternative and much more dialectical perspec-
tive: Can we adopt the perspective that we cannot begin to improve things
with social media by changing social media? In other words, why not be-
gin with social media, as a valence of analysis— that is, to use the social
media metaphor as a tool through which we can map the totality of the
situation, in order to arrive at . . . what?
Once we begin to conceive the social media metaphor in this way,
we arrive at the doorstep of the law and the state, which themselves are
structuring facets of our culture in their very form. As Louis Althusser
remarks in On the Reproduction of Capitalism, the law says that we are all
free and equal legal persons.20 This is how, for him, the law interpellates
us as subjects. But the law also exists only insofar as it makes possible the
function of the relations of production, with regard to property and the
contractual relationships of exchange between legal individuals in the
market. Law is a function of the relations of production only to the extent
that it mentions them nowhere, but makes it everywhere possible for the
capitalist mode of production to operate. Our acceptance of the legal ide-
ology, according to Althusser, is a product of our moral interpellations in
the ideological state apparatuses. But the problem for us today is that, in
193
T H E E N D OF S OCI AL ME DI A, OR, ACCE L ERATE THE METAPHOR?
the context of the demise of symbolic efficiency, the postmodern break-
down of the signifying chain, and the cynical capitalist realism that pre-
vails, the moral code may no longer be the hitch upon which we come to
accept the legal ideology, the legal structure, and the framework. Instead,
what we have seen is that enjoyment, much more than morality, is that
which binds us to the ruling ideology. This is by no mere accident, since it
is in the form of the neoliberal shift in the regulations of the market that
we come to locate the prevailing consumerist ethic of postmodern culture
and its constant injunction to enjoy. Social media has not caused this, but
it provides for us a window into understanding the kind of consciousness
that has come into being as a result.
We begin to see that social media is a representation of the domi-
nant ideology, of the dominant form of consciousness, because it is
largely symptomatic of the existing structure of society: a neoliberal and
capitalist society. Social media works as a metaphor for our era because it
represents most concretely and reflects the way in which the neoliberal
capitalist society sees itself. So we can begin with it, but we cannot then
proceed to merely attempt a transformation of our media. Doing so, to
use a tired cliché, would merely treat the symptom while allowing the
cause to persist. Instead, we need to see how the social media metaphor
allows us to consider a path toward transforming social media and our
digital culture, beginning with a transformation of the culture and society
more generally. It allows us to conceive the very form that makes the ex-
isting neoliberal structure currently possible: the form of the law and the
state, or, more specifically, the forms of capitalist private property, the
commodity form, and the form of civil society, in addition to the prevail-
ing forms of enjoyment.
The oppressive state, according to McGowan, is a function of the
state insofar as it is submitted to the interests of the civil society. Instead,
an emancipated society, according to him, is one in which the state is
submitted to the public service of the people, the interests of universal
freedom, and emancipation.21 There is something of this contained, too,
in the metaphor of “social media.” When we conceive of social media,
it is the former component that takes precedence over the latter. When
we enunciate the term, “social media,” what this implies is an emphasis
upon the social dimensions of interactive communication and democ-
racy. The rhetoric of the “social” in “social media” implies a harmonious,
constitutive whole of the social. But as we have seen, the deployment of
this image, of a harmonious whole— even in the proposal to make social
media fully social— this project is a difficult one given the implicit gap
or contradiction in the structure. Nevertheless, by sticking to the social
media metaphor (of not giving way to our desire for social media, so to
194
C O NC L US I ON
speak), and taking it all the way to its limits, we are able to more clearly
appreciate the failures of social media to realize the social, which is also
evidence of a failure of the social itself. But sticking to this notion, by see-
ing it through to the end, we see that social media both exists and does
not exist. We see through the contradictions of this notion. And perhaps,
the most appropriate way to challenge and to critique social media is by
identifying it, by claiming it as the correct concept, and by working to see
it through to the adequacy of its own notion. It is only by sticking to the
social media metaphor that we are made capable of understanding the
contradictions and the antisocial dimensions of capitalism. We should
not, in other words, be forced to accelerate the system to the point of its
ultimate implosion. We should instead impose a structure on society that
creates the conditions of possibility for social media to be truly realizable.
That is, we need to accelerate the metaphor rather than the system.
Notes
Introduction
1. Harold Innis, The Bias of Communication (Toronto: University of Toronto
Press, 1999).
2. Raymond Williams, Marxism and Literature (New York: Oxford University
Press, 1977).
3. On this point, see Matthew Flisfeder, “‘Trump’— What Does the Name
Signify?; or, Protofascism and the Alt-Right: Three Contradictions of the Pres-
ent Conjuncture.” Cultural Politics 14, no. 1 (2018): 1–19. For an excellent read-
ing of Trump’s trolling style, see Jason Hannan, “Trolling Ourselves to Death:
Social Media and Post-Truth Politics.” European Journal of Communication 33, no.
2 (2018): 214–26.
4. CCRU, “Swarmachins.” In Robin MacKay and Armen Avanessian, eds,
#Accelerate: The Accelerationist Reader, 2nd ed. (Windsor Quarry, UK: Urbanomic,
2017), 330.
5. Marshall McLuhan, Understanding Media: Extensions of Man (New York:
Signet, 1964), 36.
6. Neil Postman, Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show
Business (New York: Penguin, 1985).
7. James Bridle, New Dark Age: Technology and the End of the Future (New
York: Verso, 2018).
8. Bridle, New Dark Age, 7.
9. See, for instance, Vincent Mosco, To the Cloud: Big Data in a Turbulent
World (New York: Routledge, 2014).
10. Timothy Morton, Hyperobjects: Philosophy and Ecology after the End of the
World (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2013). Morton describes
hyperobjects as “things that are massively distributed in time and space relative
to humans.” They are “hyper” “in relation to some other entity, whether they
are directly manufactured by humans or not.” Morton, Hyperobjects, 1.
11. Bridle, New Dark Age, 73.
12. Bridle, New Dark Age, 75
13. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, Programmed Visions: Software and Memory (Cam-
bridge, MA: MIT Press, 2012), 2.
14. Chun, Programmed Visions, 55
15. Chun, Programmed Visions, 50
195
196
NO TE S T O PAGE S 9 –1 7
16. Fredric Jameson, “Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capi-
talism.” New Left Review 1, no. 146 (1984): 79– 80.
17. Slavoj Žižek, “Marx Reads Object Oriented Ontology.” In Slavoj Žižek,
Frank Ruda, and Agon Hamza, Reading Marx (Medford, MA: Polity, 2018).
18. Andrew Culp, Dark Deleuze (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press,
2016), 27.
19. Žižek, “Marx Reads Object Oriented Ontology,” 17.
20. Žižek, “Marx Reads Object Oriented Ontology,” 43.
21. Žižek, “Marx Reads Object Oriented Ontology,” 43.
22. Slavoj Žižek, “Afterword: Lenin’s Choice.” In Slavoj Žižek, ed., Revolu-
tion at the Gates: Selected Writings of Lenin From 1917 (New York: Verso, 2002), 210.
23. Georg Lukács, History and Class Consciousness: Studies in Marxist Dialec-
tics, translated by Rodney Livingstone (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1968), 112.
24. Jameson, “Postmodernism,” 91– 92.
25. Fredric Jameson, The Cultural Turn: Selected Writings on the Postmodern,
1983–1998 (New York: Verso, 1998), 49.
26. Slavoj Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative: Kant, Hegel, and the Critique of
Ideology (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1993), 145.
27. Fredric Jameson, Marxism and Form: Twentieth-Century Dialectical Theories
of Literature (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1971), 184.
28. Jameson, Marxism and Form, 340.
29. Žižek, “Marx Reads Object Oriented Ontology,” 44.
30. Lukács, History and Class Consciousness, 150.
31. Jacques Lacan, “Appendix II: Metaphor of the Subject.” In Écrits: The
First Complete Edition in English, translated by Bruce Fink (New York: W.W. Norton
and Co., 2006), 756.
32. Aldous Huxley, Brave New World (New York: Harper Perennial,
1993), 224.
33. Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, Manufacturing Consent: The
Political Economy of the Mass Media (New York: Pantheon Books, 1988); Robert
McChesney, Rich Media/Poor Democracy: Communication Politics in Dubious Times
(New York: The New Press, 2000).
34. See, for instance, Thomas Allmer, Critical Theory and Social Media:
Between Emancipation and Commodification (New York: Routledge, 2015); Chris-
tian Fuchs, Digital Labour and Karl Marx (New York: Routledge, 2014); Derek
Hrynyshyn, The Limits of Digital Revolution: How Mass Media Culture Endures in a
Social Media World (Santa Barbara, CA: Praeger, 2017); and Robert McChesney,
Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet against Democracy (New
York: The New Press, 2013).
35. See Luc Boltanski and Ève Chiapello, The New Spirit of Capitalism, trans-
lated by Gregory Elliot (New York: Verso, 2007).
36. Mark Fisher, Capitalist Realism: Is There No Alternative? (Winchester, UK:
Zero Books, 2009), 21– 22.
37. Gilles Deleuze, “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59
(1992): 3–7.
197
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 7 –2 3
38. Fredric Jameson, The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic
Act (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1981).
39. Here, I am adopting an idea that Robyn Flisfeder gets from the film,
Forgetting Sarah Marshall (2008). Personal communication.
40. Peter Frase, Four Futures: Life after Capitalism (New York: Verso, 2016).
41. Andreas Malm, The Progress of This Storm: Nature and Society in a Warming
World (New York: Verso, 2018), 80.
42. Steven Shaviro, The Universe of Things: On Speculative Realism (Minne-
apolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2014).
43. Jodi Dean, “The Anamorphic Politics of Climate Change.” e-flux journal
69 (2016).
44. Dean, “The Anamorphic Politics of Climate Change.”
45. Dean, “The Anamorphic Politics of Climate Change.”
46. Dean, “The Anamorphic Politics of Climate Change.”
47. Malm, The Progress of This Storm, 112.
48. Malm, The Progress of This Storm, 116.
49. W. Oliver Baker, “‘Words Are Things’: The Settler Colonial Politics of
Post-Humanist Materialism in Cormac McCarthy’s Blood Meridian.” Mediations 30,
no. 1 (2016): 19.
50. Baker, “Words Are Things,” 19.
51. Diana Coole and Samantha Frost, “Introducing the New Materialisms.”
In Diana Coole and Samantha Frost, eds, New Materialisms: Ontology, Agency, and
Politics (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), 5.
52. Benjamin Noys, The Persistence of the Negative: A Critique of Contemporary
Continental Theory (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2010), 1.
53. Noys, The Persistence of the Negative, 5.
54. Steven Shaviro, No Speed Limit: Three Essays on Accelerationism (Minne-
apolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2015), 2.
55. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 4– 5.
56. Culp, Dark Deleuze, 45; see also, Nick Land, Fanged Noumena: Collected
Writings, 1987–2007, edited by Robin MacKay and Ray Brassier (Windsor Quarry,
UK: Urbanomic, 2011). Several of Land’s writings relating to Accelerationism are
also collected in #Accelerate: Manifesto for an Accelerationist Politics.
57. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 14.
58. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 14.
59. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 34.
60. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 41.
61. Shaviro, No Speed Limit, 46.
62. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari, Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizo-
phrenia, translated by Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane (Minneapo-
lis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 1983), 28.
63. Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams, “#Accelerate: Manifesto for an Acceler-
ationist Politics (MAP).” In Robin MacKay and Armen Avanessian, eds, #Accelerate:
Manifesto for an Accelerationist Politics; Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams, Inventing the
Future: Postcapitalism and a World without Work (New York: Verso, 2015).
198
NO TE S T O PAGE S 2 4 –3 2
64. Benjamin Noys, Malign Velocities: Accelerationism and Capitalism (Win-
chester, UK: Zero Books, 2014), 21.
65. Noys, Malign Velocities, 25.
66. Srnicek and Williams, “#Accelerate,” 357.
67. Srnicek and Williams, “#Accelerate,” 357.
68. Srnicek and Williams, “#Accelerate,” 357.
69. Noys, Malign Velocities, 11.
70. Noys, Malign Velocities, 9.
71. Noys, Persistence of the Negative, 13.
72. Wolfgang Streeck, How Will Capitalism End? Essays on a Failing System
(New York: Verso, 2017), 9.
73. Streeck, How Will Capitalism End?, 10.
74. Slavoj Žižek, Organs Without Bodies: On Deleuze and Consequences (New
York: Routledge, 2004), 60– 61.
75. Bruno Bosteels, “Alain Badiou’s Theory of the Subject: The Recom-
mencement of Dialectical Materialism?” In Slavoj Žižek, ed., Lacan: The Silent
Partners (New York: Verso, 2005).
76. Bosteels, “Alain Badiou’s Theory of the Subject,” 119.
77. Jameson, The Political Unconscious, 36.
78. Jameson, The Political Unconscious, 36.
79. Jameson, The Political Unconscious, 36.
80. Jameson, The Political Unconscious, 35.
81. Bosteels, “Alain Badiou’s Theory of the Subject,” 128; see also Ernesto
Laclau and Chantal Mouffe, Hegemony and Socialist Strategy: Towards a Radical
Democratic Politics, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2000).
82. Slavoj Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology (New York: Verso, 1989), 209.
83. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 208.
84. Mladen Dolar, “Beyond Interpellation.” Qui parle 6, no. 2 (1993): 78.
85. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 164; Slavoj Žižek, “The Spectre of
Ideology.” In Slavoj Žižek, ed., Mapping Ideology (New York: Verso, 1994), 22.
86. Slavoj Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do: Enjoyment as a Political Fac-
tor, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2002), 101.
87. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 6.
88. Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do, 101.
89. Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do, 9–10.
90. Karl Marx, Capital, Volume 3, translated by David Fernbach (New York:
Penguin, 1991), 358.
91. Bruce Fink, “Perversion.” In Molly Anne Rothenberg, Dennis Foster,
and Slavoj Žižek, eds, Perversion and the Social Relation (Durham, NC: Duke Uni-
versity Press, 2003), 38.
92. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 28– 30.
93. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 49.
94. Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do, 21–22.
95. Žižek, “The Spectre of Ideology,” 4.
96. Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative, 73– 74.
199
NO TE S TO PAGE S 3 3 –3 8
97. See Todd McGowan, Capitalism and Desire: The Psychic Cost of Free Markets
(New York: Columbia University Press, 2016).
98. Slavoj Žižek, The Ticklish Subject: The Absent Centre of Political Ontology
(New York: Verso, 1999), 247.
99. Judith Butler, The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection (Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press, 1997), 2.
100. Michel Foucault, The History of Sexuality, Volume 1: An Introduction,
translated by Robert Hurley (New York: Pantheon, 1990), 95.
101. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, Updating to Remain the Same: Habitual New
Media (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 40.
102. We need only see the way that reactionary forces on the Right, such as
Jordan Peterson, continue to refer to postmodernism as the major culprit of our
problems today to see how it is still a driving social, cultural, and political force.
103. Slavoj Žižek, First as Tragedy, Then as Farce (New York: Verso, 2009).
Chapter 1
Note to the reader: when the term “social media” appears here in quotation
marks, this is to identify the rhetorical and discursive dimensions of the term
itself, as opposed to the use of the term without quotation marks, when the
term is used to identify the technology and platforms.
1. Slavoj Žižek, First as Tragedy, Then as Farce (New York: Verso, 2009).
2. For a sampling of scholarship on these movements, see Christian Fuchs,
OccupyMedia!: The Occupy Movement and Social Media in Crisis Capitalism (Win-
chester, UK: Zero Books, 2014); Linda Herrera, Revolution in the Age of Social
Media: The Egyptian Popular Insurrection and the Internet (New York: Verso, 2014);
Keenaga-Yamahtta Taylor, From #BlackLivesMatter to Black Liberation (Chicago, IL:
Haymarket Books, 2016); Zeynep Tufekci, Twitter and Tear Gas: The Power and
Fragility of Networked Protests (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2017); and
Louis-Paul Willis, “Student Fantasies: A Žižekian Perspective on the 2012 Que-
bec Student Uprising.” In Matthew Flisfeder and Louis-Paul Willis, eds, Žižek and
Media Studies: A Reader (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2014).
3. As Mark Fisher puts it, capitalism is set up to block the “red plenty”:
“Instead of seeking to overcome capital, we should focus on what capital must
always obstruct: the collective capacity to produce, care and enjoy.” He adds that
“the overcoming of capital has to be fundamentally based on the simple insight
that, far from being about ‘wealth creation’, capital necessarily and always blocks
the production of common wealth.” Darren Ambrose, ed., K-Punk: The Collected
and Unpublished Writings of Mark Fisher (2004–2016) (London: Repeater Books,
2018), 753, 754.
4. For a thorough investigation of the rise of the Alt-Right, see Angela
Nagle, Kill All Normies: Online Culture Wars From 4Chan and Tumblr to Trump and
the Alt-Right (Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2017). See also Matthew Flisfeder,
“‘Trump’— What Does the Name Signify?; or Protofascism and the Alt-Right:
200
NO TE S T O PAGE S 3 8 –4 4
Three Contradictions of the Present Conjuncture.” Cultural Politics 14, no. 1
(2018): 1–19.
5. Jodi Dean, Publicity’s Secret: How Technoculture Capitalizes on Democracy
(Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2002); Slavoj Žižek, The Ticklish Subject: The
Absent Centre of Political Ontology (New York: Verso, 1999).
6. Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe, Hegemony and Socialist Strategy:
Towards a Radical Democratic Politics, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2000).
7. Matthew Arnold, Culture and Anarchy and Other Writings (New York:
Cambridge University Press, 1993); F.R. Leavis, Mass Civilization and Minority
Culture (Cambridge: Minority, 1930); Max Horkheimer and Theodor W. Adorno,
Dialectic of Enlightenment, translated by John Cumming (New York: Continuum,
2000).
8. Walter Benjamin, “The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduc-
tion.” In Illuminations: Essays and Reflections, translated by Hannah Arendt (New
York: Schocken, 1968).
9. Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, Manufacturing Consent: The
Political Economy of the Mass Media (New York: Pantheon, 1988).
10. Christian Fuchs, Digital Labour and Karl Marx (New York: Routledge,
2014); Dallas Smythe, “Communications: Blindspot of Western Marxism.”
Canadian Journal of Social and Political Theory 1, no. 3 (1977): 1–27.
11. Nagle, Kill All Normies, 27.
12. Dave Lee, “Facebook’s Fake News Crisis Deepens.” BBC, November 15,
2016; Olivia Solon, “Facebook’s Failure: Did Fake News and Polarized Politics Get
Trump Elected?” The Guardian, November 10, 2016.
13. Taina Bucher, “Want to Be on Top? Algorithmic Power and the Threat
of Invisibility on Facebook.” New Media and Society 14, no. 7 (2013): 1164–80;
Ed Finn, What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing (Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press, 2017); Ganaele Langlois, Meaning in the Age of Social Media (New
York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2014); Astrid Mager, “Defining Algorithmic Ideology:
Using Ideology Critique to Scrutinize Corporate Search Engines.” tripleC: Com-
munication, Capitalism and Critique 12, no. 1 (2014), www.triple -c.at/index.php
/tripleC/article/view/439; and Nick Srnicek, Platform Capitalism (Malden, MA:
Polity, 2017).
14. Jürgen Habermas, “The Public Sphere— an Encyclopedia Article.”
Translated by Sara Lennox and Frank Lennox. New German Critique 3 (1974): 49–
55; Nancy Fraser, “Rethinking the Public Sphere: A Contribution to the Critique
of Actually Existing Democracy.” Social Text 25–26 (1990): 56–80; and Chantal
Mouffe, The Democratic Paradox (New York: Verso, 2000).
15. Richard Seymour, “Schadenfreude with a Bite.” London Review of Books,
December 15, 2016.
16. Richard Seymour, “Schadenfreude with a Bite.”
17. Mark Andrejevic, Infoglut: How Too Much Information Is Changing the Way
We Think and Know (New York: Routledge, 2013).
18. Fredric Jameson, “Postmodernism; or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capi-
talism.” New Left Review 1, no. 146 (1984): 53– 92.
19. Andrejevic, Infoglut, 10.
201
NO TE S TO PAGE S 4 4 –5 6
20. See Mark Poster, “Postmodern Virtualities.” Body and Society 1, no. 3–4
(1995): 79–95.
21. Jean Baudrillard, Simulacra and Simulations, translated by Sheila Faria
Glaser (Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, 1994); Gilles Deleuze and
Félix Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia, translated by
Brian Massumi (Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 1987); and Mar-
shall McLuhan, Understanding Media: Extensions of Man (Toronto: Signet Books,
1964). See also Mark Poster, “Postmodern Virtualities.” In Meenakshi Gigi Dur-
ham and Douglas M. Kellner, eds, Media and Cultural Studies: Keyworks 2nd ed.
(Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 2012).
22. Andrejevic, Infoglut, 11.
23. Terry Eagleton, After Theory (London: Allen Lane, 2003).
24. Nancy Fraser, “Mass Psychology of Crisis: For a Structural Analysis of
Financialization and against the Use of ‘Fascism’ as a Scare Tactic.” Public Seminar.
April 23, 2019.
25. Fredric Jameson, Marxism and Form: Twentieth-Century Dialectical Theories
of Literature (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1971), 276.
26. Jameson, Marxism and Form, 276.
27. Perry Anderson, In the Tracks of Historical Materialism (New York: Verso,
1983), 36.
28. Louis Althusser, On the Reproduction of Capitalism (New York: Verso,
2014).
29. Louis Althusser, On Ideology (New York: Verso, 2009).
30. Anderson, In the Tracks of Historical Materialism, 38.
31. Laclau and Mouffe, Hegemony and Socialist Strategy, 111.
32. Ernesto Laclau, New Reflections on the Revolution of Our Time (New York:
Verso, 1990), 90–91.
33. Ernesto Laclau, Emancipation(s) (New York: Verso, 1996).
34. Ernesto Laclau, On Populist Reason (New York: Verso, 2005); Chantal
Mouffe, For a Left Populism (New York: Verso, 2018).
35. Horkheimer and Adorno’s Dialectic of Enlightenment comes to mind in
this context.
36. See Herman and Chomsky, Manufacturing Consent.
37. Claire Birchall, Shareveillance: The Dangers of Openly Sharing and Covertly
Collecting Data (Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2017).
38. Katherine Ormerod, Why Social Media Is Ruining Your Life (London:
Cassell, 2018); Siva Vaidhyanathan, Anti-Social Media: How Facebook Has Discon-
nected Citizens and Undermined Democracy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2018).
39. Manuel Castells, Networks of Outrage and Hope: Social Movements in the
Internet Age (Malden, MA: Polity, 2012).
40. See, for instance, Jason Hannan, “Trolling Ourselves to Death? Social
Media and Post-Truth Politics.” European Journal of Communication 33, no. 2
(2018): 214–26; Whitney Phillips, This Is Why We Can’t Have Nice Things: Mapping
the Relationship between Online Trolling and Mainstream Culture (Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press, 2015).
41. See, for instance, Daniel Trottier, Social Media as Surveillance: Rethink-
202
NO TE S T O PAGE S 5 7 –6 5
ing Visibility in a Converging World (New York: Routledge, 2018); Christian Fuchs
et al., eds, Internet and Surveillance: The Challenges of Web 2.0 and Social Media
(New York: Routledge, 2012); and Kees Boersma and Chiara Fonio, eds, Big Data,
Surveillance, and Crisis Management (New York: Routledge, 2017) in addition to
many other titles. Social media surveillance is by now a well-covered terrain of
investigation.
42. Christian Fuchs, Social Media: A Critical Introduction. 2nd ed. (Los
Angeles, CA: Sage, 2017), 35.
43. Fuchs, Social Media, 35.
44. Alice E. Marwick, Status Update: Celebrity, Publicity and Branding in the
Social Media Age (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2013).
45. Fuchs, Social Media.
46. See Nick Srnicek, Platform Capitalism (Malden, MA: Polity, 2017).
47. For a great introduction to the legal and ideological framework, see
Jacob Silverman’s Terms of Service: Social Media and the Price of Constant Connection
(New York: Harper Perennial, 2015); see also Cullen Hoback’s documentary film,
Terms and Conditions May Apply (2013).
48. On this point, see Colin Mooers’s exceptional discussion of the coinci-
dence between the commodity form and the form of citizenship under liberal
capitalism in Imperial Subjects: Citizenship in the Age of Crisis and Empire (New York:
Bloomsbury, 2014).
49. A number of texts now identify the contradiction at the heart of
the neoliberal mantra about less government or deregulation, and in fact show
that neoliberalism is a policy platform that makes use of the state mechanism to im-
pose a form on the market and on subjects. See for instance, Wendy Brown’s Undo-
ing the Demos: Neoliberalism’s Stealth Revolution (New York: Zone Books, 2015); David
Harvey’s A Brief History of Neoliberalism (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005).
50. Scott Rosenberg, “How the Great Recession Teed Off Tech’s Long
Boom.” Axios September 15 , 2018.
51. Dean, Publicity’s Secret.
52. I rely here on an article by Brian Lenzo, “The Revolution Will Not Be
Tweeted.” International Socialist Review 90 ( July 2013).
53. See Herrera, Revolution in the Age of Social Media and Tufekci, Twitter
and Tear Gas.
54. Fuchs, OccupyMedia!, 38.
55. Fuchs, OccupyMedia!, 126.
56. Nick Dyer-Witheford, Cyber-Proletariat: Global Labour in the Digital Vortex
(Toronto: Pluto Press, 2015), 4.
57. Dean discusses this in a video interview with me from 2012 which can be
viewed here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bn19okthKns&t=148s.
58. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 93.
Chapter 2
1. Mark Fisher, “Exiting the Vampire Castle.” In Darren Ambrose, ed.,
K-Punk: The Collected and Unpublished Writings of Mark Fisher (2004–2016) (London:
203
NO TE S TO PAGE S 6 5 –7 6
Repeater Books, 2018); Angela Nagle, Kill All Normies: Online Culture Wars from
4Chan and Tumblr to Trump and the Alt-Right (Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2017).
2. Fisher, “Exiting the Vampire Castle,” 745.
3. See Slavoj Žižek, The Ticklish Subject (New York: Verso, 1999); Fredric
Jameson, “Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism.” New Left
Review 1, no. 146 (1984): 53–92; and Mark Fisher, Capitalist Realism: Is There No
Alternative? (Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2009).
4. Jodi Dean, Publicity’s Secret: How Technoculture Capitalizes on Democracy
(Ithaca, NY: Cornell, 2002), 3.
5. Jodi Dean, Blog Theory: Feedback and Capture in the Circuits of Drive (Mal-
den, MA: Polity, 2010), 31.
6. On this topic, see Todd McGowan’s brief but poignant explanation in
Enjoying What We Don’t Have: The Political Project of Psychoanalysis (Lincoln, NB:
University of Nebraska, 2013), 14– 15.
7. Dean, Publicity’s Secret, 3.
8. Slavoj Žižek, The Indivisible Remainder: On Schelling and Related Matters
(New York: Verso, 1996), 190.
9. Slavoj Žižek, First as Tragedy, Then as Farce (New York: Verso, 2009),
10–11.
10. For a more detailed discussion of these ideas in Žižek and Jameson, see
Matthew Flisfeder, “Postmodern Marxism Today: Jameson, Žižek, and the De-
mise of Symbolic Efficiency.” International Journal of Žižek Studies 13, no. 1 (2019):
22–56.
11. Nagle, Kill All Normies.
12. Perry Anderson, The Origins of Postmodernity (New York: Verso, 1998), 86.
13. Terry Eagleton, The Illusions of Postmodernism (Malden, MA: Blackwell,
1996).
14. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and
Schizophrenia, translated by Brian Massumi (Minneapolis, MN: University of Min-
nesota Press, 1987), 510.
15. See Thomas Frank, What’s the Matter with Kansas? How Conservatives Won
the Heart of America (New York: Henry Holt, 2004).
16. Anderson, The Origins of Postmodernity, 92.
17. For an alternative reading of Fight Club, see Anna Kornbluh’s Marxist
Film Theory and Fight Club (New York: Bloomsbury, 2019).
18. We might even say that, in the context of postmodern, consumer society,
commodity fetishism as the form of ideology implicit in capitalism is fully realized.
19. See Octave Mannoni, Clefs pour l’imaginaire (Paris: Seuil, 1969).
20. Todd McGowan, Out of Time: Desire in Atemporal Cinema (Minneapolis,
MN: University of Minnesota, 2011), 11.
21. McGowan, Out of Time, 11.
22. McGowan, Out of Time, 11.
23. McGowan, Out of Time, 11.
24. McGowan, Out of Time, 29.
25. See Dean, Publicity’s Secret; Dean, Blog Theory; and Jodi Dean, Democracy
and Other Neoliberal Fantasies (Durham, NC: Duke, 2009).
26. See Dean, Democracy and Other Neoliberal Fantasies, 42.
204
NO TE S T O PAGE S 7 7 –8 5
27. Žižek, The Ticklish Subject, 299.
28. Žižek, The Ticklish Subject, 299.
29. Slavoj Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative: Kant, Hegel, and the Critique of
Ideology (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1993), 60.
30. McGowan, Out of Time, 28.
31. McGowan, Out of Time, 28.
32. McGowan, Out of Time, 29.
33. Jeremy Gilbert, “My Friend Mark.” March 11 , 2017.
34. Mark Fisher, Flatline Constructs: Gothic Materialism and Cybernetic Theory-
Fiction (New York: Exmilitary Press, [1999] 2018).
35. Mark Fisher, “Gothic Materialism.” Pli 12 (2001): 230–43.
36. Fisher, Capitalist Realism, 23– 24.
37. Fisher, Flatline Constructs, 59.
38. Sigmund Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents, edited by Todd Dufresne
(Peterborough, ON: Broadview Editions, 2016), 57.
39. Fisher, Flatline Constructs, 62.
40. Dean, Blog Theory; Susan Buck-Morss, “Aesthetics and Anaesthetics: Wal-
ter Benjamin’s Artwork Essay Reconsidered.” October 62 (1992): 3–41.
41. Fisher, Flatline Constructs, 64.
42. Fisher, Flatline Constructs, 64.
43. Fisher, Flatline Constructs, 67.
44. Deleuze and Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus, 458.
45. Mark Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.” Flatness (2010).
46. Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.”
47. Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.”
48. Marshall McLuhan, cited in Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.”
49. Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.”
50. Dean, Democracy and Other Neoliberal Fantasies, 23.
51. Fisher, “Misrecognizing Narcissus.”
52. Paul A. Taylor, Žižek and the Media (Malden, MA: Polity, 2011), 78.
53. d.m. boyd and N.B. Ellison, “Social Network Sites: Definition, History,
and Scholarship.” Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication 13, no. 1 (2007):
http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol13/issue1/boyd.ellison.html.
54. Dean, Democracy and Other Neoliberal Fantasies, 66.
55. Dean, Democracy and Other Neoliberal Fantasies, 67.
56. The Joy of Tech comic strip recently updated this cartoon in light of the
revelations in the United States about NSA surveillance through social media:
“On the Internet Nobody Knows You’re a Dog— 1990s and Now,” June 17, 2013,
http://www.joyoftech.com/joyoftech/joyarchives/1862.html.
57. Jacques Lacan, The Seminar, Book XI: The Four Fundamental Concepts of
Psycho-Analysis, 1964–1965, translated by Alan Sheridan (New York: W.W. Norton
and Co., 1977), 207.
58. Here, though, it is possible to consider the image, not necessarily and
simply as an aspect of the Imaginary, but perhaps more appropriately as a “paral-
lax object” that is split between the Symbolic Master-Signifier and the Imaginary
objet petit a.
205
NO TE S TO PAGE S 8 6 –9 3
59. Dean, Blog Theory, 88.
60. Slavoj Žižek, The Parallax View (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2006), 303.
61. See Slavoj Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do: Enjoyment as a Political
Factor, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2002), xci.
Chapter 3
1. Jacques Lacan, “Subversion of the Subject and the Dialectic of Desire.”
In Écrits: The First Complete Edition in English, translated by Bruce Fink (New York:
W.W. Norton, 2006). Thanks to Clint Burnham for reminding me about this
passage.
2. Lacan, “Subversion of the Subject and the Dialectic of Desire,” 701.
3. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and
Schizophrenia, translated by Brian Massumi (Minneapolis, MN: University of Min-
nesota Press, 1987); Maurizio Lazzarato, Signs and Machines: Capitalism and the
Production of Subjectivity, translated by Joshua David Jordan (Los Angeles, CA:
Semiotext(e), 2014). Subsequent references to Lazzarato’s Signs and Machines in
this chapter will be made using in-text citations.
4. Ganaele Langlois, Meaning in the Age of Social Media (New York: Palgrave
Macmillan, 2014). Subsequent references to Langlois in this chapter will be made
using in-text citations.
5. Louis Althusser, “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses (Notes
towards an Investigation).” In Louis Althusser, On Ideology (New York: Verso,
2009).
6. See Christian Fuchs, Digital Labour and Karl Marx (New York: Routledge,
2014).
7. See Jason Read, The Micro-Politics of Capital: Marx and the Prehistory of the
Present (Albany, NY: SUNY Press, 2003).
8. See in particular Ernesto Laclau, On Populist Reason (New York: Verso,
2005); Chantal Mouffe, For a Left Populism (New York: Verso, 2018).
9. On this point, see Žižek’s critique of populism in In Defense of Lost Causes
(New York: Verso, 2008).
10. See Anne Friedberg, Window Shopping: Cinema and the Postmodern
(Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1993).
11. See Jay David Bolster and Richard Grusin, Remediation: Understanding
New Media (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2000); Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, Control
and Freedom: Power and Paranoia in the Age of Fiber Optics (Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press, 2006); Henry Jenkins, Convergence Culture: Where Old and New Media Col-
lide (New York: NYU Press, 2008); and Lev Manovich, The Language of New Media
(Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2001).
12. See Greg Elmer, Profiling Machines: Mapping the Personal Information
Economy (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2004).
13. See Slavoj Žižek, The Parallax View (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2006).
14. See Slavoj Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do: Enjoyment as a Political
Factor, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2002).
206
NO TE S T O PAGE S 9 3 –1 0 2
15. Deleuze and Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus, 456–57.
16. Gilles Deleuze, “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59
(1992): 3–7.
17. The same charge can be levelled against these thinkers in that they
often neglect the critical political economy analysis of capitalism in their theories
of subjection and interpellation.
18. Although he seems at times to suggest that enslavement and subjection
intersect in the production of subjectivity, Lazzarato does claim that “machinic
enslavement (or processes) precede the subject and the object and surpasses the
personological distinctions of social subjection” (Lazzarato, Signs and Machines,
120, emphasis added).
19. Such a description of enslavement recalls Michel Foucault’s criticism of
the terms “ideology” and “repression.” See Michel Foucault, “Truth and Power.”
In Paul Rabinow, ed., The Foucault Reader (New York: Pantheon, 1984), 60. For a
discussion of this point, see Matthew Flisfeder, Postmodern Theory and Blade Runner
(New York: Bloomsbury, 2017), 57– 62.
20. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari, Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizo-
phrenia, translated by Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane (Minneapo-
lis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 1983).
21. Herbert Marcuse, Eros and Civilization: A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud
(Boston: Beacon Press, 1955).
22. Todd McGowan, Out of Time: Desire in Atemporal Cinema (Minneapolis,
MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2011).
23. McGowan, Out of Time, 29.
24. Nick Dyer-Witheford, Cyber-Marx: Cycles and Circuits of Struggle in High-
Technology Capitalism (Chicago, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1999), 93.
25. Dyer-Witheford, Cyber-Marx, 93.
26. Dyer-Witheford, Cyber-Marx, 93.
27. Dyer-Witheford, Cyber-Marx, 94– 95.
28. Karl Marx, Capital, Volume 1, translated by Ben Fowkes (New York: Pen-
guin, 1990), 1019– 38.
29. Read, The Micro-Politics of Capital, 104.
30. Read, The Micro-Politics of Capital, 109.
31. Karl Marx, Grundrisse, translated by Martin Nicolaus (New York: Pen-
guin, 1993), 88.
32. Read, The Micro-Politics of Capital, 110.
33. See Maurizio Lazzarato, The Making of the Indebted Man, translated by
Joshua David Jordan (Los Angeles, CA: Semiotext(e), 2011).
34. Tiziana Terranova, “Red Stack Attack!: Algorithms, Capital and the
Automation of the Common.” In Robin Mackay and Armin Avanessian, eds,
#Accelerate: The Accelerationist Reader (Windsor Quarry, UK: Urbanomic, 2014).
35. Terranova, “Red Stack Attack!,” 385.
36. See Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams, Inventing the Future: Postcapitalism
and a World Without Work (New York: Verso, 2015).
37. Terranova, “Red Stack Attack!,” 381.
38. Terranova, “Red Stack Attack!,” 382.
207
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 0 2 –1 0 8
39. Marx, Grundrisse, 690– 712.
40. See Paolo Virno, “General Intellect.” Historical Materialism 15, no. 3
(2007): 3–8; Carlo Vercellone, “From Formal Subsumption to General Intellect:
Elements for a Marxist Reading of the Thesis of Cognitive Capitalism.” Historical
Materialism 15, no. 1 (2007): 13– 36.
41. Terranova, “Red Stack Attack!,” 383.
42. Philip Napoli, “Automated Media: An Institutional Theory Perspective
on Algorithmic Media Production and Consumption.” Communication Theory 24
(2014): 340–60.
43. Ian Bogost, “The Cathedral of Computation.” The Atlantic, January 15,
2015.
44. Fenwick McKelvey, “Algorithmic Media Need Democratic Methods:
Why Public Matter.” Canadian Journal of Communication 39, no. 4 (2014): 597– 613.
45. Ed Finn, What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing (Cam-
bridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 17.
46. Finn, What Algorithms Want, 7.
47. Finn, What Algorithms Want, 16.
48. Finn, What Algorithms Want, 18.
49. Astrid Mager, “Defining Algorithmic Ideology: Using Ideology Critique
to Scrutinize Corporate Search Engines.” tripleC: Communication, Capitalism and
Critique 12, no. 1 (2014).
50. Alice E. Marwick, Status Update: Celebrity, Publicity, and Branding in the
Social Media Age (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2013).
51. Napoli, “Automated Media,” 345.
52. Taina Bucher, “Want to Be on Top?: Algorithmic Power and the Threat
of Invisibility on Facebook.” New Media and Society 14, no. 7 (2012): 1164–80.
53. Bucher, “Want to Be on Top?,” 1171.
54. Joan Copjec, Read My Desire: Lacan against the Historicists (Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press, 1994), 19.
55. See Slavoj Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology (New York: Verso,
1989), 93.
56. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 35.
57. Deleuze and Guattari, Anti-Oedipus, 25.
58. Deleuze and Guattari, Anti-Oedipus, 33.
59. Deleuze and Guattari, Anti-Oedipus, 33.
60. Deleuze and Guattari, Anti-Oedipus, 257.
61. Ian Buchanan, Deleuze and Guattari’s Anti-Oedipus: A Reader’s Guide (New
York: Bloomsbury, 2008), 47.
62. Todd McGowan, Psychoanalytic Film Theory and the Rules of the Game (New
York: Bloomsbury, 2015), 41.
63. Judith Butler, The Psychic Life of Power: Theories of Subjection (Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press, 1997), 2.
64. Mladen Dolar, “Beyond Interpellation.” Qui parle 6 (1993), 78.
65. Todd McGowan, Capitalism and Desire: The Psychic Cost of Free Markets
(New York: Columbia University Press, 2016), 49.
66. Samo Tomšič, The Capitalist Unconscious (New York: Verso, 2015), 151.
208
NO TE S T O PAGE S 1 0 8 –1 1 6
67. Tomšič, The Capitalist Unconscious, 150.
68. Deleuze and Guattari, Anti-Oedipus, 378.
69. Phillip Goodchild, Deleuze and Guattari: An Introduction to Their Politics
(Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1996), 120.
70. Goodchild, Deleuze and Guattari, 120.
71. Antonio Negri, Marx and Foucault: Essays Volume 1, translated by Ed
Emery (Malden, MA: Polity, 2017), 190, emphasis added.
72. Negri, Marx and Foucault, 190.
73. Slavoj Žižek, “The Spectre of Ideology.” In Slavoj Žižek, ed., Mapping
Ideology (New York: Verso, 1994), 21.
74. Žižek, “The Spectre of Ideology,” 22.
75. Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do, 100.
76. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 164.
77. Read, The Micro-Politics of Capital.
Chapter 4
1. Brent Bambury, “Data Mining Firm behind Trump Election Built Psycho-
logical Profiles of Nearly Every American Voter.” Day 6 CBC .ca, March 20, 2018.
2. Glenn Greenwald, “NSA Collecting Phone Records of Millions of
Verizon Customers Daily.” The Guardian, June 5, 2013; Glenn Greenwald and
Ewan MacAskill, “NSA Prism Program Taps in to User Data of Apple, Google,
and Others.” The Guardian, June 7, 2013; and Glenn Greenwald, Ewan Askill, and
Laura Poitras, “Edward Snowden: The Whistleblower behind the NSA Surveil-
lance Revelations.” The Guardian, June 11, 2013.
3. Matt Taibbi, “The Facebook Menace.” Rolling Stone 1311– 12, April 19–
May 3, 2018, 44.
4. “Cambridge Analytica Whistleblower Empowers Citizen Action.” Govern-
ment Accountability Project, April 17, 2018.
5. Julie Carrie Wong, “Congress Grills Facebook CEO over Data Misuse— As
It Happened.” The Guardian, April 10, 2018.
6. Octave Mannoni, “I Know Very Well, But All the Same.” In Molly Anne
Rothenberg, ed., Perversion and the Social Relation (Durham, NC: Duke University
Press, 2003).
7. Dominic Pettman, Infinite Distraction: Paying Attention to Social Media (Mal-
den, MA: Polity, 2016), 79.
8. Taibbi, “The Facebook Menace,” 57.
9. Clint Burnham, “Enjoy Your Clickbait!” Unpublished manuscript.
10. Geert Lovink, “On the Social Media Ideology.” e-flux journal 75 (Sep-
tember 2016): 4.
11. Taibbi, “The Facebook Menace,” 57.
12. Stuart Hall, “Encoding/Decoding.” In Meenakshi Gigi Durham and
Douglas Kellner, eds, Media and Cultural Studies: Keyworks, 2nd ed. (Malden, MA:
Wiley-Blackwell, 2012). Subsequent references to Hall’s “Encoding/Decoding”
in this chapter will be made using in-text citations.
209
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 1 7 –1 2 9
13. For a discussion of double-coding, see Matthew Flisfeder, Postmodern
Theory and Blade Runner (New York: Bloomsbury, 2017), 74–75.
14. Stuart Hall, “Notes on Deconstructing ‘The Popular’.” In Imre Sze-
man and Timothy Kaposy, eds, Cultural Theory: An Anthology (Malden, MA: Wiley-
Blackwell, 2011), 73.
15. Hall, “Notes on Deconstructing ‘The Popular’,” 75.
16. See Matthew Flisfeder, The Symbolic, the Sublime, and Slavoj Žižek’s Theory
of Film (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2012). See also Slavoj Žižek, The Fright of
Real Tears: Krzysztof Kieslowski between Theory and Post-Theory (London: BFI, 2001);
David Bordwell and Nöel Carrol, eds, Post-Theory: Reconstructing Film Studies (Mad-
ison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1996).
17. Stuart Hall, “Recent Developments in Theories of Language and Ide-
ology: A Critical Note.” In Imre Szeman and Timothy Kaposy, eds, Cultural Theory:
An Anthology (Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 2011), 226. Subsequent references to
Hall’s “Recent Developments” in this chapter will be made using in-text citations.
18. Slavoj Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology (New York: Verso, 1989), 43.
19. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 43.
20. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 44.
21. Slavoj Žižek, “The Spectre of Ideology.” In Slavoj Žižek, ed., Mapping
Ideology (New York: Verso, 1994), 4.
22. Hall, “Recent Developments,” 226.
23. Hall, “Recent Developments,” 227.
24. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and
Schizophrenia, translated by Brian Massumi (Minneapolis, MN: University of Min-
nesota Press, 1987), 456– 57.
25. Deleuze and Guattari, A Thousand Plateaus, 458.
26. Gilles Deleuze, “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59
(1992): 5.
27. Hall, “Encoding/Decoding,”140.
28. Adam Greenfield, Radical Technologies: The Design of Everyday Life (New
York: Verso, 2017), 210.
29. Greenfield, Radical Technologies, 210.
30. Greenfield, Radical Technologies, 216.
31. Greenfield, Radical Technologies, 226.
32. Greenfield, Radical Technologies, 233.
33. Ed Finn, What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing (Cam-
bridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 17.
34. Cathy O’Neil, Weapons of Math Destruction: How Big Data Increases Inequal-
ity and Threatens Democracy (New York: Broadway Books, 2017): 3.
35. O’Neil, Weapons of Math Destruction, 3.
36. O’Neil, Weapons of Math Destruction, 17.
37. O’Neil, Weapons of Math Destruction, 18.
38. Finn, What Algorithms Want, 16.
39. James Vincent, “Twitter Taught Microsoft’s AI Chatbot to Be a Racist
Asshole in Less Than a Day.” The Verge, March 24, 2016.
40. See Christian Fuchs, Digital Labour and Karl Marx (New York: Routledge,
210
NO TE S T O PAGE S 1 2 9 –1 3 4
2014); Christian Fuchs, interviewed by Matthew Flisfeder, “Digital Labour and the
Internet Prosumer Commodity: In Conversation with Christian Fuchs.” Alternate
Routes 27 (2016): 267– 78; and Nick Srnicek, Platform Capitalism (Malden, MA:
Polity Press, 2017).
41. Alice E. Marwick, Status Update: Celebrity, Publicity, and Branding in the
Social Media Age (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2013), 220.
42. Christian Fuchs, Social Media: A Critical Introduction (Los Angeles, CA:
Sage, 2014), 158.
43. Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison, trans-
lated by Alan Sheridan (New York: Pantheon, 1977). See also, for instance, Taina
Bucher, “Want to Be on Top? Algorithmic Power and the Threat of Invisibility on
Facebook.” New Media and Society 14, no. 7 (2012): 1164–80.
44. Thomas Mathiesen, “The Viewer Society: Michel Foucault’s ‘Pan-
opticon’ Revisited.” Theoretical Criminology 1, no. 2 (1997): 215–34.
45. Mark Fisher, Capitalist Realism: Is There No Alternative? (Winchester, UK:
Zero Books, 2009), 22.
46. See José van Dijk, “Datafication, Dataism and Dataveillance: Big Data
between Scientific Paradigm and Ideology.” Surveillance and Society 12, no. 2
(2014): 197– 208. See also Greg Elmer, “A Diagram of Panoptic Surveillance.”
New Media and Society 5, no. 2 (2003): 231– 47; Bart Simon, “The Return of Pan-
opticism: Supervision, Subjection and the New Surveillance.” Surveillance and
Society 3, no. 1 (2002): 1– 20.
47. Claire Birchall, Shareveillance: The Dangers of Openly Sharing and Covertly
Collecting Data (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2017), 2.
48. Birchall, Shareveillance, 3, 7.
49. Birchall, Shareveillance, 9.
50. Fuchs, Social Media, 159.
51. Rebecca Joseph, “Museum Selfie: Google App Tops Charts But Experts
Warn of Privacy Concerns.” Global News, January 18, 2018.
52. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, Programmed Visions: Software and Memory (Cam-
bridge, MA: MIT Press, 2013), 67.
53. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 28– 30.
54. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, “On Software, or the Persistence of Visual
Knowledge.” Grey Room 18 (2004): 43.
55. Chun, Programmed Visions, 67– 68.
56. See Louis Althusser, On the Reproduction of Capitalism (New York: Verso,
2014). See also Matthew Flisfeder, “Morality or Enjoyment? On Althusser’s Ideo-
logical Supplement of the Law.” Mediations: Journal of the Marxist Literary Group
30, no. 2 (2017): 37– 44.
57. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 93.
58. Jacques Lacan, The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis, edited
by Jacques-Alain Miller and translated by Alan Sheridan (New York: W.W. Norton
and Company, 1981), 158.
59. Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology, 110–13.
60. Slavoj Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative: Kant, Hegel, and the Critique of
Ideology (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1993), 73–74.
211
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 3 4 –1 4 8
61. Lacan, The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis, 199.
62. Lacan, The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis, 207.
63. Slavoj Žižek, The Art of the Ridiculous Sublime: On David Lynch’s Lost High-
way (Seattle, WA: University of Washington Press, 2000), 6.
64. For more on this see Brett Caraway, “Crisis of Command: Theorizing
Value in New Media.” Communication Theory 26 (2015): 64–81.
Chapter 5
1. Eliana Dockterman, “Is Gone Girl Feminist or Misogynist?” Time, Octo-
ber 6, 2014.
2. Nina Power, “Run, Boy, Run.” The New Inquiry, July 17, 2014.
3. Jennifer Friedlander, Real Deceptions: The Contemporary Reinvention of
Realism (New York: Oxford University Press, 2017), 12.
4. Friedlander, Real Deceptions, 12.
5. Hilary Neroni, The Subject of Torture: Psychoanalysis and Biopolitics in Tele-
vision and Film (New York: Columbia University Press, 2015).
6. Alvin Toffler, The Third Wave (New York: Bantam, 1980).
7. Dallas Smythe, “Communications: Blindspot of Western Marxism.”
Canadian Journal of Political and Social Theory 1, no. 3 (1977): 1–27.
8. Christian Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx (New York: Routledge,
2014); see also Mark Andrejevic, “Estranged Free Labor.” In Trebor Scholz, ed.,
Digital Labor: The Internet as Playground and Factory (New York: Routledge, 2013),
149–64; Nicole S. Cohen, “The Valorization of Surveillance: Towards a Political
Economy of Facebook.” Democratic Communiqué 22, no. 1 (2008): 5–22; Nick Dyer-
Witheford, Cyber-Marx: Cycles and Circuits of Struggle in High-Technology Capitalism
(Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1999); Vincent Manzerolle, “Mobilizing
the Audience Commodity: Digital Labor in a Wireless World.” Ephemera 10, no.
3– 4 (2010): 455–69; and Vincent Mosco, The Political Economy of Communication,
2nd ed. (Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 2009).
9. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx.
10. Alison Hearn, “Structuring Feeling: Web 2.0, Online Ranking and Rat-
ing, and the Digital ‘Reputation’ Economy.” Ephemera 10, no. 3–4 (2010): 421–38.
11. Hearn, “Structuring Feeling,” 427.
12. Hearn, “Structuring Feeling,” 429.
13. Mary Madden and Aaron Smith, “Reputation Management and Social
Media.” Pew Internet and American Life Project, May 26, 2010.
14. See Bernie Hogan, “The Presentation of Self in the Age of Social Media:
Distinguishing Performances and Exhibitions Online.” Bulletin of Science, Tech-
nology and Society 30, no. 6 (2010): 377– 86.
15. Michel Feher, “Self-Appreciation; or, The Aspirations of Human
Capital,” translated by Ivan Ascher. Public Culture 21, no. 1 (2009): 21–24.
16. Michel Foucault, The Birth of Biopolitics: Lectures at the Collège de France,
1978–1979, edited by Michel Senellart and translated by Graham Burchell (New
York: Picador, 2008), 223, emphasis added.
212
NO TE S T O PAGE S 1 4 9 –1 5 4
17. Thomas Lemke, “Foucault, Governmentality, and Critique.” Rethinking
Marxism 14, no. 3 (2001): 51.
18. Andrew Dilts, “From ‘Entrepreneur of the Self’ to ‘Care of the Self’:
Neoliberal Governmentality and Foucault’s Ethics.” Foucault Studies 12 (2011): 16.
19. Foucault, The Birth of Biopolitics, 224.
20. Feher, “Self-Appreciation,” 30.
21. Jason Read, “A Genealogy of Homo-Economicus: Neoliberalism and
the Production of Subjectivity.” Foucault Studies 6 (2009): 28.
22. Read, “A Genealogy of Homo-Economicus,” 28.
23. Read, “A Genealogy of Homo-Economicus,” 28.
24. Maurizio Lazzarato, The Making of Indebted Man, translated by Joshua
David Jordan (Los Angeles, CA: Semiotext(e), 2012), 91.
25. Read, “A Genealogy of Homo-Economicus,” 30.
26. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx.
27. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx, 257.
28. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx, 261.
29. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx, 265.
30. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx, 265.
31. Fuchs, Digital Labor and Karl Marx, 116.
32. Christian Fuchs, “Digital Prosumption Labor on Social Media in the
Context of Capitalist Regimes of Time.” Time and Society, October 7, 2013, DOI:
10.1177/0961463X13502117.
33. Daniel Trottier, Identity Problems in the Facebook Era (New York: Rout-
ledge, 2014), 14, emphasis added.
34. Geert Lovink, Networks without a Cause: A Critique of Social Media (Mal-
den, MA: Polity, 2011), 41.
35. Lovink, Networks without a Cause, 40.
36. Lovink, Networks without a Cause, 40–41, emphasis added. Lovink also
comments critically on a statement made by Facebook CEO, Mark Zuckerberg,
“having two identities for yourself is an example of a lack of integrity” (cited in
Lovink, Networks without a Cause, 41).
37. Lovink, Networks without a Cause, 41– 43, emphasis added.
38. Lovink, Networks without a Cause, 42.
39. Jonathan Crary, 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep (New York:
Verso, 2013), 9.
40. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 10. The Marxist argument
here should also note the extension of absolute surplus value as mechanisms
emerge to draw out relative surplus value.
41. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 30.
42. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 62.
43. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 72.
44. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 98.
45. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 99. The online application,
twalue.com, measures the value of one’s Twitter account. Users have the option of
posting this to their Twitter feed. This can have the effect of either helping to sell
the Self (that is, “this is what I’m worth”), or it can have the effect of encourag-
213
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 5 4 –1 6 3
ing competition between users to amass more followers and to create more posts;
all the while, the profit generated continues to be alienated from the prosumer.
46. Crary, Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, 104.
47. “[T]he value of labor-power is the value of the means of subsistence
necessary for the maintenance of its owner.”Karl Marx, Capital, Volume 1, trans-
lated by Ben Fowkes (New York: Penguin, 1990), 274.
48. Therefore, as David Harvey explains, the laborer as subject of
exchange still exists within the cycle, the cycle is that of C- M-C (commodity-
money-commodity), whereas for the capitalist, the cycle is that of M-C-M (money-
commodity-M′=M+ΔM, where ΔM is surplus value). David Harvey, A Companion to
Marx’s Capital (New York: Verso, 2010), 102.
49. Harvey notes, as well, the fact that “needs” are historical, dependent
upon the history of class struggle. Harvey, A Companion to Marx’s Capital, 103.
50. Silvia Federici, “From Commoning to Debt: Financialization, Micro-
credit, and the Changing Architecture of Capital Accumulation.” The South
Atlantic Quarterly 113, no. 2 (2014): 235.
51. Lazzarato, The Making of the Indebted Man, 94.
52. Lazzarato, The Making of the Indebted Man, 93.
53. Tiziana Terranova, Network Culture: Politics for the Information Age (Ann
Arbor, MI: Pluto, 2004), 74.
54. Mark Fisher, Capitalist Realism: Is There No Alternative? (Winchester, UK:
Zero Books, 2009).
55. Fisher, Capitalist Realism, 2.
56. Todd McGowan, Out of Time: Desire in Atemporal Cinema (Minneapolis,
MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2011), 29.
57. Michel Foucault, The History of Sexuality, Volume I: An Introduction, trans-
lated by Robert Hurley (New York: Vintage, 1990), 95.
58. Todd McGowan, “Virtual Freedom: The Obfuscation and Elucida-
tion of the Subject in Cyberspace.” Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society 18, no. 1
(2013): 67.
59. Frank Smecker, The Night of the World: Traversing the Ideology of Objectivity
(Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2014).
Chapter 6
1. Renata Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice (London: Profile Books, 2011), 7.
2. On the politics of “witnessing,” see for instance Giorgio Agamben,
Remnants of Auschwitz: The Witness and the Archive (Brooklyn, NY: Zone Books,
1999).
3. Steven Shaviro, The Universe of Things: On Speculative Realism (Minneapo-
lis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2015), 61.
4. Russell Sbriglia, “Object-Disoriented Ontology; or the Subject of What Is
Sex?” Continental Thought and Theory 2, no. 2 (2018): 39.
5. Slavoj Žižek, Disparities (New York: Bloomsbury, 2016), 83.
6. Joan Copjec, Read My Desire: Lacan against the Historicists (Cambridge,
214
NO TE S T O PAGE S 1 6 3 –1 6 8
MA: MIT Press, 1994); Slavoj Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative: Kant, Hegel, and the
Critique of Ideology (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1993).
7. Alenka Zupančič, What Is Sex? (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 37.
8. Interview of Alenka Zupančič by Agon Hamza and Frank Ruda, “Inter-
view with Alenka Zupančič: Philosophy or Psychoanalysis? Yes, Please.” Crisis and
Critique 6, no. 1 (2019): 439.
9. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 11.
10. Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice, 7– 8.
11. Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice, 75.
12. Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice, 75.
13. Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice, 75.
14. Salecl, The Tyranny of Choice, 85.
15. Jacques Lacan, The Ethics of Psychoanalysis: The Seminar of Jacques Lacan,
Book VII, edited by Jacques-Alain Miller and translated by Dennis Porter (New
York: W.W. Norton and Co., 1997).
16. See Jonathan Crary, 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep (New York:
Verso, 2013); Christian Fuchs, “Digital Prosumption Labor on Social Media in
the Context of the Capitalist Regime of Time.” Time and Society 23, no. 1 (2014):
97–123.
17. David Harvey, The Condition of Postmodernity (Oxford: Blackwell, 1989).
18. Gaby David and Carolina Cambre, “Screened Intimacies: Tinder and
the Swipe Logic.” Social Media + Society April/June (2016): 1–11.
19. David and Cambre, “Screened Intimacies,” 7.
20. David and Cambre, “Screened Intimacies,” 8.
21. Alex Abad-Santos, “In Black Mirror’s Bittersweet ‘Hang the DJ’, It’s Tech-
nology versus Loneliness.” Vox, December 29, 2017.
22. Jacques Lacan, The Other Side of Psychoanalysis: The Seminar of Jacques
Lacan, Book XVII, edited by Jacques-Alain Miller and translated by Russell Grigg
(New York: W.W. Norton and Co., 2007), 162.
23. Slavoj Žižek, Incontinence of the Void: Economico-Philosophical Spandrels
(Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 144.
24. Slavoj Žižek, “Sexuality in the Posthuman Age.” Stasis 4, no. 1
(2016), 64.
25. Žižek, “Sexuality in the Posthuman Age,” 64.
26. Frédéric Declercq, “Lacan on the Capitalist Discourse: Its Conse-
quences for Libidinal Enjoyment and Social Bond.” Psychoanalysis, Culture and
Society 11 (2006): 74– 83.
27. Declercq, “Lacan on the Capitalist Discourse,” 75.
28. For a deeper analysis of Her, see Matthew Flisfeder and Clint Burnham,
“Love and Sex in the Age of Capitalist Realism: On Spike Jonze’s Her.” Cinema
Journal 57, no. 1 (2017): 25– 45.
29. Kaitlyn Tiffany, “The Tinder Algorithm, Explained.” Vox, March 18,
2019.
30. Slavoj Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do: Enjoyment as a Political Fac-
tor, 2nd ed. (New York: Verso, 2002), 21.
215
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 6 8 –1 7 6
31. Roberto Simanowski, Waste: A New Media Primer (Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press, 2018), 4.
32. Simanowski, Waste, 5.
33. John Cheney-Lippold, We Are Data: Algorithms and the Making of Our
Digital Selves (New York: New York University Press, 2017).
34. Simanowski, Waste, 91.
35. Cheney-Lippold, We Are Data, 48.
36. Cheney-Lippold, We Are Data, 51.
37. Simanowski, Waste, 4.
38. Simanowski, Waste, 4.
39. Louis-Paul Willis, “‘The Endless Space Between Words’: Desire, Fantasy,
and Interface in Her.” In Cindy Zeiher and Todd McGowan, eds, Can Philosophy
Love? Reflections and Encounters (Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield, 2017),
245–46.
40. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 11.
41. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 16.
42. Clint Burnham, Does the Internet Have an Unconscious? Slavoj Žižek and
Digital Culture (New York: Bloomsbury, 2018), 10.
43. Burnham, Does the Internet Have an Unconscious?, 12.
44. Burnham, Does the Internet Have an Unconscious?, 13.
45. Slavoj Žižek, The Ticklish Subject: The Absent Centre of Political Ontology
(New York: Verso, 1999), 19.
46. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 17.
47. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 35.
48. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 42.
49. Žižek, Tarrying with the Negative, 58– 61.
50. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 36.
51. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 127.
52. Copjec, Read My Desire, 203.
53. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 79.
54. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 119.
55. Žižek, For They Know Not What They Do, 147.
56. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 89.
57. Reza Negarestani, Intelligence and Spirit (New York: Urbanomic, 2018).
58. Or, as Terry Eagleton has argued, every rejection of a norm retroactively
imposes a new one; and this is what we call history. Terry Eagleton, After Theory
(London: Allen Lane, 2003).
59. Reza Negarestani, “The Labor of the Inhuman.” In Robin MacKay and
Armen Avanessian, eds, #Accelerate: The Accelerationist Reader (Windsor Quarry,
UK: Urbanomic, 2014), 439.
60. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 103.
61. Žižek, The Ticklish Subject, 299.
62. Slavoj Žižek, Event (New York: Penguin, 2014), 64.
63. Alain Badiou and Nicolas Truong, In Praise of Love, translated by Peter
Bush (New York: Verso, 2012), 17.
216
NO TE S T O PAGE S 1 7 6 –1 8 7
64. Mladen Dolar, “Beyond Interpellation.” Qui parle 6, no. 2 (1993), 81.
65. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 119.
66. Jacques Lacan, Transference: The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book VIII, ed-
ited by Jacques-Alain Miller and translated by Bruce Fink (Malden, MA: Polity,
2015), 129.
67. Todd McGowan, Emancipation after Hegel: Achieving a Contradictory Revo-
lution (New York: Columbia University Press, 2019), 99.
68. See for instance Levi R. Bryant, Onto-Cartography: An Ontology of Ma-
chines and Media (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2014); Colin Cremin,
Exploring Videogames with Deleuze and Guattari: Towards an Affective Theory of Form
(New York: Routledge, 2016).
69. Zupančič, What Is Sex?, 122.
70. Slavoj Žižek, Like a Thief in Broad Daylight (London: Allen Lane,
2018), 144.
Conclusion
1. A fact I am reminded of every time I read the children’s book Olivia, by
Ian Falconer (New York: NY: Atheneum Books, 2004), with my kids.
2. I draw, here, on Todd McGowan’s Out of Time: Desire in Atemporal Cinema
(Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2011).
3. Slavoj Žižek, The Sublime Object of Ideology (New York: Verso, 1989), 6.
4. Todd McGowan, Emancipation after Hegel: Achieving a Contradictory Revo-
lution (New York: Columbia University Press, 2019).
5. Benjamin Noys, The Persistence of the Negative: A Critique of Contemporary
Continental Theory (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2010).
6. Slavoj Žižek, Organs without Bodies: On Deleuze and Consequences (New
York: Routledge, 2004), 60.
7. Žižek, Organs without Bodies, 61.
8. Noys, The Persistence of the Negative, 13.
9. This includes the pioneering work of Jodi Dean, as well as newcom-
ers to this field (some of whom who already have influential bodies of work)
such as Clint Burnham, Svitlana Matviyenko, Jacob Johansen, Anna Kornbluh,
and others. See, for instance, Clint Burnham, Does the Internet Have an Uncon-
scious? Slavoj Žižek and Digital Culture (New York: Bloomsbury, 2018); Nick Dyer-
Witheford and Svitlana Matviyenko, Cyberwar and Revolution: Digital Subterfuge in
Global Capitalism (Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2019); Jacob
Johansen, Psychoanalysis and Digital Culture: Audiences, Social Media, and Big Data
(New York: Routledge, 2019); and Anna Kornbluh, The Order of Forms: Realism,
Formalism, and Social Space (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 2019).
10. Andrew Culp, Dark Deleuze (Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota
Press, 2016), 48.
11. I owe this insight to Clint Burnham.
12. Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri, Assembly (Oxford: Oxford University
217
NO TE S TO PAGE S 1 8 9 –1 9 3
Press, 2018), 107. Subsequent references to Hardt and Negri in this chapter will
be made using in-text citations.
13. Byung-Chul Han, Psycho-Politics: Neoliberalism and New Technologies of
Power, translated by Erik Butler (New York: Verso, 2017), 5.
14. Han, Psycho-Politics, 5.
15. Bernard Stiegler, The Automatic Society: The Future of Work, translated by
Daniel Ross (Cambridge, MA: Polity, 2017); Benjamin H. Bratton, The Stack: On
Software and Sovereignty (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2016).
16. Nina Power, “Digital Democracy?” In Leo Panitch and Greg Albo, eds,
Socialist Register 2018: Rethinking Democracy (New York: Monthly Review Press,
2017), 175.
17. Power, “Digital Democracy?,” 182– 83.
18. Christian Fuchs, OccupyMedia!: The Occupy Movement and Social Media in
Crisis Capitalism (Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2014), 161.
19. Christian Fuchs, “Appropriation of Digital Machines and Appropria-
tion of Fixed Capital as the Real Appropriation of Social Being: Reflections on
Toni Negri’s Chapter.” In David Chandler and Christian Fuchs, eds, Digital Objects,
Digital Subjects: Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Capitalism, Labour and Politics in the
Age of Big Data (London: University of Westminster Press, 2019).
20. Louis Althusser, On the Reproduction of Capitalism: Ideology and Ideological
State Apparatuses, translated by G.M. Goshgarian (New York: Verso, 2014), 59– 68.
21. McGowan, Emancipation after Hegel.
Index
Page numbers in italics refer to figures.
Accelerationism, 18, 22– 26, 36, 81, 106, Badiou, Alain, 94, 176
181, 188. See also capitalism Baker, W. Oliver, 21
Actor Network Theory (ANT), 96– 97 Baudrillard, Jean, 44, 81– 82, 183
Adorno, Theodor W., 39, 42; “The Baudry, Jean, 117
Culture Industry: Enlightenment as Bell, Daniel, 71
Mass Deception,” 117 Benjamin, Walter, 39– 40, 81
algorithmic media: data analysis and, Big Data, 37, 55, 103. See also tech in-
125– 29; emergence of, 99; forms of, dustry
89, 108; of love, 167– 70; as “mean- Birchall, Claire, 54, 130– 31
ing machines,” 97– 99; new age of, Bogost, Ian, 102
90; productive and consumptive Bordwell, David, 117
aspects of, 92; role in interpellating Bosteels, Bruno, 26, 28– 29
subjects through the lure of desire Bourdieu, Pierre, 152; cultural capital
of, 93– 96. See also digital automa- in, 152, 162; symbolic capital in, 85,
tion; new media; social media 152
Althusser, Louis, 27– 29, 48– 50, 89, 94, boyd, d.m., 84
118 Bratton, Benjamin: The Stack, 189
works: For Marx, 48; On the Repro- Bridle, James, 8– 9
duction of Capitalism, 192; Reading Brooker, Charlie: Bandersnatch (film),
Capital, 48 169; Black Mirror (television series),
Alt-Right, 38, 42– 43, 56, 60, 65; culture 92, 108, 165– 69, 169, 176, 187
of the, 75; postmodernism and the, Bucher, Taina, 103– 4
70, 74; rise of the, 199n4 Buck-Morss, Susan, 81
Amazon, 37, 103 Burnham, Clint, 115, 171
Anderson, Perry, 48– 49, 71 Bush, President George W., 71
Andrejevic, Mark, 43– 44 Butler, Judith, 33, 94, 107, 173
Anthropocene, 20, 163
anthropocentrism, 19– 20, 163; strategic, “California Ideology,” 103
20 Cambre, Carolina, 165
Apple, 130 Cambridge Analytica scandal, 113– 14,
Arab Spring, 61– 63, 115 129, 138
Arnold, Matthew, 39, 42, 117 capital: accumulated wealth and, 101;
assemblage theory, 9– 10, 18, 97, 191 as an agency that is occupied by a
automation, 18, 24– 26; and algorithmic shared subjective class conscious-
logic, 101; and entertainment, 108; ness, 105; class interests of, 102; de-
and surplus labor, 101. See also digi- territorialization of, 71; finance, 26–
tal automation 27; fixed, 101, 188, 190; historical
219
220
I N DE X
capital (continued) Castells, Manuel: Networks of Outrage and
materialist analysis of, 90; history of, Hope: Social Movements in the Internet
91; and labor, 90, 99– 102, 105, 109– Age, 55
10, 148; negation of, 112; political causality: absent, 27– 28; structural, 26,
economy of, 54, 57; self-imposed 28
barriers to the accumulation of, 30; Cheney-Lippold, John, 169– 70
self-transformation of, 110; social, Chomsky, Noam: libertarian perspective
152; structural crisis of, 57. See also of, 53; Manufacturing Consent, 14,
capitalism; human capital 40, 42, 52
capitalism: advanced financial, 142; alter- Chun, Wendy Hui Kyong, 9, 34, 132, 135
natives to, 157; antisocial nature of, cinema, 55, 57, 91, 140– 41; Alt-Right, 75;
3, 56– 57, 194; and automation, 101; theories of, 117
consumer ethic of, 68, 188; contra- Clark, T.J., 178
dictions of, 58; crisis of, 46, 49, 63; class struggle, 29, 89, 108– 11; entangle-
critiques of, 112; demise of, 23, 31; ment in the, 113; history of, 27, 47,
desire as the basis of production in, 51, 99; material conditions of the,
106– 8; deterritorialization of, 23, 113; political, 112, 125; and tech-
30, 71, 103, 106; dominant form of nology, 91. See also Marxism
ideology in, 12, 115; entrepreneurial climate change, 8– 9, 19– 21, 173– 74; and
ethic of neoliberal, 162; expro- automation, 18, 24; neoliberalism
priation in, 89; formative period of and, 24
liberal, 130; hegemonic ideology of communication: of aliens, 178; channels
post-crisis, 51; ideological hegemony of mass, 130; conventional model of
of neoliberal, 116; industrial, 15; lib- mass, 116; the dominant medium
eralism and, 185; and machines, 99– of, 7– 8; networked, 67; political,
102; Marxist critique of, 25; material 3– 4; shared substance of, 133; social
contradictions of, 90; and media, media as a medium of, 88, 114. See
3, 88– 90; mode of production of, also Encoding/Decoding model;
27, 31, 52, 78, 89, 91, 100, 105, 111, language; media; rhetoric
119– 20, 164– 65, 187– 88; political communicative capitalism, 53, 60, 65– 66,
economy of, 135, 183, 206n17; post- 76– 80, 83– 86, 88, 145, 184– 87. See
modern, 31, 34, 69– 70, 75, 78, 114, also capitalism
138, 157– 59, 185; power relations Communism, 18
in, 94; production of subjectivities Comolli, Jean-Louis, 117
in humans in, 10; protection of consciousness: class, 160; dominant, 12–
privacy in, 129; radicalization of, 15, 34, 186, 193; false, 50, 53, 68– 70,
22– 23; reproduction of the relations 117, 121, 146; instrumental forms of,
of production in, 89; rise of, 72; 12; non-reified, 160
schizophrenic, 6, 30– 31; and social consumerism, 14, 16, 25, 68, 75, 154;
media, 5, 12, 83; social relations of culture of, 74– 75, 156; ethic of, 193;
production of, 137; structural limits and freedom, 30
to, 26; structures of power of, 130, Coole, Diana, 22
135– 38; subjectivity and, 93. See also Copjec, Joan, 104, 163, 173
Accelerationism; capital; capitalist Crary, Jonathan, 153
realism; communicative capitalism; critical theory, 48; and screen theory,
neoliberalism; venture capitalism 116– 19
capitalist realism, 20, 27, 66– 67, 78– 79, Culp, Andrew, 9– 10, 184
83, 141, 157, 160, 186. See also capi- culture: antisocial dimensions of, 3; of
talism the bourgeoisie, 72; commodifica-
221
I N DE X
tion of, 39; consumer, 74– 75, 156; 76; social media and, 12– 13, 66– 67,
of contemporary capitalism, 116; 83– 84, 88; social structure of, 113;
digital, 180, 185; dominant form of, suffocation of, 158. See also enjoy-
15, 26; emergent, 26– 27; Fordist, 16; ment; love; social media
modern, 54, 72; post-Fordist, 13– 16; digital automation, 90– 91; the drive
postmodern, 16, 33, 35, 54, 68, 71, toward, 99– 102; technology of, 109.
93; relations of power, domination, See also algorithmic media; automa-
and exploitation in, 8; traditional, tion
72. See also popular culture Dilts, Andrew, 149
cybercultural theory, 79 Dolar, Mladen, 25, 28– 29, 107, 176, 180
Cybernetic Culture Research Unit Dyer-Witheford, Nick, 63, 100
(CCRU), 5– 6, 79 dystopian fiction, 17, 130
cyberpunk fiction, 17, 79
Eagleton, Terry, 45, 71, 215n58
daguerreotype, 91 economics: autocratic Austrian, 23;
Dark Enlightenment, 23, 79 classical liberal, 148
David, Gaby, 165 Eggers, David: The Circle, 130
Dean, Jodi, 19– 20, 25, 35, 38, 60, 63– 67, Ellison, N.B., 84
76, 81, 84, 86, 184– 87, 216n9. See Encoding/Decoding model, 119– 25,
also communicative capitalism 120, 135– 38. See also Hall, Stuart
de Beauvoir, Simone, 48 enjoyment, 13– 17, 19, 30– 34, 86– 87,
Debord, Guy, 130 164; desire and, 13, 17, 32– 34, 66,
Declercq, Frédéric, 167, 175 70, 75, 107, 135; irrational experi-
Deleuze, Gilles, 17, 22, 27, 44, 56, 71, 80– ence of unconscious, 144; labor
82, 88, 93– 97, 103– 9, 122– 25, 130, and, 88; libidinal, 167; obligatory,
181– 84, 187; Anti-Oedipus, 22– 23, 70– 76, 93; obscene, 31; persua-
30– 31, 108– 9 sion and, 53; platform structures
Del Rey, Lana: “Money, Power, Glory” of, 132; pleasure and, 90, 110; as a
(pop song), 140– 41 political factor, 30– 34; role of, 53;
democracy: apparent triumph of, 30; dig- of social media, 65– 87; surplus,
ital, 42, 191; ideals of, 145; political 105, 107– 8, 110, 167; of transgres-
divides of surveillance and, 88; sion, 75. See also desire; entertain-
radical, 91; renewal of progress and, ment; pleasure
52; role of the media in, 40; surveil- enslavement, 88– 112; assemblages of,
lance of social media as disruption 112; machinic, 89– 91, 93– 96, 101,
of, 3; theorists of, 36, 44 105, 111, 122– 23, 191; production
deregulation, 59– 60 of meaning in the matrix of, 112; to
Derrida, Jacques, 49– 50, 178 social media, 113; and subjection,
desire: algorithm of, 3, 5– 6, 105, 166– 67, 93– 96, 109, 111– 13, 112, 122– 25. See
186– 88; as the basis of production also subjection
in capitalism, 106– 8; and the big entertainment: apparatuses of visual
Other, 32, 83, 104; circulation of, amusement and, 130; automation
89; communication and, 5; delay of, and, 108; and clickbait, 115; labor
76– 78; dialectics of, 179; and enjoy- and, 92– 93. See also enjoyment
ment, 13, 17, 32– 34, 66, 70, 75, 107, epistemology, 11
135; power and, 33– 34; preservation equality: of objects, 10; struggle for, 18
of, 160; psychoanalytic conception ethics: of anthropomorphism, 19; of
of, 106; pursuit of, 80, 175; as the drive, 67, 86; neoliberal, 147, 162; of
result of a lack, 106; saturation of, postcapitalism, 20
222
I N DE X
Facebook, 37, 103– 4, 113– 15, 129– 34, Greenfield, Adam, 125– 26
136– 37, 145– 47, 151– 53, 168, 190 Guattari, Félix, 22, 71, 80– 82, 88, 93– 97,
fake news, 41 103, 106– 8, 122– 25, 182– 84, 187;
fantasy, 32– 33 Anti-Oedipus, 22– 23, 30– 31, 108– 9
Federici, Silvia, 155
feminism, 140– 41. See also women Hall, Stuart, 36, 116– 17, 119– 26, 135– 38,
fetishism: commodity, 89, 99, 108; 170. See also Encoding/Decoding
disavowal of, 108; logic of, 89 model
film. See cinema Han, Byung-Chul, 189
finance, 59– 60, 62– 63 Hardt, Michael, 187, 189– 91
Fincher, David: Fight Club (film), 75, Harvey, David, 21, 165, 213n48
203n17; Gone Girl (film), 139– 45, Hatch, Senator Orrin, 114
159; The Social Network (film), 57 Hearn, Alison, 146
Fink, Bruce, 31 Heath, Stephen, 117
Finn, Ed, 103, 126– 27 Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich, 29, 181
Fisher, Mark, 16, 25, 27, 78– 83, 130, 157, Hegelian dialectic, 29
186, 199n3 Herman, Edward S.: Manufacturing Con-
works: Capitalist Realism (book), sent, 14, 40, 42, 52
78– 79, 82– 83; “Exiting the Vampire historicism: humanism and, 48; Marxist,
Castle” (essay), 65; Flatline Con- 49
structs (doctoral thesis), 79; K-Punk history: absent cause of, 27– 29; of class
(blog), 78 struggle, 27, 47, 51, 99; dialectical
Fordism, 15– 16, 165, 183; consumer understanding of, 61; of the present,
society of, 13 28; and subjectivity, 185; of techno-
Foucault, Michel, 8, 21, 27, 49– 50, 104, logical development, 99
129– 30, 147– 50, 157– 62, 181– 82, Hooper, Tom: The King’s Speech (film),
187, 206n19; The History of Sexual- 3– 6
ity, 33 Horkheimer, Max, 39, 42; “The Culture
Frankfurt School critical theory, 116– 19 Industry: Enlightenment as Mass
Frase, Peter: Four Futures, 18 Deception,” 117
Fraser, Nancy, 46– 47, 49, 53 human capital, 148– 50, 154– 56, 159– 62,
freedom, 33, 46; acting entirely out of, 189. See also capital
142; libertarian-anarchist fantasy humanism, 47– 48, 191; Marxist, 50
of, 52 Hutcheon, Linda, 117
Freud, Sigmund, 51, 80– 81, 171 Huxley, Aldous: Brave New World, 13, 15–
works: Beyond the Pleasure Principle, 17, 130
80; Civilization and Its Discontents, 80
Friedlander, Jennifer, 142 Ideological State Apparatus (ISA), 118
Frost, Samantha, 22 ideology: algorithmic, 102– 5; Althus-
Fuchs, Christian, 57, 128– 30, 145, 151– serian formula of, 11, 29, 32; appa-
52, 189, 192; OccupyMedia!, 62– 63 ratus theory of subjectivity and, 91;
fundamentalism, 17, 83 capitalist, 149– 50, 186; convention
and, 123; critique of, 32, 65, 69, 74,
Garland, Alex: Ex Machina (film), 167 78, 141, 157; cynical, 114; economic,
Ghonim, Wael, 62 128; the end of, 68– 69; exploitation
Gilbert, Jeremy, 79 and, 111; as false consciousness, 42;
Google, 37, 103, 129– 32, 136– 37, 190 fantasy as a support of, 32; Lacanian
Green Day: “American Idiot” (pop formula of, 29; liberal fetishist, 131;
song), 41 medium of communication and, 8,
223
I N DE X
15; neoliberal, 42, 148, 155– 56, 162; labor: and automation, 99; capital
patriarchal, 118; problem with the and, 90, 99– 102, 105, 109– 10, 148,
concept of, 50; reproduction of the 190; cooperative power of, 190;
hegemony of, 102; the ruling, 11, digital, 150– 52; and enjoyment,
74; sexist and phallocentric, 144; 90– 92; and entertainment, 92– 93;
social media as, 12– 15, 66– 67, 115– entrepreneurial, 101; exploitation
16, 131, 135; and subjectivity, 149; of, 99, 105, 135; and machinery,
subversion as the dominant, 74 91; productive and unproductive
Indigenous populations, 21 forms of, 136, 152; real subsump-
inequality, 83 tion of, 101, 110; and social media,
infoglut, 43– 46 145– 46; and surplus value, 91, 155,
Information Communication Technol- 160, 189; technology and, 24– 26,
ogies (ICT), 157– 58 99, 101
Innis, Harold, 4 Lacan, Jacques: on the analyst, 86– 87; on
Instagram, 132, 146 the big Other, 11, 28, 32, 35, 64, 67,
internet, 8– 9, 39, 94, 103, 114, 170; basic 86, 104, 133– 34; on desire, 32, 106,
architecture of the, 54; commons- 133– 34; discussion of the cogito in,
based, 192; dawning of the age of 172; on lathouses, 167, 175; on love,
the, 52; decentralization of power 164; on the Master-Signifier, 51,
on the, 44; development of the, 146, 161, 168, 170– 72; on metaphor,
41, 44, 57– 58; free, 56, 59; popular 12; “The Subversion of the Subject
arrival of the, 84, 183; promise of and the Dialectic of Desire,” 88; on
the, 66; and social media, 41– 42, surplus-enjoyment, 89– 90
54; techno-utopianism of the, 115; Laclau, Ernesto, 27– 28, 38– 39, 183; Hege-
unstructured, 56. See also new media; mony and Socialist Strategy, 28– 29, 35,
social media 50– 51, 63, 91
Iran, 61 Land, Nick, 22– 24, 79, 197n56
irony, 140 Langlois, Ganaele, 89, 96– 99, 101, 104,
108
Jameson, Fredric, 9– 11, 17, 27, 34, 43, language: of coding, 123; hierarchical,
47, 51– 53, 65, 69– 71, 80– 82, 122, 10; and meaning in the semiotic
178, 183– 85; notion of “cognitive sense, 133; as a social network, 64;
mapping” of, 87; The Political Uncon- Symbolic order of meaning and,
scious, 27– 29 106. See also communication
Jencks, Charles, 117 Lazzarato, Maurizio, 35– 36, 88– 91,
Jonze, Spike: Her (film), 167, 214n28 93– 97, 105– 8, 147, 155, 160, 187,
journalism, 40. See also media 206n18
Leavis, F.R., 39, 42, 117
Kant, Immanuel, 181 Lemke, Thomas, 149
knowledge: absolute, 29; algorithmic Lévi-Strauss, Claude: The Savage Mind,
frameworks of, 125– 29; alternative 48– 49
frameworks of, 121– 22; disavowal of, Limbaugh, Rush, 40
53; discursive, 120; frameworks of, LinkedIn, 146, 152
119– 20, 125– 29, 170; information love: and algorithmic media, 167– 70;
and, 43– 44; limit to, 171; scarcity of, paradox of, 176; radical, 175– 77. See
47; scientific, 49; social, 102; surplus also desire
(embodied in gadgets), 167; and Lovink, Geert, 115, 153, 212n36
truth, 45 Lukács, Georg, 10– 12, 162
Kornbluh, Anna, 25, 216n9 Lyotard, Jean-François, 68
224
I N DE X
MacCabe, Colin, 117 mass, 55, 63, 93, 114– 16; mobile, 85;
Mager, Astrid, 103 political economy of the, 14, 40, 62;
Malm, Andreas, 20– 21 structural contradictions of the, 3;
Mannoni, Octave, 31, 75 theorists of the, 36, 44, 52; tradi-
Marcuse, Herbert, 98 tional, 114, 138. See also algorithmic
Marwick, Alice E., 57, 103, 129, 132 media; communication; journalism;
Marx, Karl, 22, 24, 47, 51, 100, 154, 190; new media; popular culture
“fragment on machines” of, 102 metaphor: algorithms as, 102; assem-
works: Capital, 30, 110, 119, 184, 190, blage as, 189– 91; Lacan on, 12, 28;
213n47; Grundrisse, 100, 110, 119, Master-Signifier as a structuring, 28;
188, 190 social media as, 3– 36, 92, 180, 191–
Marxism: Althusserian structural, 26– 27; 94; technological, 9, 34
autonomist, 96; classical, 22, 173; Metz, Christian, 117
conception of class domination in, modernism, 16, 71– 73, 184; emergence
148; conception of history in, 34, of, 72; rebellious art of, 73. See also
68; criticism of capitalism of, 25; postmodernism
cultural, 40; existential, 48; and his- Morton, Timothy, 8– 9, 195n10
torical materialism, 28; logic of com- Mouffe, Chantal, 27– 28, 38– 39, 183;
modity fetishism of, 31, 160; notion Hegemony and Socialist Strategy, 28–
of the totality in, 9– 11; poststructur- 29, 35, 50– 51, 63, 91
alist critique of, 183; revival of, 49; Mulvey, Laura, 117
specter of, 10; structure and subject
in human history in, 47; surplus Nagle, Angela, 41, 65, 70
value in, 91, 155, 160, 189, 212n40; Napoli, Philip, 103
theoretical critique of, 49. See also National Security Administration (NSA),
class struggle 146
materialism: dialectical, 12, 18, 26, 29, Negarestani, Reza, 174– 75
92, 163; gothic, 79; historical, 11, Negri, Antonio, 109, 187, 189– 91
18, 28, 48, 92, 109; and psycho- neoliberalism, 5, 10, 16, 23– 24, 142–
analysis, 11 44, 149, 155, 160– 62, 202n49; and
Mathiesen, Thomas, 130 climate change, 24; cult of the indi-
McChesney, Robert: Rich Media/Poor vidual in, 84; dehumanizing effects
Democracy, 14 of, 21; entrepreneurial ethics of, 85,
McGowan, Todd, 25, 33, 54, 75– 78, 98, 103, 110, 147, 155, 164; market logic
106– 7, 157– 58, 176, 180, 183, 193; of, 161. See also capitalism
Emancipation after Hegel, 181 Neroni, Hilary, 144
McKelvey, Fenwick, 102 Netflix, 169
McLuhan, Marshall, 6– 7, 44, 79– 83 New Materialism, 10, 17– 22, 26, 36, 159,
media: ambiguous function of the, 80; 162– 63, 177, 180– 83, 190
“anaesthetics” of the, 81– 82; anti- new media, 4, 7, 19, 40, 82, 103, 158; and
social dimensions of, 3; capitalism democratization, 40; digital, 34, 68;
and the, 3; commercial logic of hyperreality of, 81; negating influ-
the, 40; contemporary consump- ence of, 72; overstimulation of, 81;
tion of, 103; conventional, 138; role of (“rational”) choice in, 149.
criticisms of the mainstream, 40– 41, See also algorithmic media; social
52; cultural representation in the, media
125; electronic, 13– 14; games of New Social Movements, 15, 41, 69, 73–
the, 143– 44; hyper-personalized, 74. See also social movements
93; “liberal,” 40– 41; mainstream newspapers, 129
225
I N DE X
New Structuralism, 25– 30, 180– 82, 184 expressionism, 178; and the Alt-
Nietzsche, Friedrich, 181 Right, 70; crisis in interpretation of,
nonhuman: agency of the, 19; hier- 87; the end of, 34; schizophrenic,
archical relationship between 34. See also modernism
human and, 10, 18; human ethical poststructuralism, 39, 45, 47– 49, 68;
relationship to the, 11, 20; moralistic reaction to Structural Marxism of,
horizontalism of humans and, 20; 50; structuralism and, 49. See also
rising interest in the, 21; strategic structuralism
anthropomorphism of the, 19 Power, Nina, 140– 41, 191
Noys, Benjamin, 22, 24– 25, 78, 181– 82 privacy: elimination of bourgeois, 131;
“socialist,” 131; surveillance and,
Object-Oriented Ontology, 18, 147, 162– 129– 31. See also surveillance
63, 177 prosumer commodity, 40– 41, 96, 145– 46;
Occupy Wall Street, 60– 63, 115 exploitation of the, 89; internet,
Oedipus complex, 31 150– 52
O’Neil, Cathy, 126– 27 prosumption, 145
O’Reilly, Tim, 57 psychoanalysis, 4, 64, 175; and biopoli-
Ormerod, Catherine: Why Social Media Is tics, 144; conception of the fetish in,
Ruining Your Life, 55 31– 32; emergence of the subject of,
Orwell, George: 1984, 13, 17, 130 29; Lacanian, 29, 106, 117; material-
ism and, 11; and sexuality, 163
Perry, Katy: “Chained to the Rhythm”
(pop song), 41 radio, 6– 7, 55, 91, 129
Pettman, Dominic, 114 Rancière, Jacques, 94
philosophy, 11 Read, Jason, 100– 101, 109– 10, 149– 50
Plant, Sadie, 79 Reagan, President Ronald, 7
pleasure: and enjoyment, 90, 110; and Real, the, 28, 54, 144; the ontological
pain, 33; paradoxical, 66; in the pur- lack of, 174
suit of the lost object of desire, 67. reality: ideological nature of, 70; and
See also enjoyment negativity, 24; objective, 12, 109;
politics: consumer identity, 69; con- perspective on, 128; social, 109;
temporary life and, 85; of drive, 86; structural contradictions of, 48;
emancipatory, 67; emergence of, 28; symbolic, 86
identity, 74; ideological disputes of Repressive State Apparatus (RSA), 59
twentieth-century, 68; progressive, rhetoric: digital, 55; neoliberal, 10, 58,
56; radical democratic, 44, 49, 51, 188; political, 4– 5; role of, 53; of the
63, 91; revolutionary, 86; and tech- social media revolutions, 60. See also
nology, 91 communication
Pollock, Jackson, 178– 79
Ponsoldt, James: The Circle (film), 130– 31 Salecl, Renata, 162– 64
popular culture, 3– 8, 72, 117– 18, 140, Sartre, Jean-Paul, 48; Critique of Dialectical
167. See also culture Reason, 48
pornography, 92 Sbriglia, Russell, 163
posthumanist theory, 18– 19, 21, 180, schizophrenia, 6, 31, 34, 106
183, 190 science: climate, 173; importance of, 53;
Postman, Neil: Amusing Ourselves to Death, productivity of capital in the employ-
7, 12– 14, 30, 130 ment of, 100; pure potentialities of,
postmodernism, 27, 45, 47– 48, 69– 73, 109; technology guided by, 80
81, 183, 193, 199n102; and abstract science fiction, 80
226
I N DE X
Screen, 117 prosumer commodity of, 129; rei-
screen theory, 117– 19, 121 fied subjects of, 139– 60; social and
Self: commodification of the, 85, 146; political movements in, 35, 37– 38,
entrepreneur of the, 149– 50, 153– 60– 64; as structured and structuring
54, 159; investing in the, 150; neo- space, 52– 57, 83– 85; surveillance
liberal, 156– 59, 189; performance in, 129; as the Symbolic order, 36,
and presentation of the, 146; rep- 83, 86, 104; traditional media and,
resentation of the, 85– 86, 150– 56; 122; and the tyranny of the signifier,
subject of the objectivized, 159– 60. 182– 85. See also algorithmic media;
See also subjectivity desire; internet; new media; social
sexuality: Foucault on, 33; in the media revolutions
Lacanian register, 170– 73; lack pro- social media revolutions, 35– 38, 41, 51–
duced by, 163; and romance, 165; 52, 55, 60– 64; rhetoric of the, 60. See
and the unconscious, 171 also social media; social movements
Seymour, Richard, 42– 43 social movements, 37, 55, 62. See also
Shaviro, Steven, 19– 20, 22– 23 New Social Movements; social media
Sherman, Cindy, 73 revolutions
Simanowski, Roberto, 168, 170– 71 social surveillance, 129– 35
Simmel, George, 81 society: antagonism that posits the impos-
Smecker, Frank, 158 sibility of, 28– 29; automation and
Smythe, Dallas, 145 a post-work, 101; consumer, 15, 69,
Snowden, Edward, 113 73– 74, 157; of control, 84; denial of
socialism, 18, 117 the existence of, 50– 52; dystopian,
social media: algorithms of, 102– 5, 113, 88– 112; feudal, 94; Fordist, 16; lib-
122; assertion of a, 51– 52; the big eral democratic, 129; nonexistence
Other of, 185– 86; binary logic of, of, 38, 64; as an object of discourse,
169– 70; boom in the platforms 39; pleasure ethic of consumer, 69;
of, 60– 61; business model of, 129; post-Fordist, 148; postmodern, 14,
capitalism and, 5, 12, 83; cognitive 30, 71, 157; the Real that emerges
mapping with, 34– 36; concept of, as the limit of, 28; risk, 142; of
3; control and manipulation in the the spectacle, 93, 144; technology
platforms of, 113– 14; corporate, and, 24
56, 151– 52; cynicism about, 115; Spinoza, Baruch, 27, 181
and desire, 12– 13, 66– 67, 83– 84, Srnicek, Nick, 128; Inventing the Future,
88; economy of, 144; enjoyment 23– 26, 101, 190; Manifesto for an
of, 65– 87; enslavement to, 113; Accelerationist Politics (MAP), 23–
entrepreneurial subject on, 147; 26, 190
as the form of the Symbolic big Stiegler, Bernard: The Automatic Society,
Other, 32, 137– 39; identity curation 189
of, 144; as ideology, 12– 15, 66– 67, Streeck, Wolfgang, 25– 27
115, 135– 38; internet and, 41– 42, structuralism: humanism and, 39, 47– 48;
54; mainstream, 38; as a Master- Marxism and, 48; and poststruc-
Signifier, 38– 39; meaning in the turalism, 49; reaction to a Marxist
age of, 96– 99; as metaphor, 3– 36, humanism of, 50. See also poststruc-
92, 180, 191– 94; nonexistence of, turalism
64; platform design in sites of, 135; subjection, 88– 112; “castration” and the
power dynamics of, 54; production priority of, 88– 89; in the construc-
of meaning in, 88– 89; production of tion of individuals, 94; enslave-
the self in, 145– 48; professional, 85; ment and, 93– 96, 109, 111– 13, 112,
227
I N DE X
122– 25; and interpellation, 206n17; Thatcher, Margaret, 38, 71
negative core of, 105, 112; new Time, 139
forms of, 100; social, 89– 96, 107– 8, Tinder, 161, 164– 65, 175; binary logic of,
111, 191; on two levels, 111. See also 165– 68
enslavement Toffler, Alvin, 145
subjectivity: agency of human, 177; Tomšič, Samo, 108
alternative conceptions of, 158; ap- transgression, logics of, 70– 76
paratus theory of ideology and, 91; Trottier, Daniel, 152– 53
and capitalism, 93– 96; cinematic Trump, President Donald, 5, 17, 35– 38,
theory of ideology and, 117; consti- 42, 113, 195n3
tution of, 35– 36, 83; dominant form truth: as an effect of discourse, 50;
of, 186; Foucauldian conception of, knowledge and, 45; and rectitude,
160; history and, 185; ideology and, 5; regular appeals to, 42; relativiza-
149; Lacanian conceptions of, 107, tion of, 53; society without, 38– 39,
159; material conception of, 149; 43– 44, 47
the negative that grounds, 26; new Twitter, 145, 147, 151– 52, 212n45
forms of, 31; production of, 156;
proletarian, 160; real subsumption unconscious: category of the, 51; desires
of, 101, 109; reducing of, 10; repro- of the, 9; Lacanian theory of the, 76;
duction of the lack that is constitu- political, 28, 122
tive of, 108. See also Self Universal Basic Income, 26, 192
surveillance: and control, 56, 63, 92; cor-
porate, 130, 134– 35, 136; and data, Vaidhyanathan, Said: Anti-Social Media,
58; mass, 13; NSA, 204n56; political 55
divides of democracy and, 88; social, venture capitalism, 57, 103. See also capi-
131– 35, 136, 143; social media, 129, talism
202n41; state, 134– 35, 136; studies Villeneuve, Denis: Arrival (film),
of internet, 130. See also privacy 178– 79
Symbolic, the, 54, 56, 70, 85– 87, 144, violence: power of capitalism of, 23;
171– 72, 181; identities and, 83– 86; of the sadist, 66; threats of indirect,
limit points of, 83; loss of the order 93
of the, 87 Vonnegut, Kurt, 178
Taylorism, 165 Wachowskis, the: The Matrix (film), 90
tech industry, 37, 113. See also Big Data Warhol, Andy, 73
technology, 15– 21, 80– 81; algorithmic, Weibo, 152
97, 102, 164; class struggle and, 91; Wikipedia, 152
digital, 22, 78, 98, 109; entertain- Williams, Alex: Inventing the Future, 23–
ment, 91; facial recognition, 132; 26, 101, 190; Manifesto for an Accel-
as fixed capital, 188; information, erationist Politics (MAP), 23– 26, 190
25; of the internet, 54; and labor, Williams, Raymond, 5, 26
24– 26, 99, 101; politics and, 91; Willis, Louis-Paul, 171
rapid increase in, 22; revolutions in Winkler, Irwin: The Net (film), 114
productive, 91; scientific, 80, 167; women: as objects of desire, 164; pop
smart, 95; and society, 24. See also culture expectations placed on, 140;
tech industry positive representation of, 40. See
television, 6– 7, 13, 16, 55, 82, 91, 128– 29, also feminism
145 Wordpress, 152
Terranova, Tiziana, 101– 2, 156 Wylie, Chris, 113
228
I N DE X
YouTube, 145, 152 works: First as Tragedy, Then as Farce,
35, 37; For They Know Not What They
Zemeckis, Robert: Back to the Future Do, 30– 32, 172, 174; Tarrying with the
(film), 7 Negative, 172; The Sublime Object of
Žižek, Slavoj, 9– 11, 25– 33, 38, 54, 64– 67, Ideology, 180– 81; The Ticklish Subject,
94, 157, 163, 167, 171– 77, 180– 81, 31, 66
185; on the class struggle, 29, 109; on Zuckerberg, Mark, 57, 114, 129,
the crisis in interpretation of post- 212n36
modernity, 87; on ideology, 29, 32, Zupančič, Alenka, 25, 28, 171– 74, 176–
70, 76– 77, 118, 132; on the Lacanian 77, 180; What Is Sex?, 163
subject, 29; on the parallax gap, 111